Home

Medicinal cannabis is changing the face of clinical medicine.  We are the leaders of that change.

Satisfied,Senior,Man,With,Friends,Having,A,Picnic,In,A
Beautiful,Couple,Taking,A,Walk,In,City,Park
Cheerful,Multi,Generation,Family,With,Parents,Giving,Piggy,Back,Standing
Businessman,Relaxing,At,His,Desk,In,The,Office,With,His
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept
Happy,Leisure
Portrait,Of,Happy,Family,Standing,In,Back,Yard,During,Sunny
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept
Couple,Wife,Husband,Dating,Relaxation,Love,Concept
Spending,Time,With,Parents,Outside,In,Spring,Season,Is,Funny.
Beautiful,Couple,Taking,A,Walk,In,City,Park
Office,Workers,Diverse,Colleagues,Sitting,At,Desk,Looking,At,Each
Group,Of,Senior,Friends,On,Hike,In,Countryside,Looking,At
Grandfather,With,Son,And,Grandson,Sitting,On,Swing,In,Garden
Soldier,Reunited,With,His,Parents,On,A,Sunny,Day
Irate,Employee,Laboring,With,Loathing
Happy,Young,Family,Take,A,Self,Portrait,With,Smart,Phone.
Shot,Of,A,Family,Having,A,Meal,Together,At,Home
Happy,Family,In,The,Park,On,A,Sunny,Day
Portrait,Of,Smiling,Millennial,African,American,Man,In,Glasses,Pose
Happy,Family,With,The,Child,In,The,Field
Asian,Preteen,Boy,And,Young,Father,Jogging,Together,In,Nature
Portrait,Of,Senior,Couple,Standing,With,Family,And,Friend,In
Parents,Play,In,The,Park,With,Their,Son
Group,Of,Senior,Trekkers,Checking,A,Map,For,Direction
African,Female,Doctor,Holding,Hand,Supporting,Caucasian,Woman,Patient.,Kind
Group,Of,People,Holding,Hands,Support,Team,Unity
Young,Woman,Suffering,From,Headache,In,Office
Portrait,Of,Smiling,Woman,Working,With,Laptop,And,Cellphone,At
The,Adventure,Is,More,Fun,When,They,Are,Together.,Family
A,Family,Having,A,Walk,With,A,Dog
Portrait,Of,A,Satisfied,Executive,Celebrating,Success,With,The,Arms
Portrait,Of,Senior,People,Celebrating,Birthday
Cute,Couple,Holding,Hands,Happiness,Lifestyle,Meeting
Shot,Of,A,Family,Having,A,Meal,Together,At,Home
Young,Attractive,Couple,In,Love,In,An,Autumn,Setting,Following
Granddad,With,Cheerful,Granddaughter,Having,Fun
Happy,Woman,Have,A,Break,In,Office,,Folded,Arms,By
Portrait,Of,Cheerful,Girls,With,Grandparents,While,Sitting,In,Back
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Exercising,Togetherness,Concept
Mother,And,Daughter,Having,Fun,In,The,Park.,Happiness,And
Group,Of,Senior,Friends,Hiking,In,Countryside
Busy,Young,African,Man,In,Shirt,Talking,With,Smiling,Man
Adult,Female,Doctor,Has,Video,Call,And,Chatting,With,Colleague
Family,Of,Three,On,A,Walk,,Mother,Holding,Child,,Front
Portrait,Of,Four,Cheerful,Senior,Friends,Enjoying,Picnic,On,Green
Happy,Grandparents,Dance,Waltz,In,Front,Of,Family,At,A
Women,And,Boys,Walk,Hand,In,Hand,,Traveling,Adventure
Cute,Couple,Walking,In,A,Autumn,Park.,Boy,And,Girl
Group,Of,Senior,Retirement,Friends,Happiness,Concept
Mother,And,Daughter,Having,Fun,In,The,Park.,Happiness,And
Group,Of,Adult,Multiethnic,Friends,Playing,American,Football,On,The
Family,Eating,Sandwiches,Outdoors,In,A,Forest,,Portrait
Time,For,Family.,Spring,Season.
Happy,Grandfather,,Grandmother,And,Grandson
Group,Of,Senior,Trekkers,Checking,A,Map,For,Direction
Portrait,Of,Senior,Couple,Walking,Pet,Bulldog,In,Countryside


At CED Clinic, we’re redefining care. Step into a welcoming, professional space where the leading experts in medical cannabis are here to guide and support you!

You’ve found the right place!

🔥 CED Clinic: voted Best Medical Cannabis Clinic since 2013! 🔥

Our Services

  • Expert Telemedicine Medical Cannabis Consultations!
    • Medical Card Certifications (Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont, Maine)
    • Adult Cannabis Care (Everyone in the US + Internationally)
    • Pediatric Cannabis Care (Everyone in the US + Internationally)
  • In-Depth Consultations & Care Plans
    • Personalized Services (Medication, Diagnostic, and Management Review)
  • Cannabis and Non-Cannabis Medical Second Opinions
    • Long-term Talk Therapy
    • Advice, Support, and Cost-Savings Advice!

Our Mission

  • To Heal
  • To Listen
  • To Educate
  • To Learn and Understand

Questions? 👉 Contact Us Here

Our Team

Benjamin Caplan, MD
Erin Caplan, NP
Erin Caplan, NP

Benjamin Caplan, MD, stands at the forefront of medical cannabis care as the Founder and Chief Medical Officer of CED Clinic and CED Foundation. His entrepreneurial journey further extends as the Founder of multiple medical cannabis technology and educational platforms and as a medical advisor to the prestigious cannabis investment fund, GreenAXS Capital. Within digital healthcare, Dr. Caplan co-founded EO Care, Inc, a pioneering digital therapeutic and telemedicine platform, offering personalized cannabis care and product plans and continuous clinical guidance to a global clientele seeking a reliable, evidence-based cannabis care partner. Adding to his repertoire of contributions to the medical cannabis arena, Dr. Caplan has recently published “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook,” an industry-first resource empowering readers with the full scope of the therapeutic potential of cannabis. Through his multifaceted involvement, Dr. Caplan continuously strives to bridge the gap between traditional medicine and cannabis care, making a significant impact in evolving holistic healthcare.

Erin Caplan, NP is a board-certified Pediatric Nurse Practitioner with a master’s-level medical education from Simmons. Her extensive clinical journey has been enriched through roles at Massachusetts General Hospital, Hyde Park Pediatrics, Atrius Healthcare, and Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, where she has provided both inpatient and outpatient primary care to some of the most fragile and challenging pediatric patients. A registered cannabis care provider licensed by the Massachusetts Cannabis Control Commission, Erin seamlessly blends her pediatric expertise with the nuance and adaptability required for personalized cannabis care. A community leader, avid athlete, and dedicated mother of four, Erin’s compassionate bedside manner and steadfast commitment to evidence-based practice have earned her the trust and appreciation of patients and families, showcasing her as a harmonious blend of clinical excellence with a personal touch.

Patient Stories

Navigating the Stigma as a Senior

Testimonial:

“At 68 years old, I never thought I’d be considering cannabis as part of my treatment. My generation didn’t grow up viewing it as medicine—we saw it as something entirely different. But after dealing with arthritis pain for over a decade, my daughter encouraged me to give it a try. Meeting with a professional who truly understood both the science and the hesitations I had made all the difference. Dr. Caplan explained how cannabis could work alongside my existing treatments and offered me a gradual approach to build my confidence. Now, I’m using a tincture daily, and I feel a level of relief and mobility that I hadn’t felt in years. Even better, I’ve been able to have open conversations with my friends about the benefits, helping them see it in a new light too.”

Peter H

Peter Hargrove

Reclaiming Life with Holistic Care

“I had been living with chronic fatigue for years, feeling like I was just existing rather than living. Traditional medicine had brought little relief, so I started looking into alternative options. Working with a doctor who truly listened to my struggles and offered a holistic approach to care was a game-changer. The cannabis regimen we developed not only improved my energy levels but also allowed me to engage in activities I hadn’t been able to enjoy in years. This isn’t just about managing symptoms—it’s about reclaiming a life I thought was out of reach. I’m grateful for the guidance and the opportunity to feel like myself again.”

Sarah M

Sarah Mitchell

A Patient’s Guide to Finding the Right Dose

“My journey with cannabis therapy was not a straight line. When I first started, I thought one dose or product would fix everything, but I quickly learned it’s a process of trial and adjustment. Working with a knowledgeable doctor made all the difference. We started low and slow, as they say, and I kept track of how I felt each day. Over time, I found the right balance that worked for my condition without unwanted side effects. The best part of this process was how involved I felt—I wasn’t just following instructions; I was an active participant in my own care. Now, I’m managing my symptoms better than ever and feel in control of my health.”

Michael T

Michael Torres

Finding Balance After Postpartum Anxiety

“After having my second baby, I struggled with severe postpartum anxiety. It was difficult to admit I wasn’t feeling okay, and even harder to ask for help. Traditional treatments left me feeling disconnected and foggy, and I didn’t want to spend my days like that. When I started exploring medical cannabis, I was cautious but hopeful. Meeting with a knowledgeable doctor helped me approach it with confidence. I started with a low dose of CBD and gradually added a small amount of THC for nighttime use. Within weeks, I noticed a difference—not just in my anxiety, but in my ability to enjoy motherhood again. This journey wasn’t just about managing symptoms; it was about regaining balance and finding joy in my life.”

Emily R

Emily Richards

New Hope for Fibromyalgia

“I never thought I’d find a doctor who could make me feel optimistic about managing my fibromyalgia, but Dr. Caplan did exactly that. He didn’t just focus on symptoms—he helped me think about my health in a holistic way, integrating cannabis into a broader plan for wellness. His recommendations were precise, and he made sure I knew how to adjust them as needed. What really impressed me was his dedication to follow-up care; he personally checked in to see how I was doing and offered adjustments based on my progress. It’s that level of personalized attention that makes Dr. Caplan and his clinic stand out.”

Grace N

Grace Newman

Overcoming My Fear of Cannabis Therapy

“For years, I hesitated to explore medical cannabis. I had so many misconceptions—fear of side effects, worries about legality, and even embarrassment about what others might think. But after years of struggling with my chronic anxiety, I decided it was time to explore new options. Meeting with Dr. Caplan completely shifted my perspective. He helped me understand that cannabis wasn’t about masking symptoms; it was about restoring balance in a way that felt right for me. My first steps were small, and we adjusted the plan together over time. Today, I feel a sense of calm and clarity I hadn’t thought possible. More importantly, I’ve let go of the stigma and feel proud of my decision to prioritize my health.”

Julia M

Julia Matthews

Care That Transcends Expectations

“Dr. Caplan’s clinic is a masterclass in patient care. From the moment you step in, you feel like you’re in capable, compassionate hands. He took the time to understand my chronic fatigue and explained how cannabis could help in ways I hadn’t considered. What stood out most was his emphasis on making informed decisions—he’s not just a doctor, but a teacher who ensures you leave with a clear understanding of your treatment. His book is a fantastic resource, and it was clear from our discussion that he truly believes in empowering his patients through education. I couldn’t be happier with my experience.”

Daniel R 

Daniel Roberts

The Expert You Can Trust

“Dr. Caplan’s reputation as a cannabis expert is well-earned. I came to him with a list of concerns about using cannabis for my autoimmune condition, and he addressed each one with patience and expertise. He went beyond the surface to help me understand not just the benefits but also potential risks, which made me feel secure in my treatment. His recommendations were so thoughtful and practical, and he even tailored them to fit my busy schedule. What really set him apart, though, was his genuine care—I could tell he wanted me to succeed in managing my health. It’s rare to find a doctor who combines this level of expertise with such a warm, approachable demeanor.”

Sophia L

Sophia Lewis

Empowering Through Education

“As a mother of two, I was cautious about trying medical cannabis for postpartum anxiety, but Dr. Caplan quickly put my fears at ease. He offered a science-backed approach that felt safe and sensible, walking me through each step with empathy and care. His book was also an invaluable tool—it gave me the confidence to understand how to approach treatment without guesswork. Now, I feel like I’m thriving instead of just surviving. I’m so grateful for Dr. Caplan’s guidance and for the way he made this process feel not only accessible but also empowering.”

Olivia G

Olivia Green

Clearer Days Ahead

“After years of chronic migraines and no relief from traditional treatments, I turned to Dr. Caplan as a last resort. What I found was a doctor who genuinely listened to my struggles and worked with me to find solutions. His clinic is a beacon for anyone looking to explore medical cannabis with confidence. He didn’t just give me a prescription—he educated me about dosing, timing, and the different products available. His insights were life-changing, and his approachable manner made even the complicated aspects of treatment easy to understand. For anyone hesitant about this path, Dr. Caplan is the guide you’ve been waiting for.”

Ryan T

Ryan Thompson

Game-Changer for Mental Health

“Finding Dr. Caplan was a game-changer for my mental health. For years, I struggled with anxiety and sleep issues, trying countless medications with limited success. Dr. Caplan’s personalized approach was a breath of fresh air. He didn’t just focus on my symptoms; he wanted to understand how my lifestyle and goals factored into the equation. His guidance helped me find a regimen that not only improved my sleep but also reduced my daily stress. The best part? He checked in after a few weeks to make sure everything was working smoothly. I’ve never felt so cared for by a doctor.”

Emily P

Emily Parker

A Senior’s New Hope

“As a senior struggling with arthritis, I was skeptical about cannabis therapy. But Dr. Caplan changed my perspective completely. His extensive knowledge, combined with a genuine compassion for his patients, made my first visit feel like a turning point. He introduced me to options that were gentle and easy to integrate into my daily life. What surprised me most was how much he emphasized education—his book became a valuable resource for me and my family to better understand how cannabis could help. If you’re new to this world, Dr. Caplan is the expert you can trust to guide you with care and patience.”

Lucas H

Lucas Howard

Skeptic to Believer

“I had given up on finding relief for my chronic pain until I met Dr. Caplan. His calm, reassuring demeanor put me at ease from the moment we sat down. He not only prescribed a cannabis regimen tailored to my needs but also took the time to address my fears about stigma and side effects. What made the experience even better was how he explained things—breaking down complex science into simple, relatable examples. I now feel in control of my health for the first time in years. If you’re hesitant about exploring cannabis as an option, Dr. Caplan’s patient-centered care will make all the difference.”

Chloe M

Chloe Martinez

Revolutionizing My Care

“Dr. Caplan’s approach to cannabis therapy is revolutionary. I had been to other clinics where the process felt rushed and impersonal, but my experience with him was the exact opposite. He asked thoughtful questions, delved into my medical history, and crafted a tailored plan to address my specific symptoms. What stood out the most was his ability to connect my condition to real-world cannabis applications, referencing research and patient success stories that inspired confidence. His clinic also provides resources beyond the appointment—like follow-ups and his book—which made me feel supported every step of the way. For anyone seeking a truly personalized and informed approach to medical cannabis, I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan enough.”

Ethan K

Ethan Keller

Trust Built Through Understanding

“Trust is not something I give easily when it comes to my healthcare, but Dr. Caplan earned it during our first appointment. He listened carefully to my concerns and explained the science behind medical cannabis in a way that was clear and accessible. He didn’t just focus on the benefits; he also made sure I understood potential challenges and how to navigate them. That kind of transparency and care is rare, and it’s the reason I feel confident in the treatment plan we developed together.”

Emily C

Emily Carsonally

Personalized Care That Stands Out

“Every aspect of my experience with Dr. Caplan reflected his commitment to personalized care. He took the time to ask about my lifestyle, my goals, and even my hesitations about using medical cannabis. His thoughtful questions and detailed explanations made it clear that he was focused on creating a plan that would work for me specifically. I also appreciated how he checked in with me after the visit to see how I was doing—a small gesture that made a big difference in my confidence and comfort moving forward.”

Olivia H

Olivia Robers-Harrison

Educational and Empowering

“Dr. Caplan doesn’t just prescribe cannabis—he educates you about it, so you feel confident and in control of your treatment. From our first appointment, it was clear that he cared about making sure I understood all my options. He referenced research, shared stories from other patients, and even recommended chapters from his book that were particularly relevant to my situation. By the end of the visit, I felt not only more informed but also more empowered to make decisions about my health. That kind of care is rare, and I’m grateful for it.”

Benjamin R

Benjamin Rochel

Clear Guidance Every Step of the Way

“What struck me most about Dr. Caplan was his ability to provide clear and actionable guidance. I had no prior experience with medical cannabis and was overwhelmed by all the information out there, but he made it manageable. He walked me through the options, explained the potential benefits and risks, and helped me navigate decisions in a way that felt completely tailored to my situation. His calm and thoughtful manner put me at ease, and I left the appointment feeling like I finally had a plan I could trust.”

Chloe M

Chloe Masterson

A Tailored and Thoughtful Plan

“Dr. Caplan approached my case with a level of care and detail I hadn’t experienced before. Instead of a one-size-fits-all recommendation, he tailored a plan based on my specific symptoms and preferences. He took the time to explain why certain options might work better for me and made sure I felt comfortable moving forward. His advice was practical and grounded in science, yet delivered in a way that felt approachable. I left feeling empowered, knowing I had the tools and knowledge to take the next steps with confidence.”

Ethan K

Ethan Kostenson

More Than Just a Weed Visit

“My first visit with Dr. Caplan felt like more than just a routine medical appointment—it was an opportunity to truly take charge of my health. He asked questions that no other doctor had asked and encouraged me to think about my goals for treatment in a way I hadn’t before. His book was an incredible resource, but what truly set him apart was his ability to make the information feel relevant to my unique situation. I felt supported not only as a patient but as a partner in my healthcare journey.”

Maria L

Maria Lolana

A Practical and Supportive Approach

“Dr. Caplan’s approach is refreshingly practical and supportive. During our consultation, he focused not just on recommending cannabis, but on helping me understand how to use it in a way that fit my lifestyle and goals. He walked me through options, shared insights from his book, and even helped me think through how to manage dosing and timing. What really impressed me was his focus on the long term—this wasn’t about a one-time solution but about creating sustainable improvements in my health. It’s rare to find a doctor who invests this level of thought and care into patient guidance.”

John W

John Waterson

Dr. Caplan’s Expertise and Patience

“I was initially unsure about whether medical cannabis was the right path for me, but Dr. Caplan quickly put my concerns to rest. He spent time understanding my medical history and current challenges, carefully explaining the science behind cannabis and how it could fit into my treatment plan. His depth of knowledge and ability to communicate complex concepts in simple terms stood out to me. I appreciated his patience, especially when I had a list of questions, all of which he addressed thoroughly. The care I received was thoughtful and personalized, and I left feeling confident in the steps we outlined together.”

-Sophia R

Sophia Rhiderson

A Lighthouse in the Storm

“When I first started exploring medical cannabis, I felt overwhelmed by conflicting advice online. Meeting Dr. Caplan was like finding a lighthouse in a storm. He didn’t just recommend a treatment plan; he broke down every step, explaining the science in plain terms so I could make informed decisions. His book, ‘The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook,’ became my go-to guide between visits. It’s rare to find a doctor who takes so much time to ensure you feel educated and empowered. Now, not only am I managing my symptoms, but I feel like I truly understand my body better. If you’re looking for compassionate care and clear guidance, Dr. Caplan is the doctor you need.”

Sophia J

Sophia Jenkins

I Finally Got My Stress Under Control

I used to pride myself on being able to handle anything work threw at me. Long hours, tight deadlines, a demanding boss—it was all part of the game, and I thought I had it down. But somewhere along the way, the stress started to build up. Slowly at first, then all at once. I was losing sleep, snapping at my family, and my chest constantly felt tight. The smallest things would set me off, and no amount of weekends or ‘self-care’ could fix it. I didn’t recognize myself anymore.

My doctor had suggested anti-anxiety meds, but I didn’t want to go that route. I kept thinking, there’s got to be another way. A friend mentioned cannabis, and I’ll admit, I laughed at first. Cannabis? For work stress? I thought it was a joke. But after another sleepless week and two missed deadlines, I was willing to try anything. That’s when I found CED Clinic and Dr Caplan.

I wasn’t sure what to expect going in, but Dr. Caplan made me feel comfortable right away. He listened—not just to what I was saying, but to what I wasn’t saying, if that makes sense. He didn’t treat me like a case file or just another patient. We talked about the stress, sure, but also about why I’d been so hesitant to ask for help. He suggested a low-dose CBD regimen to help me unwind without feeling ‘off,’ and explained that it wasn’t about numbing out—it was about finding balance again.

It took a few weeks before I really started noticing a difference. At first, I wasn’t sure if it was doing anything, but then I realized I wasn’t lying awake at night, going over work problems in my head. I wasn’t clenching my jaw every time I opened an email. The stress didn’t go away, but I wasn’t drowning in it anymore. I felt like I could handle things again, like the weight had been lifted just enough for me to breathe.

Now, I can get through my workday without feeling like I’m on the verge of a meltdown. I’m more present with my family, more patient. It’s not perfect, and work is still stressful, but it doesn’t own me anymore. I can’t say enough about what Dr. Caplan did for me. I was lost, and he helped me find my way back.”*

– Jason B

J Bennett

Our Son Found Calm, and So Did We

Our son has always been… difficult, to put it lightly. He’s smart, no doubt about that, but for as long as I can remember, we’ve struggled with his defiance. It was like every day was a battle—he’d talk back, refuse to listen, and disrupt everything at home and at school. We’d get calls from his teachers constantly about how he couldn’t sit still or follow directions. He was failing classes, not because he didn’t understand the material, but because he just refused to engage. I started to feel like we were losing control, not just of him, but of our family. It was exhausting. We tried everything—therapy, behavior charts, punishments, rewards—but nothing seemed to get through to him.

When someone suggested we look into cannabis, I’ll admit, I was pretty skeptical. The idea of giving our son cannabis? It felt like too much. But at the same time, I felt like we were running out of options. I mean, we couldn’t keep going the way we were. So, I did some research and found Dr. Caplan. I didn’t really know what to expect, but I figured it was worth at least hearing what he had to say. When we met with him, Dr. Caplan was so calm, so understanding. He didn’t make us feel like we were bad parents, which, honestly, was a huge relief. We’d been feeling like failures for a long time. He explained that cannabis, in the right doses, might help our son relax, become more receptive, and just… chill out.

At first, I wasn’t sure. But we decided to give it a shot because we needed something to change. I remember the first few weeks—we were waiting for a miracle that didn’t come right away. But slowly, things started to shift. He wasn’t perfect, and I didn’t expect him to be, but we started seeing moments of calm, of compliance. He’d sit down and actually listen when we talked to him. His teachers noticed, too. The calls home weren’t as frequent, and when they did call, it wasn’t about him disrupting the class, but little moments where he was making an effort. He wasn’t fighting us over every single thing anymore. He even started being more responsible around the house—little things like cleaning up after himself, finishing homework without a meltdown.

It wasn’t an overnight transformation, but it was enough to make us believe that maybe—just maybe—things could get better. And they have. Our son is still a work in progress, but aren’t we all? He’s more in control now, more aware of his actions. I can’t tell you what a relief it is to have peace in our home again, even if it’s not perfect all the time. We can breathe. We can plan things without the constant fear of a blow-up. Dr. Caplan gave us the space to feel like parents again, instead of just referees in constant battles.

– Heather R.

Heather R

Finally Found Relief from Menopause

Menopause hit me like a freight train. One minute I was fine, and the next, I was drowning in hot flashes, mood swings, sleepless nights, and constant irritability. It felt like I couldn’t get through the day without snapping at someone or dripping in sweat. The worst part was the lack of sleep—I’d toss and turn all night, then drag myself through the day feeling exhausted. It was like I had no control over my own body, and everything just felt harder. I tried the usual over-the-counter remedies and even considered hormone replacement therapy, but I didn’t like the risks. Honestly, I was starting to lose hope.

A friend of mine, who had been seeing Dr. Caplan for her own health issues, suggested I give him a try. I wasn’t sure at first. Cannabis for menopause? It seemed a little out there. But after trying everything else and getting nowhere, I figured I had nothing to lose. From the moment I met with Dr. Caplan, I knew I was in the right place. He listened to all my complaints without judgment—he understood how tough it was. He didn’t just hand me a one-size-fits-all solution either. Instead, he explained how cannabis could help balance out my mood swings, improve my sleep, and even ease the intensity of the hot flashes. He was thorough, but he kept it simple, so I didn’t feel overwhelmed.

Within a few weeks of starting on a low-dose regimen, I noticed a real change. The hot flashes were still there, but they weren’t as intense, and I wasn’t waking up drenched in sweat every night. My mood swings started to even out too. I wasn’t losing my temper over every little thing, and I was able to get through the day without feeling like I was on edge all the time. Most importantly, I started sleeping again. I’m not talking about perfect, uninterrupted sleep, but I was actually getting solid rest and waking up feeling more human. My irritability softened as my body felt more balanced.

I can’t say enough good things about Dr. Caplan and the care he’s given me. Menopause doesn’t feel like it’s running my life anymore. I have a handle on it now, and I feel like myself again. Cannabis wasn’t something I ever thought I’d turn to, but I’m so glad I did. Dr. Caplan gave me back my peace of mind, and for that, I’ll be forever grateful.

– Lisa M.

Lisa Montingerie

Cannabis Gave Us Our Family Back

“We live in California. Our son has severe autism, OCD, and behavioral issues that have ruled our lives for as long as I can remember. He struggles with communication, and when things don’t go as expected, the meltdowns are explosive. There are days when he self-injures so severely that I can’t leave him alone for a second. The screams, the head-banging, the constant pacing—it’s heartbreaking and terrifying. My husband and I have felt like prisoners in our own home. We can’t go shopping, we can’t take vacations, we can’t even break from the daily routine without risking an episode that could throw him into a spiral for weeks. We’ve tried every therapy, every medication. Nothing seemed to give him—or us—a moment of peace. It was draining every ounce of energy and hope we had left.

When someone first suggested cannabis to us, I was hesitant, scared even. I didn’t know how it would affect him. I see potheads and druggies everywhere these days in my area, and it does not look appealing. Would it help, or make things worse? But we were desperate, and a friend had read The Cannabis Handbook and suggested that we reach out, so we decided to see Dr. Caplan. I’ll never forget that first meeting. He listened—really listened—to the hell we’ve been living through, and for the first time in a long time, I felt like someone understood. His questions made it clear that he’s been through this with many others. He seemed to get our struggle like no doctor I’ve ever encountered. He wasn’t dismissive, and he cetainly didn’t make us feel crazy for trying something new – the way all of my other doctors do. He explained how cannabis could help with the anxiety, the OCD, and even the self-injury, in a way that was calm and controlled, without overwhelming us. Our son came on camera with a tantrum, and Dr Caplan was as patient and attentive, supportive, as I wish docs all were. Dr. Caplan carefully walked us through everything, never pushing, always respecting our concerns. His focus is so clearly empowering us, not tripping on himself or being on high.

We started our son on small doses of a few products, and I won’t lie, it wasn’t a quick, overnight change. But over time, with adjustments that he oversaw with us, we saw it—he started to calm down. The meltdowns weren’t as frequent, and when they did happen, they didn’t last as long or get as intense. The self-injury started to lessen. It felt like we could breathe again, like we had a little more room to live. We’re still careful—routine is still important—but the constant terror of something going wrong isn’t hanging over our heads as much. For the first time in years, my husband and I were able to go out for dinner. It sounds like such a small thing, but it was a moment where we could remember what life used to be like, before we became prisoners to our son’s condition.

I can’t say that cannabis has fixed everything, but it’s given us something we didn’t have before: hope. We’re seeing glimpses of who our son is underneath the anxiety and the behavioral issues. Dr. Caplan’s patience and understanding have been a lifeline for us. He gave us a way to manage our lives again. We’re still on this journey, but for the first time, it feels like there’s light at the end of the tunnel.”

– Sarah W.

Sarah W

Finding Comfort and Connection Again

“Loneliness had been creeping up on me for years, but it really hit hard when I retired. My social circle started shrinking, and the days just felt longer and emptier. I had been keeping busy with hobbies, but the silence in my house became unbearable. I’d wake up in the morning with no motivation to get out of bed because I didn’t have anyone to talk to, nowhere I really needed to be. I tried to reach out to old friends, but it always felt awkward, like I didn’t fit into their lives anymore. My primary doctor referred me to Dr. Caplan, not because of anything physical, but because they thought cannabis might help me with the emotional side of things. I was pretty skeptical. Cannabis? For loneliness? I didn’t see how it could possibly make me feel less isolated.

When I met with Dr. Caplan, he listened without judgment. I explained how I felt like I was drifting through my days, disconnected from everyone around me. He was calm and compassionate, and he didn’t rush me at all. Instead of dismissing my feelings, he talked me through how cannabis might help me not feel so ‘stuck’ in my emotions. We started with a low-dose regimen that focused on CBD to help with the feelings of overwhelm and helplessness. It wasn’t a quick fix, but after a few weeks, I noticed I felt lighter, more at ease. I found it easier to pick up the phone and call an old friend, easier to motivate myself to go out for a walk or run errands.

It’s hard to explain, but it felt like a weight had lifted off my chest. The loneliness was still there, but it didn’t feel so suffocating. I could breathe again, could start imagining a life where I wasn’t so isolated. Over time, I’ve been able to reconnect with people, even make new friends. Cannabis didn’t solve everything, but it gave me the space I needed to start living again. Dr. Caplan was there every step of the way, adjusting the treatment as we went and always making sure I was comfortable. I never thought something like this could help with how I was feeling, but I’m so glad I gave it a chance.”*

– Tom B.

Tom B

Does Cannabis Work for Pediatric Autism? Yes!

“I wanted to take a moment to share a heartfelt message we recently received from one of Dr. Caplan’s patients. It’s moments like these that remind us why we’re so passionate about the work we do. The incredible progress described below is a testament to the power of personalized care and cannabis therapy. We’re grateful to witness such transformations and hope this story provides inspiration for others seeking hope and relief.”

Jack Thompson, CED Clinic Operations Manager

 

For anyone interested in seeing Dr. Caplan as a consulting physician, please visit this link:Book an Appointment to complete our intake form, make a payment, and schedule your visit—all in one easy step.

CED Clinic Welcomes New Patients
Patients of All Ages, National and International, are Welcome!

 

 

 

 

A heartfelt email from a patient expressing gratitude to Dr. Caplan for recommending a CBD/THC tincture that significantly improved their son’s behavior and well-being, detailing the progress in areas such as sleep, car rides, and eating habits.
Jack Thompson

Managing Anxiety with Cannabis: A Personal Story of Relief

“I heard about Dr. Caplan through a friend who had been his patient for a couple of years. I had been struggling with anxiety for a while but didn’t think cannabis was something I could handle. The stigma around it made me nervous, and I wasn’t sure it was for me. But my friend couldn’t stop raving about the difference Dr. Caplan had made in her life, so I finally decided to check him out. From the moment I sat down with him, I knew I was in good hands. He took the time to understand my situation, explaining how cannabis could be used to manage anxiety in a safe, controlled way. It wasn’t about pushing a product—it was about finding the right balance for my body and my needs. Now, I feel more in control of my anxiety than I have in years, and I’m grateful for Dr. Caplan’s thoughtful and thorough care.”

– Maria S.

Maria Sintira

Finally Found Relief for My Back Pain

“I was at my wit’s end with my lower back pain, and nothing seemed to work—painkillers, physical therapy, injections—you name it. My orthopedist mentioned Dr. Caplan, and honestly, I wasn’t sure about the whole cannabis thing. I mean, I wasn’t against it, but I didn’t think it was for me. Still, I was desperate, so I made the call. Dr. Caplan wasn’t like any other doctor I’d met. He really took the time to get to know me, my history, and my concerns about cannabis. He didn’t push anything but explained how it could help manage pain and inflammation in a way I could understand. He helped me feel like this was something worth trying, not some weird ‘last resort.’ Fast forward six months, and I’m moving around a lot better than I have in years. I never thought I’d say it, but cannabis has made a huge difference in my life. Dr. Caplan’s been there for every step, making sure I get the right balance for what I need.”

– Mike T.

Michael Tertansky

From Total Skeptic to Success: How Cannabis Helped My Skin Condition

“I came to CED Clinic on the recommendation of my dermatologist after battling severe eczema for most of my life. I’d tried everything from steroid creams to light therapy, but nothing seemed to keep the flare-ups at bay for long. The idea of using cannabis for my skin condition seemed strange at first, and I was pretty skeptical. It wasn’t something my friends or family had ever talked about, and I wasn’t sure how it could really help. But my dermatologist convinced me to at least have a conversation, and I’m so glad I did. Dr. Caplan didn’t make me feel awkward or silly for being uncertain. Instead, he walked me through how cannabis could potentially reduce inflammation and improve my skin health. A few months into the treatment plan, and my skin has never looked better. I wish I had come to him sooner.”

– Lindsey P.

Lindsey Peterson

Cannabis Helped Me Feel Less Alone

“I’ve been dealing with loneliness for years. After my kids moved out and my spouse passed away, the days just felt so empty. I tried therapy and even medication, but nothing really touched the feeling of being alone. A friend mentioned Dr. Caplan and how cannabis had helped her with anxiety, but I wasn’t sure if it could help with loneliness. It felt strange to think about cannabis as an option for something like that. Still, I figured it was worth a shot. Dr. Caplan was kind and understanding right from the start. He didn’t make me feel silly for bringing up something as hard to explain as loneliness. He explained how cannabis might help ease the constant heaviness I was feeling, not by curing loneliness but by helping me feel more connected to myself and the world around me. We started slow, and over time, I noticed a shift. The emptiness didn’t go away, but it didn’t feel so overwhelming anymore. I started going out more, seeing friends again, and just feeling a little lighter. I’m still working through it, but cannabis—along with Dr. Caplan’s care—has made it easier to handle.”

– Susan R.

Susan Ringly

Overcoming Arthritis Pain: My Journey to Relief at CED Clinic

“I was referred to Dr. Caplan by my podiatrist, who suggested I look into cannabis after dealing with arthritis in my feet for years. Honestly, I was hesitant. I’d never been a fan of the idea of using cannabis—it seemed like a last resort. But after cycling through endless medications with little success, I was willing to try something new. From the first consultation, Dr. Caplan made me feel completely at ease. He spent time learning about my history and concerns, and he carefully explained the options in a way that was easy to understand. He wasn’t just throwing solutions at me—he was building a plan around my life. I’ve been on the regimen we discussed for about four months now, and the improvement is undeniable. It’s not just the relief, but the care and commitment Dr. Caplan shows that keeps me confident in the process.”

– Robert H.

Robert Hickenlooper

I Overcame Insomnia with Dr. Caplan’s Help.

“I was referred to Dr. Caplan by my PCP after months of struggling with severe insomnia. For years, I had relied on prescription sleep aids, but over time, they stopped working, and the side effects were unbearable. I had heard about cannabis being used for sleep, but I wasn’t convinced it would work for me. The idea of using cannabis made me nervous—I had no experience with it and didn’t want to feel ‘high.’ But my doctor insisted that I give Dr. Caplan a try, so I booked an appointment. From the very first meeting, Dr. Caplan took the time to understand my fears and hesitations. He didn’t push anything on me but explained how cannabis, especially CBD, could help regulate my sleep cycle without the psychoactive effects I was worried about. His calm, knowledgeable approach reassured me, and we crafted a plan that I felt comfortable with. After just a few weeks on the treatment, I started sleeping better than I had in years. It wasn’t an overnight solution, but Dr. Caplan was with me every step of the way, adjusting the plan as needed. I’ve regained the energy I thought I had lost forever, and for that, I’m incredibly grateful.”

– Rachel S.

Rachel Samuelson

Finding Hope After Chronic Migraines: Dr. Caplan Helped Me See Cannabis

“I found Dr. Caplan after reading The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook. I had been suffering from chronic migraines for years, but the idea of using cannabis never crossed my mind. To be honest, I had a lot of doubts—would it work? Would it make me feel ‘off’? But the book opened my eyes to the science behind it, and I decided it was time to explore other options. When I reached out to Dr. Caplan, I was still on the fence, but he took the time to listen, explain, and answer every question I had. He didn’t push anything on me, but instead guided me through the possibilities. Fast forward six months, and I’ve seen such a huge improvement in my quality of life. Dr. Caplan’s approach is professional, but also deeply personal. It’s clear he cares about getting things right for each patient.”

– Jessica M.

Jessica Montrouse

No More Painful Periods

“I’ve had awful period cramps for as long as I can remember, and nothing ever worked to ease the pain. My gynecologist suggested Dr. Caplan, but I wasn’t sure about using cannabis for menstrual pain—it seemed kind of odd to me. Still, I was tired of being in pain every month, so I decided to at least talk to him. Dr. Caplan was great—he explained how cannabis could help with cramps and inflammation and answered all my questions without making me feel rushed. He worked with me to figure out a plan that I was comfortable with, and within a few cycles, I started noticing a big difference. The pain isn’t completely gone, but it’s so much more manageable now. I don’t dread that time of the month anymore. I’m so glad I gave it a try—Dr. Caplan’s made this whole process easier than I expected.”

– Emily K.

Emily Kingston

Trustworthy & Easy

From the moment I first connected with Dr. Caplan on a telemedicine visit, I felt an immediate sense of relief. I had been struggling with anxiety for years, and previous doctors had only offered quick fixes that never addressed the root of the problem. Dr. Caplan took the time to understand my history, my triggers, and my lifestyle. The discussion was open and flowed easily and  to me, clearly shows that he actually cares. During our consultation, he explained the complex medical stuff in a way that made sense to me, and made sure I felt informed and empowered every step of the way. When I had a panic attack late one night, I emailed him in desperation, and to my surprise, he responded almost immediately with calming words and practical advice. His personalized follow-up call the next day was the reassurance I needed to stay on track. Dr. Caplan’s unwavering commitment and compassionate care have truly transformed my life.

— Michael Anderson

Michael Anderson

My anxiety is manageable!

Dr. Caplan’s thoughtful approach turned my anxiety into a manageable journey, offering not just treatment but a renewed sense of hope and understanding.

– S Christianson

Sandra Christianson

I’m a whole person. And I’m complicated.

“I found Dr Caplan after reading his book, The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook. Dr. Caplan doesn’t just treat symptoms—he treats the whole person. From my very first appointment, he made sure I understood every part of my treatment plan, and I left feeling hopeful for the first time in years. His book has been a helpful resource, but it’s his personal touch and thoughtful care that really sets him apart. I’ve never felt rushed or like just another patient in a long line. Instead, I feel truly heard.”

– Sarah W.

Sarah W

My Son Was Right About Cannabis

“Funny enough, my teenage son was the one who pushed me to see Dr. Caplan. I’ve had a stressful job for years, and it’s been taking a toll on my health. My son did a project on cannabis for school and said I should check it out for stress. I was pretty hesitant—I mean, cannabis? It wasn’t something I ever thought I’d try. But after hearing my son talk about it for weeks, I figured, why not? I went to Dr. Caplan with a lot of questions, and he took the time to answer every one of them. He explained how I didn’t have to get ‘high’ to use cannabis for stress and that it could help me feel calmer without messing with my head. He started me on a low-dose CBD plan, and within a couple of weeks, I started noticing a difference. I was less anxious at work, more patient with my family, and just felt more balanced. Honestly, I owe my son for nudging me, but I’m grateful to Dr. Caplan for helping me find a solution that really works.”

– Janet W.

Janet Wishingsly

From Sleepless Nights to Peaceful Mornings

“I was dealing with sleepless nights for months—maybe even years—when my primary care doctor suggested I check out Dr. Caplan. I’d been on sleeping pills for ages, but they stopped working, and I was left exhausted all the time. The idea of using cannabis for sleep honestly sounded weird to me. I didn’t know much about it, and I figured it would just make me feel groggy or out of it. But I was tired of being tired, so I made the appointment. Dr. Caplan really gets it—he wasn’t pushy at all. He explained how CBD could help me without the ‘high’ I was worried about, and he was super patient with all my questions. Within a couple of weeks, I was actually sleeping through the night. It’s not an overnight fix, but it’s the best sleep I’ve had in years. I wake up feeling refreshed instead of like a zombie. Dr. Caplan’s follow-ups have been a game-changer too—he checks in to make sure everything’s working. It feels good to have a doctor who cares.”

– Laura B.

Laura Bonintue

Genuine care and great medical advice

Dr. Caplan’s genuine care and commitment are evident in every interaction. At CED Clinic, I received more than just medical advice; I gained a trusted advisor in my health journey. His use of personalized treatment plans and educational resources helped me understand and manage my condition better than ever before.
– Michael T.

Michael T

Awesome experience!

I never felt like just another patient at CED Clinic; Dr. Caplan made sure of that. His thorough understanding of my health needs, paired with his deep knowledge of cannabis therapy, provided a tailored experience that truly catered to my well-being. Every visit felt like a step forward in my journey dealing with sleeplessness, stress, and PTSD.
– Denise H.

 

Denise H

Happy customer!

My visit to CED Clinic was absolutely amazing, and it all started with Kim. She was so friendly and helpful right from the get-go, making the whole scheduling thing a breeze – a real breath of fresh air! Then there was Dr. Caplan. Honestly, chatting with him felt more like catching up with an old friend than a typical doctor’s visit. He didn’t seem to be watching the clock at all; he was all in, really getting to grips with what I’ve been going through, and dishing out advice that hit the nail on the head. And get this – he’s even written a book about it all! I can’t wait to get my hands on a copy. The whole experience at CED Clinic was just so warm and genuine. They’ve got something special going on over there, for sure.

Amanda Kimmel

I’m Free: My Journey Beyond Chronic Pain!

I felt trapped in a cycle of chronic pain, where prescription and over-the-counter meds were just dead ends. Then I found Dr. Caplan. His blend of medical expertise and cannabis knowledge opened a door I didn’t know existed. I read ‘The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook’ and it was/is a turning point—packed with research and actionable advice, it guided me to a pain management plan that actually worked. Thanks to Dr. Caplan, I’m living with less pain and more hope. Highly recommend for anyone stuck in the pain cycle.

Emily Brasston

From Frayed Edges to Balance: Found My Center with Cannabis

Let me paint you a picture of my life not too long ago: a job that never hit ‘pause,’ kids that always needed me in a hundred different ways, and a level of work stress that had me teetering on the edge. I was juggling more plates than I had hands for, and it felt like I was one strong breeze away from watching them all come crashing down. Sleep was a luxury I couldn’t afford, and ‘me time’ was a concept so foreign it might as well have been from another planet.

Enter Dr. Benjamin Caplan and his life-altering approach to managing stress through cannabis medicine. At first, I was skeptical—could this really be the answer I’d been searching for? But from the moment we began, it was clear Dr. Caplan wasn’t just any doctor. His blend of traditional medical insight and innovative cannabis expertise was like a breath of fresh air.

What truly transformed my journey, though, was diving into ‘The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook.’ This wasn’t just another self-help book; it was a treasure trove of evidence-based research, clinical wisdom, and, most importantly, actionable advice that felt like it was written just for me. It became my North Star, guiding me through the haze of stress and sleepless nights to a place of understanding and balance.

Thanks to the personalized strategy Dr. Caplan crafted with me, I’ve been able to reclaim control over my stress and find a sense of equilibrium I didn’t think was possible. My work no longer feels like a constant battle, and I’ve found more joy and presence in the time I spend with my kids. The difference is night and day.

I’m beyond grateful to Dr. Caplan and the invaluable lessons from his handbook. For anyone feeling overwhelmed by the demands of work, family, and everything in between, Dr. Caplan’s compassionate, evidence-based approach might just be the lifeline you need. I can’t recommend him enough.

Sam Dexter

My Journey to Conquering Chronic Insomnia with Dr. Caplan and Cannabis Medicine

I’ve been in this battle with chronic insomnia for what feels like forever. I hit a point where I felt completely out of options. I mean, you name it, I tried it—all those over-the-counter fixes, prescriptions from my doctors, and I even got creative mixing up my own cannabinoid solutions. But nothing worked. Those endless nights of tossing and turning weren’t just annoying; they were wrecking my health and my spirits.

Then, almost out of nowhere, I stumbled upon Dr. Benjamin Caplan and his work in the world of cannabis medicine. From the moment we started talking, I knew this was different. He’s got this unique blend of traditional medical wisdom and cutting-edge cannabis knowledge. It’s like he sees the whole picture in a way no one else had shown me before.

But here’s the real game-changer: “The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook.” That book blew my mind. It’s packed with solid science and real-deal clinical insights on how cannabis can tackle not just insomnia but a whole list of issues. More than that, it gave me straightforward, practical steps tailored just for me. It turned into my guide on this journey to use cannabis safely and super effectively.

I owe so much to Dr. Caplan and the wisdom packed into that book. I’ve finally found some peace from my insomnia—a relief I thought was off the table for me. My sleep’s way better, and my days? They’ve transformed. I can’t thank Dr. Caplan enough. And seriously, if you’re hitting a wall with insomnia or any health problem that just won’t budge with the usual treatments, Dr. Caplan’s approach could be the breakthrough you’re looking for. Certainly was for me.

 

My Journey to Conquering Chronic Insomnia with Dr. Caplan and Cannabis Medicine

Hashimoto’s Disease and Cannabis: How I Found the Right Balance with Dr. Caplan’s Help

“My endocrinologist recommended Dr. Caplan after I’d been diagnosed with Hashimoto’s disease. I was dealing with a range of symptoms—fatigue, joint pain, brain fog—but I was really hesitant to try cannabis. I didn’t have any experience with it and was worried about how it might affect me. Still, after years of feeling like nothing was really working, I was ready to explore new options. Dr. Caplan’s approach made all the difference. He took the time to understand not only my medical history but also my reservations. He patiently explained how cannabis could help with my symptoms without overwhelming me. It wasn’t an instant fix, but over the months, I started noticing real improvements. What sets Dr. Caplan apart is how much he truly listens and adapts the treatment plan to my needs. I’ve never felt more supported by a doctor.”

– Megan L.

Megan Lincoln

A Lifeline in Chronic Pain: Cannabis Changed My Life

“I was referred to Dr. Caplan by my orthopedist after years of dealing with debilitating lower back pain. I had been through physical therapy, painkillers, and injections, but nothing offered lasting relief. Honestly, I was skeptical about trying cannabis. I had always associated it with recreational use and didn’t see how it could be a solution for chronic pain. But after my orthopedist explained the potential benefits and encouraged me to meet with Dr. Caplan, I decided to give it a chance. From the moment I walked into Dr. Caplan’s office, I felt like he was different from any doctor I’d seen before. He listened carefully to my history and my concerns, and instead of pushing cannabis on me, he educated me on the science behind it. He explained how it could help reduce inflammation and manage pain without the foggy side effects I was used to with traditional medications. Now, after six months of working with Dr. Caplan, my pain is more manageable than I ever thought possible. I’m not saying it’s a magic cure, but for the first time in years, I feel like I have control over my life again. His compassion and expertise have been a lifeline for me.”

– David P.

David Pelonsky

Used as a Human Target as a Kid, Medical Cannabis is the answer.

I’m totally blind. I live in a rural area. So when I was 12, same-age peers thought zapping the blind girl’s eyes with laser pointers would be a great idea. It got bad enough that my paraprofessional had to have the devices banned from the school for my safety. Shortly after, I began having intense eye aches. I differentiate them from headaches because even a 12 year old can tell the difference. Doctors told my parents and I they were migraines. It wasn’t until later in life that I began realizing there was something else going on here. Really studying migraines, studying the eye, studying neurology and understanding not all was as it seemed. I began developing my own theories as to what these “migraines” were. I take migraine meds, but they don’t treat the eye aches. They treat the other migraine symptoms just fine. My younger brother suggested I try edibles last year. Because by this point, I was in enough pain where I believed I’d have to have my eyes removed. None of us wanted to see that happen. So he took me to a dispensary, (he had spoken with someone he knew there about me prior, and they’d come up with a regimen they thought would work.) The first clue I had that we were on the right track, was that I slept for 14 hours. So I kept a calendar and a spreadsheet full of virtual sticky notes, and 2 weeks later came to Dr. Caplan for my medical card, crazy theories about optic neuropathy in underdeveloped optic nerves and all. A year later, I’m studying cybersecurity, because that’s something I found I’m passionate about, and I can do it now!

Krista Pennell

To sleep well again is life-changing

Dr. Caplan was coincidentally recommended by both my dentist and a close friend. I was concerned about finding a high level, knowledgeable, physician in a professional setting who understood using cannabis in a safe and effective manner. I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan more highly. His knowledge is vast and I am grateful for his expertise, care and compassion. To sleep well again is life-changing. Very few things literally change someone’s life. Dr. Caplan’s knowledge and guidance on cannabis did that for me.

Barbara M.

Not once did I feel rushed or embarrassed, in fact I felt like he really does care about my circumstances, and wanted for me to feel confident and prepared

Honestly, I was hesitant to try cannabis. I have debilitating menstrual cramps and my OB/GYN recommended Dr. Caplan. I was more than a little hesitant to try cannibas because all I really knew about it was that people used it to get “high” – and that was not something I was interested in. This perspective totally changed when I actually came in and met with Dr. Caplan. He was incredibly understanding and really took the time to ease my mind about the whole process, what kind of options there were to choose from, what they might do, and what would probably appeal to me. He spent a lot of time answering all my questions (and I had a lot!). Not once did I feel rushed or embarrassed, in fact I felt like he really does care about my circumstances, and wanted for me to feel confident and prepared.

Mark L.

Dr. Caplan was thorough in his evaluation and friendly and accessible in his approach

Dr. Caplan was thorough in his evaluation and friendly and accessible in his approach. He provided in depth information and step by step guidance for beginning the process of utilizing cannabis therapies. He is available to his patients by email and phone. I highly recommend an appointment with him if you are even remotely considering medicinal use. I was hesitant about this approach before my appointment but now, after talking with Dr. Caplan and learning a little bit more about the science, I am eager to explore and I feel better already!

Rachel M.

I saw Dr Caplan a few months ago, and from even before I met him, he has made himself available to me over email, for questions, more than even my regular doctor

I came into marijuana medicine with zero experience. I must say, I’ve been learning a ton, and I would recommend it to anyone with terrible anxiety and depression. I saw Dr Caplan a few months ago, and from even before I met him, he has made himself available to me over email, for questions, more than even my regular doctor. A friend told me that I should see Dr Caplan, but I was still unsure about becoming a medical marijuana patient. I called and was able to speak with Dr Caplan directly. He took time, on the phone, even before he had met me, to explain the whole process, which helped me feel more comfortable putting a voice and personality to the process. Later, when I finally came in, during the visit, he spent almost 40 minutes with me, walking me through how cannabis might fit in with some of the other treatments I currently use. We have kept in touch over email since, like 3 or 4 random questions, and has always responded promptly. I think he is a truly special doctor, and from what I’ve read on Twitter, has a passion for educating and helping improve the perception of cannabis.

Alan T.

I had an enjoyable visit with clear information and education about medical marijuana and the dispensaries

Full stars. I appreciate the great parking and simple scheduling system. I had an enjoyable visit with clear information and education about medical marijuana and the dispensaries. No fancy language, no time wasted. Works for me.

Michael J.

I am a survivor of breast, uterine, and ovarian cancers, and Dr Caplan of CED Clinic is, hands down, the favorite voice of support and cannabis education for our hospital list-serv care group

I am a survivor of breast, uterine, and ovarian cancers, and Dr Caplan of CED Clinic is, hands down, the favorite voice of support and cannabis education for our hospital list-serv care group. I have seen him speak publicly, and on TV, and of course he is also my doctor. In spite of having what seems to be a crowd of patients who are mostly in terrible pain or have a generous helping of emotional/mental issues, I see him work tirelessly for his patients and for the cause, in general. I appreciate his leadership in the cannabis field. He is one in a million.

Stephanie W.

Dr. Caplan is an extremely knowledgeable doctor in his field and very easy to speak with about any questions and concerns you may have

Dr. Caplan is an extremely knowledgeable doctor in his field and very easy to speak with about any questions and concerns you may have. As a person that suffers from anxiety, upon arriving at the office I felt welcomed and relaxed because the doctor is compassionate and kind. The office atmosphere is not what I expected at all and was very peaceful and relaxing, also there were snacks and beverages which I have never seen before in a doctor’s office. I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan because he will take the time to answer every question that you may have about treatment. I made an appointment on a Saturday and was seen right away on the same day! Very easy process and very responsive. I am happy I chose Dr. Caplan!

Joshua C.

This is our second visit to Dr. Caplan in a year, and on both occasions, we were just blown away by his caring and compassion

This is our second visit to Dr. Caplan in a year, and on both occasions, we were just blown away by his caring and compassion. He is a true healer, with a great heart, enormous patience, and extraordinary expertise. My wife and I were amazed to find a physician who truly puts his patients first, and who is passionate about figuring out the best way to help us with our chronic pain. In our 60+ years of experience with health care providers, Dr. Caplan is among the most committed, generous, and caring healers we have ever met.

Heather F.

I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan highly enough

I can’t recommend Dr. Caplan highly enough. This was my third medical marijuana certification review (original plus two renewals), and the previous two doctors were just perfunctory form-fillers in shabby offices in remote office parks. Dr. Caplan is a REAL cannabis doctor who’s deeply knowledgeable about medical marijuana and clearly explains EXACTLY how to use it for YOUR specific conditions. He also has a real doctor’s office in a real medical building right on Boylston Street (Route 9) in Chestnut Hill ( not far from NETA Brookline, my dispensary of choice.) AND THE VISIT IS COVERED BY MEDICAL INSURANCE! I’ve become somewhat knowledgeable about what works for my primary complaint (chronic pain from spinal stenosis w/ radiculopathy) and what to avoid, but he gave me brand new ways to deal with my insomnia (including how and when to use edibles, which hadn’t worked for me before b/c I didn’t really know what I was doing) and arthritis in my hands (including a simple recipe to make topical lotion that’s stronger and cheaper than the commercial products). I interrupted him with frequent questions, which he answered at whatever level of detail and technical information I wanted. I had been deeply dissatisfied with the cannabis doctors I went to before, but Dr. Caplan is an outstanding DOCTOR who happens to specialize in medical marijuana because he cares about helping patients for whom traditional medicine hasn’t fully met their needs. You can book appointments on his web site, although my wait time was more than 10 minutes (during which I filled out his online patient questionnaire on my phone and ate all the Kit Kats in his candy basket), it was well worth it. This is a relatively new practice, I believe, and it’s going to get a lot busier as word spreads. But just do yourself a favor and go: this is what state-of-the-art medical marijuana care is supposed to be like.

Steve G.

Dr. Caplan patiently explained how there are so many options to chose from and exactly what each was helpful for

I recently had my first appointment with Dr. Caplan after reading negative reviews of so many other medical marijuana certification “places”. I can’t say enough good things about my visit with him. To start with he’s a very compassionate, caring doctor. I’m a 63 yr old woman and had never used marijuana or “street drugs”, so I was feeling nervous about trying it. I recently started chemo therapy at Dana-Farber and the side effects have been difficult to deal with. In particular, insomnia and a bit of evening anxiety. He is extremely knowledgeable about all aspects of medical marijuana. Dr. Caplan patiently explained how there are so many options to chose from and exactly what each was helpful for. With that said, he suggested several products for me to try. I now know what helps me, but each person has to use the information he gives and then try different products from a reputable medical dispensary. I plan to have a 2nd appt. with him in a few months just to get his feedback on my experiences and possibly more recommendations. It’s not necessary to go back to him after getting your certification, but he truly knows so much about the medicinal benefits that I’d like to learn even more. I highly recommend him.

Nancy O.

I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan because he will take the time to answer every question that you may have about treatment

Dr. Caplan is an extremely knowledgeable doctor in his field and very easy to speak with about any questions and concerns you may have. As a person that suffers from anxiety, upon arriving at the office I felt welcomed and relaxed because the doctor is compassionate and kind. The office atmosphere is not what I expected at all and was very peaceful and relaxing, also there were snacks and beverages which I have never seen before in a doctor’s office. I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan because he will take the time to answer every question that you may have about treatment. I made an appointment on a Saturday and was seen right away on the same day! Very easy process and very responsive. I am happy I chose Dr. Caplan!

Robert M.

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate. He answered all of my questions and gave me a great deal of useful information (while emphasizing that I didn’t have to absorb all of it right away). He encouraged me to contact him with any more questions I might have after the appointment, and began the process of registering me immediately after I left. I had an email from the Commonwealth of MA before I got home, and completed the application online within a few minutes. It couldn’t have been an easier or more stress-free experience. Dr. Caplan truly believes in the effectiveness of cannabis as a medicinal tool, and is committed to making it more widely available for that purpose and in dispelling the ocean of ignorance that has unfortunately been created around it in our society. I can’t recommend him highly enough.

Justice S.

Excellent Experience, top to bottom

Excellent Experience, top to bottom. I scheduled my appointment on CED clinic website, got in the next day – and visit was informative, and doc was kind, compassionate, and amazingly knowledgeable. I intend to follow him as a permanent addition to my healthcare and would recommend widely.

Ellison M.

I’m shy but felt comfortable and supported

Awesome doctor. Super easy to talk to. I’m shy but felt comfortable and supported. Great teacher too. I had no idea there was so much to know!

Sara E.

I learned about different options and lots of choices, and received handouts to learn even more

First heard of Dr Caplan on /r/BostonTrees subreddit. Made my appointment online, for the next day, and did all paperwork online before I came in. Building is very professional and comfortable, with great parking, and close to where I live. As I expected, doc was kind, thorough, and efficient. We reviewed my medical history, talked about what I had been doing in the past, and discussed a host of treatment ideas, and not just marijuana. I learned about different options and lots of choices, and received handouts to learn even more. I plan to follow up in a few months, and I look forward to it.

Ryan H.

Every time I come in, I learn something new and amazing.

I followed Dr Caplan from his position as the Medical Director of Canna Care Docs to CED Clinic – and would follow him again. I have had years of back pain and arthritis – my wrists and knees and hips. Dr Caplan has helped me understand much more about marijuana, and I have to say, it has been a wonderful improvement for me. Every time I come in, I learn something new and amazing. It’s a new industry for me, and I feel very well supported.

Elizabeth P.

My visit with Dr. Caplan made it comforting to know that someone was on my side

My visit with Dr. Caplan made it comforting to know that someone was on my side. I was surprised to find that Dr. Caplan does more than just write scripts for people to take to dispensaries. He sees some of his patients on a regular basis to personalize treatment plans and it’s clear he cares about education and the destigmatization of medical cannabinoids. He goes to assisted living centers, medical expos, wellness centers, and more to speak with people on the matter. This is his passion!

Benjamin T.

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate

Dr. Caplan is extremely patient and compassionate. He answered all of my questions and gave me a great deal of useful information (while emphasizing that I didnâ€t have to absorb all of it right away). He encouraged me to contact him with any more questions I might have after the appointment, and began the process of registering me immediately after I left. I had an email from the Commonwealth of MA before I got home, and completed the application online within a few minutes. It couldn’t have been an easier or more stress-free experience.†“— Dr. Caplan truly believes in the effectiveness of cannabis as a medicinal tool, and is committed to making it more widely available for that purpose and in dispelling the ocean of ignorance that has unfortunately been created around it in our society. I can€t recommend him highly enough.

Jeff E.

Very knowledgeable and compassionate

Very knowledgeable and compassionate.

Irene C.

I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan

I wasn’t sure what to expect from the initial appointment.  It was informative, educational and an overall great experience!  Dr. Caplan is easy-going, kind, and gave clear, detailed information about medical cannabis and MA medical dispensaries.  I would highly recommend Dr. Caplan.  His clinic and his knowledge are certainly worth 5-star reviews!

Ashley S.

I had such a good experience with Dr. Caplan of CED Clinic.  

I had such a good experience with Dr. Caplan of CED Clinic.

Medical: I had a lot of worries going in, and Dr. Caplan put me at ease with his knowledge and calm manner.  As a family doctor, he asked good questions about my extensive medical background, in a supportive way.  He used normal people words instead of medical gobbledygook!  (I had just an hour before been at an appointment with a medical person who thought I should understand when he talked about my distal iliolumbar neuropathy – or something like that, I had no idea what he was talking about – so I especially noticed when Dr. Caplan used normal words that any person would know.)

Educational: He provided excellent information for total newbies, showed some devices, talked about legal stuff, and gave great info about local clinics and huge discounts available.  I’m used to doctors providing pretty poor education materials, but Dr. Caplan’s infographics and handouts were a thing of beauty – informative, easy to read, and visually simple.  I hope Dr. Caplan writes a book because I will buy it.

Logistics: This is such a streamlined practice, it is easy to get in soon, and respectful of your time.  I got an appointment within less than 2 days, scheduled online, filled out my info online beforehand, found parking easily, was in and out quickly, and received the email with next steps instructions and application activation code in 1.5 hour!  Can’t possibly be easier than this.

Laura M.

Dr. Caplan was very friendly, extremely helpful and knowledgeable

Dr. Caplan was very friendly, extremely helpful and knowledgeable.  I would definitely recommend and I am looking forward to having him as a health resource.

Timothy Y.

I’ve switched 100% to cannabis as my go-to medicine

I’ve switched 100% to cannabis as my go-to medicine.  I’m sick of pharmaceuticals; the weight gain, the weird feelings like I’m a zombie, the miserable sleep…sorry, but hard pass.  Weed helps take the edge off and I’m still fully functional.

Anonoymous

Dr Caplan's Book: The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook

"A wealth of information and a huge dose of compassion and clarity."

- Melissa Etheridge

Get To Know Your Medical Team!

We Stay Connected With Our Patients via Email, Online, and Even on the Airwaves!

Email | Instagram  |  Twitter  |  LinkedIn  |  YouTube  |  Spotify  |  Newsletter

CaplanCannabis.com | The Commonwealth Project | EO Care | Green Table Talk Podcast

😎
Sounds too good to be true? Put us to the test!

Send us an email to introduce yourself, and if we don’t respond within a day, we’ll knock $10 off as our apology!

SAVE Money 💰 with CED Clinic:

Your health shouldn’t break the banklet us help you save!

Contact us here for more

Upcoming Events Calendar

No Events Found

The Latest

CED Clinic Blog
June 8, 2025💡 What You’ll Learn in This Post: 🍹 Why alcohol increases THC blood levels—and how that changes your high 🧪 How weed and alcohol together delays alcohol effects, leading to dangerous surprises 🚩 Who’s most vulnerable to crossfade complications—and what red flags to watch ⚖️ How to combine weed and alcohol more safely (if you’re going to) 🧠 The difference between greening out, blacking out, and just having a weird night ✅ TL;DR: Is It Safe to Use Weed and Alcohol Together? 🍹 Combining cannabis and alcohol—aka “crossfading”—can amplify both effects in unpredictable ways. ⚠️ Mixing the two increases risk of dizziness, nausea, vomiting, disorientation, and even panic attacks or blackouts. 🧪 Alcohol may increase THC blood levels, while cannabis may slow alcohol absorption—making effects harder to gauge. 🚫 Risk is higher for naive users, high doses, and when alcohol is consumed before cannabis. ✅ With the right mindset, moderate doses, and a clear plan, some people tolerate low-level co-use without issues—but caution is essential. 👥  Why This Combo Deserves Real Attention Mixing Weed and Alcohol? It’s Common—But Rarely Well Understood Crossfading isn’t new. Most people who’ve combined cannabis and alcohol have done so with little more than curiosity and convenience. But what’s rarely discussed—especially in clinical settings—is how this combo affects your body on a pharmacological level. And more importantly, how it can go from mellow to miserable in minutes depending on sequence, dose, and individual physiology. This isn’t scare tactics. It’s biochemistry. In my clinical work, I’ve seen both sides: 🚑 A patient who greened out at a restaurant after a vape hit and two glasses of wine 🪲 Someone who took a “tiny edible,” drank beer while waiting… and spent 4 hours spiraling 😌 And plenty who crossfade without issue—because they know how their body responds Let’s break it all down: the science, the signals, and the smart way forward. When Cannabis Feels Too Racy Too High? What To Do When Cannabis Might Not Be Right For You 🧪  The Pharmacology of THC and Alcohol Together What Happens in Your Body When You Mix Weed and Alcohol? 📈 1. Alcohol Increases THC Absorption When alcohol is consumed before cannabis, blood levels of THC spike—sometimes nearly doubling. That means more intense psychoactive effects and a faster onset of overwhelm. 📉 2. Cannabis Delays Alcohol Absorption Smoking or ingesting cannabis before drinking slows down alcohol absorption. You may not feel tipsy right away—leading to overdrinking, followed by a late-arriving wallop of intoxication. 🌀 3. CNS Depression Gets Amplified Both alcohol and THC act on the central nervous system. Together, they can trigger dizziness, nausea, sedation, anxiety, confusion, or full-on “greening out.” 🚫 4. Tolerance ≠ Safety Regular cannabis users aren’t immune to alcohol effects, and vice versa. Crossfading tolerance isn’t linear—and overconfidence is often the first step toward a rough night. How Cannabis Works in the Body Which Products are For You References: Lukas SE, Orozco S. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2001;64(2):143–149. Hartman RL, et al. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2015;154:25–37. ⚠️ The Real Risks of Crossfading Green-Outs, Blackouts, and the Crossfade Cliff For some, it’s just an uncomfortably strong buzz. For others, it’s a night derailed by vomiting, fear, or an ambulance ride. The risk is real—especially for: 🔴 First-time or occasional users 🔴 Anyone with anxiety, panic, or mood disorders 🔴 Users combining edibles and alcohol 🔴 Individuals with liver disease or polypharmacy concerns Common Signs You’re Over the Edge: 🪹 Nausea, flushing, cold sweats 💓 Irregular heart rate 🌀 Vertigo or fainting 🤠 Derealization or panic 🔽️ Blood pressure drops If this happens, stop consuming. Hydrate. Sit or lie down. And breathe—you’re not dying, your body’s just overwhelmed. What To Do If You Get Too High Weed Anxiety Explained ✅ How to Mix Cannabis and Alcohol (If You’re Going To)  Can You Crossfade Without Crashing? Yes—for some. But it’s all about planning. 🧠 Know Your Tolerance Don’t rely on your experience with one to predict how both will affect you together. ⏱️ Sequence Matters Cannabis before alcohol = lower risk. Alcohol before cannabis = amplified THC effects. 💊 Balance the Chemistry Avoid high-THC strains, concentrates, or unpredictable edibles. Use CBD-rich or balanced formulations. 🧸 Set & Setting Choose calm environments. Avoid driving, family dinners, or high-stakes situations. Be home, fed, and grounded. 🚒 Have a Downshift Strategy Black pepper, hydration, deep breathing, and darkness. If you feel overwhelmed, stop and settle. The Physician’s Role in Cannabis Medicine Sleep Disorders and Circadian Rhythm   [...] Read more...
June 7, 2025Hot flashes, brain fog, and libido crashes aren’t just your burden to bear—science says cannabis may help. Menopause may be natural, but suffering through it doesn’t have to be. From mood swings to night sweats, cannabis can play a nuanced, biologically sound role in easing symptoms—when used mindfully. It’s not about getting high. It’s about getting help that actually makes physiological sense. What You’ll Learn in This Post: 🌡️ Why hot flashes happen—and how THC might turn down the heat 😤 How cannabis supports emotional balance without numbing you out 🛏️ The role of cannabinoids in better, deeper, and longer sleep 🧠 How to think more clearly (and feel more like yourself) 💚 What no one’s telling you about menopause and the endocannabinoid system ✍️  Let’s Talk About the Quiet Storm Some days, it feels like your body’s playing a game you didn’t agree to join. One minute you’re sweating through your sheets, the next you’re weeping at a laundry detergent commercial. Brain fog replaces words mid-sentence. Your sleep abandons you. And sex? That’s… complicated. You’re not crazy. You’re menopausal. And no, you’re not alone. Globally, over a billion women are navigating this transition—but culturally and medically, we’ve barely started the conversation. Traditional medicine offers a short list: hormone replacement therapy (which isn’t right for everyone), a few antidepressants, and a lot of awkward, well-meaning shrugs from clinicians who weren’t trained in how to help. What most don’t realize is this: the endocannabinoid system (ECS)—a regulatory network involved in temperature, mood, sleep, cognition, libido, and inflammation—is undergoing massive disruption during menopause. Which means cannabis isn’t just a fringe remedy. It’s a biologically relevant tool, ready to be understood, personalized, and used responsibly. And here’s the kicker: I’ve seen it work. In the clinic, I’ve helped thousands of women in midlife reclaim their sleep, calm the mood swings, feel more connected to their bodies, and even find pleasure again—without pills, patchwork fixes, or shame. Why Menopause Deserves Better Medicine You’re Not Broken. You’re Evolving—But Nobody Taught You the Language Let’s be clear: menopause is not a disease. But try telling that to your 3:00 a.m. sweat-drenched sheets, your vanishing libido, or the emotional earthquake that makes you cry because someone looked at you the wrong way in the grocery store. Menopause is a neuroendocrine transition—profound and destabilizing. Yet somehow, mainstream medicine still treats it like an afterthought. Hormone replacement therapy (HRT) helps some women, yes—but it comes with risks, contraindications, and stigma. Antidepressants might dull the edge of mood shifts, but they won’t stop a hot flash. And most clinicians? They’re working from textbooks that mention the word “cannabis” exactly never. But here’s what matters: Your body is changing. So is your brain. And the system that’s quietly, continuously trying to keep everything in balance—the endocannabinoid system (ECS)—is under strain. That’s where cannabis may come in. Clinical Insight: What Happens to the ECS in Menopause? As estrogen and progesterone levels drop, ECS activity becomes dysregulated. Estrogen normally boosts levels of anandamide (an endocannabinoid often dubbed “the bliss molecule”). When that support vanishes, so does a lot of your internal buffering system. You’re not imagining things. You’re not just “getting older.” You’re operating with a disrupted internal thermostat, altered stress signaling, reduced sleep quality, and a nervous system trying to make sense of it all—without much help. The ECS sits at the crossroads of all of it: 🧠 Mood 🌡️ Thermoregulation 🛌 Sleep 🫀 Cardiovascular health 💡 Cognitive function 💋 Libido and sensory engagement Clinical Anecdote #1: “From Skepticism to Sanity” A 52-year-old patient—let’s call her Nina—came in after trying everything short of moving into a walk-in freezer. She was waking five times a night soaked in sweat, snapping at her partner daily, and genuinely believed she was “losing her mind.” We started her on a low-dose THC:CBD tincture before bed and a CBD-rich microdose for daytime support. Within three weeks, her sleep stabilized. Her mood evened out. And best of all, she stopped apologizing for symptoms that weren’t her fault in the first place. She didn’t feel high. She felt human again. 💡 Why This Blog Exists This post isn’t here to sell you on cannabis as a miracle fix. It’s here to help you ask better questions, understand your biology, and make informed choices based on science, not stigma. You deserve more than hormone charts and hollow reassurance. You deserve a care plan that acknowledges the complexity of menopause—and gives you tools to navigate it with agency. We’ll get into the specifics next, but if you want to read more about ECS function, cannabinoids, and practical dosing strategies, check out these resources: 🔗 Cannabis Dosing Guide – CEDclinic.com 🔗 The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook 🔗 Endocannabinoid System 101 – CEDclinic.com 🌡️ Hot Flashes, Night Sweats, and THC’s Surprising Role in Thermoregulation Weed for Hot Flashes? There’s a Real Mechanism—And It’s Not Just Wishful Puffing Hot flashes are not “just a part of aging.” They are real thermoregulatory malfunctions—mini neurological earthquakes in your hypothalamus, the part of the brain that keeps your body temperature stable. Before menopause, estrogen helped maintain that temperature regulation. But when hormone levels fall, the hypothalamic thermostat gets erratic. Small temperature changes can trigger intense heat responses—sweating, flushing, heart racing, maybe even panic. It’s not psychological. It’s neurological. And here’s where cannabis—and specifically THC—enters the conversation with a surprising amount of legitimacy. 🔬 How THC Helps Regulate Temperature The endocannabinoid system (ECS) has CB1 receptors located in the hypothalamus. When activated by THC, these receptors influence body temperature regulation. In both animal and human studies, THC has been shown to produce mild hypothermia, or reduced core body temperature. Which may explain why so many women tell me this: “I didn’t start cannabis for hot flashes, but it’s the first thing that ever helped.” 💊 What That Might Look Like in Practice 🌀 During a hot flash flare? Inhaled THC—via flower or vape—can have a fast onset, helping blunt the heat and anxiety surge. 🌿 For ongoing prevention? Low-dose THC edibles or tinctures, especially at night, may reduce the frequency and severity of episodes. 🌱 Bonus? Some patients swear by pairing THC with cooling herbs like peppermint or eucalyptus for added relief. But let’s be clear: this isn’t a silver bullet. It’s a tool—most effective when personalized. 🧬 Clinical Anecdote #2: “Sleeping Cool Again” Denise, 49, came to me exhausted. Night sweats had turned her bed into a swamp and her relationship into a battlefield. She wasn’t interested in HRT and was understandably wary of cannabis. But she was desperate for sleep. We introduced a 2.5mg THC edible (paired with CBD) 90 minutes before bedtime. Within ten days, she was sleeping through the night—and waking dry. She later joked, “I didn’t know THC came with marriage counseling benefits.” ⚠️ Things to Watch • High doses of THC—especially close to bedtime—can increase heart rate and overstimulate sensitive users • Tolerance can build, reducing its thermoregulatory benefits over time • Some users report THC-induced flushing, particularly with high-THC strains or edibles If you’re someone who feels flushed or anxious from THC, look for balanced or CBD-dominant formulations instead. You may get temperature support without the “rush.” 🧠 Bonus Tip: Track your temperature patterns. Wearables like Oura Ring or Apple Watch can reveal how dosing timing affects your night sweats. And yes, cannabis can be a variable worth tracking like any other supplement. 🔗 Learn More: 📘 Cannabis and Sleep – CEDclinic.com 🧬 Tps for Maximizing Succesis 📚 Citations: Marsicano G, et al. The endogenous cannabinoid system controls extinction of aversive memories. Nature. 2002;418(6897):530–534. DOI:10.1038/nature00839 😤 From Blender Rage to Emotional Clarity When Your Mood Turns on a Dime, So Should Your Toolkit It starts small. A sigh from your partner. A jammed blender lid. A salad commercial with a dog in it. Suddenly, you’re in tears. Or rage. Or both. Welcome to menopause. This isn’t moodiness—it’s neurochemical whiplash. The drop in estrogen affects serotonin, dopamine, and GABA—all crucial neurotransmitters that modulate emotion, patience, and your ability to handle small annoyances without an existential crisis. And that’s where the endocannabinoid system (ECS) becomes critically relevant. It operates as your brain’s emotional volume knob. When menopause turns up the static, cannabinoids may help dial things back down. Cannabis and Mood Stability: What the Research Shows Cannabinoids—especially CBD, CBG, and low-dose THC—can support emotional regulation by modulating: 🧘 Stress reactivity (through cortisol and HPA axis regulation) 🫀 Autonomic nervous system balance (hello, heart palpitations) 🧠 Amygdala activity (the alarm center of the brain) Put simply: these compounds don’t sedate your feelings. They help create space between feeling and reaction. That’s not escapism. That’s better emotional architecture. 🧬 Clinical Anecdote #3: “From Hair-Trigger to Harmonious” A patient I’ll call Angela—55, successful, articulate, and nearly divorced—walked into my office after snapping at her family for breathing too loudly. She’d tried SSRIs and hated the flatness. Her goal wasn’t to numb out. She wanted to feel like herself again. We started with a balanced THC:CBD tincture, 1:1 ratio, low dose, taken daily at 4 p.m.—her historically toughest hour. Within two weeks, she reported less “edge,” more “ease,” and—her words—“fewer moments of wanting to scream into a pillow.” Her relationships changed. Her reactivity softened. And her sense of control came back online. ✅ What Might Work For You • Balanced tinctures (1:1 or 2:1 THC:CBD) for daily emotional buffering • CBD-rich microdoses during peak irritability times • Low-THC flower or vapes with mood-stabilizing terpenes like limonene or beta-caryophyllene Avoid high-THC edibles unless you’re very experienced—they can magnify anxiety, not soothe it. ⚠️ Caveats • Mood support depends on dosage, timing, and product—not just presence of THC or CBD • Too much THC can overstimulate an already dysregulated brain • Emotional regulation is dose-sensitive: less is often more And remember: if you’re already on psychiatric medications, talk to a knowledgeable clinician before starting cannabis. There may be interactions or better paths forward than trial-and-error. 🔗 Related Reads: 🌿 Medical Cannabis for Anxiety – CEDclinic.com 🧠 The Real Difference Between Cannabinoids 📚 Citations: Blessing EM, et al. Cannabidiol as a potential treatment for anxiety disorders. Neurotherapeutics. 2015;12(4):825–836. DOI:10.1007/s13311-015-0387-1 Hill MN, Gorzalka BB. The endocannabinoid system and the treatment of mood and anxiety disorders. CNS Neurol Disord Drug Targets. 2009 Dec;8(6):451-8. doi: 10.2174/187152709789824624. 🛌 If You’re Awake at 3 A.M. Again, Read This The Cannabis Reset Button Your Sleep Might Be Missing There’s a particular kind of betrayal in menopause sleep. You do everything right—no caffeine after 3, calming bedtime routine, that lavender spray you impulse-bought at Whole Foods—and still, like clockwork, you’re wide awake at 3:07 A.M. Heart racing. Brain racing. Body drenched. You’re not alone. And you’re not doing it wrong. Hormonal changes during menopause disrupt circadian rhythms, cortisol cycling, GABA activity (your brain’s natural calm-down signal), and thermoregulation—all critical for sustained, restorative sleep. That’s why cannabis—when tailored to your physiology—can help not just with falling asleep, but staying asleep. How Cannabis Impacts Menopausal Sleep Cannabinoids interact with receptors throughout the ECS that influence: 🕰️ Sleep latency (how fast you fall asleep) 🔄 Sleep maintenance (how long you stay asleep) 🧠 Sleep architecture (the quality and depth of sleep stages) Here’s what we know: THC shortens sleep latency, which means less tossing CBD can reduce anxiety-driven nighttime wakeups Balanced formulas may protect deep sleep without the groggy “hangover” of sedatives And while CBN is hyped for sleep, most benefits likely stem from entourage effects—CBN alone isn’t the miracle it’s marketed to be. Clinical Anecdote #4: “The Two-Hour Window That Changed Everything” Margaret, 57, hadn’t slept more than four hours straight in over a year. She’d tried melatonin, Ambien, wine, meditation apps, and giving up. We ran a simple trial: a low-dose 1:1 THC:CBD tincture 60 minutes before bed, tracked nightly with a wearable. By week two, she was logging seven-hour stretches. By week four, she said, “I forgot what feeling rested even felt like. I thought that part of me was gone.” She didn’t just sleep—she healed. ✅ What to Try (Without Overdoing It) • Tincture with a balanced THC:CBD ratio taken 30–60 minutes before bed • Microdose edible (2.5mg or less THC) for longer-lasting support • CBN-inclusive blends only if THC is present—they work best in combination • Track your sleep with Oura, Apple Watch, or SleepCycle to fine-tune dosing and timing And remember, not all “sleep” products are equal. Look for third-party tested options and know your terpene profiles—myrcene, linalool, and terpineol often promote relaxation. ⚠️ Watch Out For: • High-THC products can reduce REM sleep—fine occasionally, problematic long-term • Inconsistent timing throws off benefits—this works best as a habit • Dependency myths: There’s a difference between support and sedation Cannabis isn’t replacing your brain’s natural rhythm—it’s reinforcing it. But only if you’re dosing with intention. 🔗 Related Articles: 🌙 Cannabis for Sleep – CEDclinic.com 🌿 CBN and Sleep Evidence – CEDclinic.com 📚 Citations: Babson KA, Sottile J, Morabito D. Cannabis, Cannabinoids, and Sleep: a Review of the Literature. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2017 Apr;19(4):23. doi: 10.1007/s11920-017-0775-9.. Engle-Friedman M, Mathew GM, Martinova A, Armstrong F, Konstantinov V. The role of sleep deprivation and fatigue in the perception of task difficulty and use of heuristics. Sleep Sci. 2018 Mar-Apr;11(2):74-84. doi: 10.5935/1984-0063.20180016. 💡 Libido, Brain Fog, and the Mental Weight of Menopause You’re Not Lazy or Broken—Your Brain and Body Are Rewriting Their Operating System No one warns you about the loss of spark. The day you reach for a word and can’t find it. The moment you feel your partner’s hand and… nothing. The creeping sense that the sharp, vibrant person you once were is… buffering. These aren’t failures of will. They’re symptoms of a full-body recalibration. And they hit hard—especially when the cultural conversation skips over them entirely. 🧠 What’s Actually Happening Estrogen is deeply neuroprotective. It influences: • Synaptic density (how efficiently neurons fire) • Focus and verbal fluency • Dopamine signaling (motivation and reward) • Oxytocin pathways (connection and arousal) When levels drop, so do cognitive clarity, sensory receptivity, and emotional elasticity. 🌿 Where Cannabis Comes In Cannabinoids like CBD and CBG may help reduce neuroinflammation and support prefrontal cortex function—the part of your brain responsible for clarity, executive function, and attention. Low-dose THC can enhance cognitive motivation in the right user, but too much will worsen disorientation. It’s a razor-thin margin, which makes guidance essential. For libido, cannabis doesn’t “fix hormones”—it supports the neurochemical and emotional components of arousal: 💋 Increased tactile perception 🧠 Reduced anxiety and self-consciousness 🌈 Enhanced mood, curiosity, and presence It’s less about getting turned on—and more about feeling safe, connected, and curious again. Clinical Anecdote #5: “Rediscovering Her Spark” Laura, 54, came in quietly devastated. She said, “It’s like my brain and body left the building. I miss myself.” Sex was off the table. Focus was non-existent. She didn’t want stimulants or hormones—she wanted herself back. We began with a CBG-rich tincture in the morning for mental energy, and a low-dose THC:CBD 2:1 edible before intimacy, tailored to her sensory rhythm. Within a month, she wasn’t just more focused—she was reconnecting emotionally and physically with her partner. She said, “It wasn’t about sex. It was about finally feeling something again.” ✅ What to Try • CBG-rich tinctures for brain fog, focus, and motivation • THC:CBD blends (1:1 or 2:1) for mental reset or pre-intimacy • Cannabis-infused lubricants for localized relief and enhanced sensation • Low doses only—cognitive clarity is extremely dose-dependent Avoid high-THC strains if brain fog is your primary complaint. Overstimulation can worsen the scatter, not sharpen it. 🔗 Helpful Resources: 💋 Cannabis and Women’s Health – CEDclinic.com 🧠 Cannabis and Focus – CEDclinic.com 📚 Peer-Reviewed Citations: Smith AM, Ferris JA, Simpson JM, Shelley J, Pitts MK, Richters J. Cannabis use and sexual health. J Sex Med. 2010 Feb;7(2 Pt 1):787-93. doi: 10.1111/j.1743-6109.2009.01453.x. Epub 2009 Aug 17. Broyd SJ, van Hell HH, Beale C, Yücel M, Solowij N. Acute and Chronic Effects of Cannabinoids on Human Cognition-A Systematic Review. Biol Psychiatry. 2016 Apr 1;79(7):557-67. doi: 10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.12.002. Epub 2015 Dec 8. 🩺 How to Talk to Your Doctor About Cannabis Let’s face it: many providers are still uncomfortable—or flat-out uneducated—about cannabis. That doesn’t mean you should stay silent. Start simple: “I’ve been reading up on how cannabis supports symptoms during menopause—especially sleep, mood, and hot flashes. I’m curious about whether it might be right for me. Are you open to discussing that?” Bring reputable sources (like The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook or articles from CEDclinic.com) and be clear about your goals—relief, not recreation. If you hit resistance, ask this: “Are you open to helping me evaluate it from a harm reduction perspective if I’m already exploring it?” If that still doesn’t land—find someone who will. More: How to Talk To Your Doctor About eEed  ❓ FAQ: Menopause and Cannabis   1. Can cannabis really help with hot flashes? Yes—and not just anecdotally. THC has been shown to reduce core body temperature via its action on the hypothalamus. For many users, this translates into fewer night sweats and less middle-of-the-day meltdown. 2. What’s the best cannabis for menopause-related insomnia? Low-dose THC:CBD tinctures or edibles 30–90 minutes before bed often provide the best support. These help reduce sleep latency and nighttime wake-ups without heavy sedation. Avoid high-THC edibles unless you enjoy waking up at 1:00 A.M. with racing thoughts and a dry mouth. 3. Can CBD help with menopause mood swings? Absolutely. CBD supports emotional regulation by calming amygdala activity and balancing stress hormones. It doesn’t erase your feelings—it just turns down the emotional static so you can think straight. 4. What strain or product helps with libido loss? Try balanced THC:CBD blends or a microdose before intimacy, and consider cannabis-infused lubricants. Cannabis may increase tactile pleasure, reduce anxiety, and help you reconnect with your body. This isn’t about boosting hormones—it’s about boosting connection. 5. Will cannabis make menopause brain fog worse? Not if you dose it right. Low doses of THC (especially with CBD or CBG) may support mental clarity and reduce neuroinflammation. Go too high, though, and you may forget why you opened the fridge—again. 6. Can I use cannabis daily during menopause? You can, but consistency and dosage matter more than frequency. Many benefit from daily microdosing or nighttime-only regimens. Work with a clinician who understands how to match products to your physiology. 7. Does cannabis replace hormone therapy? No—but it may be a complementary tool for those who can’t or don’t want to use HRT. Cannabis helps support symptoms affected by estrogen decline, like mood, sleep, and thermoregulation. It’s a helper, not a hormone. 8. Is CBN good for sleep in menopause? CBN by itself is underwhelming. But in combination with THC and CBD, some users find it gently deepens sleep—especially in blends designed for nighttime use. Think of it as a background vocalist, not the headliner. 9. Are there risks to cannabis during menopause? Yes—but most are avoidable. Overdosing, using poorly tested products, or relying only on THC can lead to overstimulation, dependency, or tolerance. Smart, informed, personalized use is the key. 10. What if my doctor won’t discuss cannabis with me? That’s a problem with the system—not you. If your provider avoids the topic, consider printing out research, finding a cannabis-trained clinician, or scheduling a consult at CEDclinic.com. Your body, your brain, your rules. [...] Read more...
June 5, 2025 Is Cannabis Addictive? What Science Really Says About Weed and Dependence   ✅ TL;DR: Is Cannabis Addictive? 🚫 Cannabis is not physically addictive in the way opioids, alcohol, or nicotine are, but yes—it can lead to dependence for some users. 🧠 Dependence looks like tolerance, withdrawal, or compulsive use despite consequences. That’s called Cannabis Use Disorder (CUD). 🔄 The line between therapeutic use and problematic use often comes down to intention, frequency, and impact on life. 📉 Withdrawal symptoms are real—especially in heavy or chronic users—but usually mild and short-lived. 🧭 Many patients use cannabis responsibly, even daily. What matters is whether it’s helping or hijacking your life. Why This Question Matters More Than Ever Cannabis Is Everywhere. So Let’s Talk About the Elephant in the Dispensary. More people are using cannabis than ever—legally, medically, and recreationally. That’s a win for access, science, and patient autonomy. But with normalization comes a new responsibility: to talk openly about risk, not just benefits. The question, “Is cannabis addictive?” pops up on Google hundreds of thousands of times each month. Patients ask it in whispers. Some clinicians avoid it. Others answer it wrong. Here’s what the science says: 🧠 Cannabis can lead to psychological dependence 💊 Some users experience tolerance, cravings, and mild withdrawal ⚖️ Cannabis Use Disorder (CUD) affects an estimated 10–30% of regular users depending on the study That doesn’t mean cannabis is evil. It just means it’s powerful—and like any powerful substance, context matters. Internal Link Suggestions: Cannabis Risk, Tolerance & Tapering Support The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook References: Hasin DS, et al. Prevalence of marijuana use disorders in the United States. JAMA Psychiatry. 2015;72(12):1235–1242. DOI: 10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2015.1858 Budney AJ, et al. The cannabis withdrawal syndrome: Current insights. Subst Abuse Rehabil. 2015;6:13–23. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5414724/ Dependence, Addiction, or Daily Use? How to Tell the Difference Using Weed Every Day Doesn’t Mean You’re Addicted—But It Might Mean It’s Time to Check In Let’s make one thing clear: daily cannabis use ≠ addiction. Many patients—especially those managing chronic pain, insomnia, PTSD, or anxiety—use cannabis regularly and function better because of it. But there’s a tipping point where use turns into dependence, and for some, into Cannabis Use Disorder (CUD). The DSM-5 Criteria for CUD The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual defines Cannabis Use Disorder as a maladaptive pattern of cannabis use leading to significant impairment or distress. You don’t need all 11 criteria to qualify—2–3 is considered mild CUD. Here are a few common red flags: Using more cannabis than intended Unsuccessful efforts to cut down Time spent getting, using, or recovering from use Cravings Use interfering with work, school, or home responsibilities Giving up activities because of use Continued use despite problems Tolerance and withdrawal Tolerance vs Addiction Many patients develop tolerance over time—it’s a biological response to repeated exposure. But tolerance doesn’t mean you’re addicted. It just means your receptors are adjusting, which is expected with most substances, including caffeine and antidepressants. 🧬 Addiction involves compulsion, harm, and loss of control. Questions to Ask Yourself ✔️ Is cannabis helping or hurting your function? ✔️ Can you take breaks—or does the idea feel threatening? ✔️ Do you feel shame or secrecy around your use? ✔️ Are you using cannabis to numb or avoid emotional discomfort? ✔️ Can you imagine using less—or switching formats—if your needs change? If your answers raise concern: that’s not a crisis. It’s a conversation worth having—with yourself or with a cannabis-literate clinician. Internal Link Suggestions: Is Regular Cannabis Use Healthy? How to Taper from Cannabis Safely Peer-Reviewed References: Volkow ND, et al. Adverse health effects of marijuana use. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(23):2219–2227. DOI: 10.1056/NEJMra1402309 Connor JP, et al. Cannabis use disorder. BMJ. 2020;370:m3100. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33627670/ What Cannabis Withdrawal Actually Feels Like (And How to Manage It) No, It’s Not Heroin. But Quitting Weed Can Still Feel Rough. Cannabis withdrawal is real—but it’s also often misunderstood. It’s not about violent detox or emergency admissions. It’s about transient, often manageable symptoms that appear when your endocannabinoid system readjusts to life without constant input. If you’ve used cannabis regularly—especially high-THC flower, vapes, or concentrates—you might feel a bit off when you stop. That doesn’t mean you’re addicted. It means your body is recalibrating. Common Cannabis Withdrawal Symptoms Symptoms usually begin within 24–72 hours of stopping, and peak around day 3–4. Most resolve within 1–2 weeks. 😤 Irritability 😴 Insomnia or strange dreams 😟 Anxiety or restlessness 😮‍💨 Decreased appetite 🧠 Brain fog or difficulty focusing 😓 Mild physical symptoms: chills, headaches, stomach discomfort Not everyone gets all of these. Some get none. But knowing what’s possible helps reduce fear and uncertainty during tapering or breaks. 🧰 How to Support Your System ✅ Stay hydrated ✅ Cut caffeine or stimulants temporarily ✅ Use CBD or CBG to ease the transition ✅ Normalize your sleep schedule and meals ✅ Gentle exercise helps re-balance dopamine ✅ Don’t isolate—withdrawal is easier with connection For some, structured tapering is better than going cold turkey—especially if cannabis is managing pain, sleep, or mood. 💬 JD Said: “I didn’t expect quitting weed to feel emotional. But I realized how much I’d used it to quiet stuff I didn’t want to deal with. Once I acknowledged that, the rest got easier.” Internal Link Suggestions: Substance Withdrawal Support Guide CBD Strength and Dosing Peer-Reviewed References: Budney AJ, et al. The cannabis withdrawal syndrome: Current insights. Subst Abuse Rehabil. 2015;6:13–23. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5414724/ Allsop DJ, et al. Cannabis withdrawal: A review of the clinical evidence. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2012;46(4):316–324. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23049760/  When Cannabis Use Becomes a Problem (And How to Get Support Without Shame) Not Every Struggle Is a Disorder—But Every Pattern Deserves a Check-In Here’s a truth most clinics won’t tell you: you can love cannabis and still question your relationship with it. That’s not hypocrisy—it’s self-awareness. Some patients start using cannabis for sleep, pain, or anxiety. But over time, they notice: It takes more to feel the same relief They feel “off” without it They’re using it to avoid—not address—what’s bothering them That’s when it’s time to check in, not panic. ⚠️ When Use Might Be Problematic 📉 You’re using despite negative impact on work, mood, or motivation 🚫 You’ve tried to stop or cut back but couldn’t 😞 You feel guilt or shame around your use 🥱 It’s no longer helping—just maintaining a baseline 🧱 You feel stuck, foggy, or disconnected when not using These aren’t moral failures. They’re signs your endocannabinoid system needs support and space to recalibrate. 🛠️ Getting Support: Tapering Without Judgment A smart cannabis taper doesn’t mean abstinence forever. It means adjusting your relationship to the plant to meet your needs—rather than rely on it as a crutch. Steps might include: ✅ Shifting to CBD-rich or low-THC options ⬇️ Gradually reducing dose or frequency 🔄 Exploring underlying triggers for use 🧘 Incorporating tools like breathwork, movement, or therapy 📱 Tracking mood, sleep, and cravings with simple tools A cannabis-literate clinician can help you do this safely and comfortably—without stigma or scare tactics. Internal Link Suggestions: History of Cannabis Oppression and Stigma 10 Ways Cannabis Supports a Healthy Life Peer-Reviewed References: Weinstein AM, et al. Cannabis-related cognitive dysfunction: A review of the evidence. Curr Drug Abuse Rev. 2016;9(2):84–91. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S1568163719303204 Walsh Z, et al. Cannabis for the management of withdrawal symptoms: A review of the literature. Drug Alcohol Depend. 2017;171:13–21. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9110555/ ❓ FAQ: Cannabis Use, Dependence & Withdrawal 1. Is cannabis physically addictive? No, not in the way opioids or alcohol are. Cannabis may cause psychological dependence, with some mild physical symptoms during withdrawal. 2. What is cannabis use disorder (CUD)? CUD is a clinical diagnosis where cannabis use leads to significant distress or impairment. It’s defined by a set of criteria like tolerance, cravings, and unsuccessful attempts to cut back. 3. Can you get addicted to weed from medical use? Dependence is possible even with medical use, especially with daily, high-THC products. That said, context and function matter more than frequency. 4. How long does cannabis withdrawal last? Withdrawal symptoms peak within 2–4 days and usually resolve within 1–2 weeks. Symptoms are typically mild to moderate. 5. What are the signs that I might have a cannabis problem? Key signs: you’re using more than you intend, feel “off” without it, and are struggling to function or stop despite wanting to. 6. Does CBD cause withdrawal or dependence? CBD is non-intoxicating and non-addictive. It may even help ease THC withdrawal symptoms during tapering. 7. Is cannabis safer than alcohol or opioids? Yes—cannabis has no known lethal dose, and a lower addiction risk than opioids or alcohol. But “safer” doesn’t mean risk-free. 8. Can I use cannabis daily without being addicted? Yes, if it’s helping and not interfering with your life. But it’s worth regularly checking in with yourself or a clinician to make sure it’s still serving you. 9. Should I take tolerance breaks? Many find that short breaks help reset sensitivity and improve effects. Breaks also reduce the risk of building dependency. 10. Where can I get support if I want to taper? A cannabis-informed provider (like CED Clinic) can help. Tapering doesn’t have to mean quitting—it means right-sizing your use for your current needs. 🔗 Related CEDClinic.com Links Cannabis Tapering Guide Cannabis Dependence Support Risks on Heart of Cannabis Use The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook  😅 5 Light Jokes to Ease the Stigma What do you call a guy who takes a tolerance break and survives the first night? A legend. Also very sweaty. Quitting weed won’t kill you… But it might make you cry at a dog food commercial. Why did the joint break up with the vape pen? It needed space… and fewer flashbacks. They said weed isn’t addictive. Then explain why I missed my gummy more than my ex. Cannabis withdrawal symptom #1? Missing your nightly existential couch spiral. [...] Read more...
June 4, 2025What You’ll Learn in This Post 📈 Why cannabis use in older adults is rising faster than most realize 🧩 What the latest JAMA study revealed—and what it carefully avoided 🚫 How assumptions about harm are often louder than actual data 🧠 Why the silence of healthcare providers may be more dangerous than cannabis itself 🔍 What policymakers, physicians, and patients can do to move forward smarter What the Study Says—and What It Doesn’t A recent study published in JAMA Internal Medicine set off a wave of headlines: “Cannabis use is up among older adults.” This 2025 analysis builds on past research—but it’s the first to offer nationally representative, post-pandemic data using the NSDUH’s updated methodology. The numbers came from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), analyzing patterns from 2021 to 2023. What they found wasn’t minor—it was seismic. The numbers came from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), analyzing patterns from 2021 to 2023. What they found wasn’t minor—it was seismic. In just two years, past-month cannabis use among U.S. adults aged 65 and over rose from 4.8% to 7.0%. That’s a 45% relative increase. On the surface, that’s the story. But it gets more interesting when you zoom in. The most pronounced increases were seen among: Women People with multiple chronic conditions Adults with COPD Wealthy, college-educated seniors Translation? Cannabis use in older adults isn’t just increasing—it’s shifting demographically. This isn’t fringe behavior. This is your neighbor, your patient, your retired professor uncle with high blood pressure and a jazz collection. So, how did the authors frame it? With a phrase that should give us all pause: “Cannabis use may complicate chronic disease management.” That may be true—but what’s striking is how little the study actually did to support that claim. No symptom data. No adverse events. No health outcomes. Just one number: cannabis use is rising. The real story here isn’t just that older adults are using cannabis. It’s that we still don’t seem to know what to do with that fact. What They Measured—And What They Didn’t The JAMA Internal Medicine study on cannabis use in older adults did exactly what it claimed to: it counted. Specifically, it measured past-month cannabis use based on self-report in a national survey of U.S. adults 65 and older. Nothing more. So what did they not measure? They didn’t ask: Why are older adults using cannabis? What symptoms are they managing—or avoiding? Are they using high-THC products or just a few milligrams of CBD before bed? How often? How much? For how long? They didn’t check for health outcomes. No change in pain levels, sleep quality, polypharmacy reduction, or day-to-day function. Not even a whisper about how cannabis might be replacing—or compounding—other medications. In fact, the study offered no data on harm. There were no spikes in emergency department visits (OR 1.03; 95% CI, 0.75–1.40). No documented overdoses. No measurable clinical chaos. Yet despite this absence of outcome data, the authors leaned into a cautious frame: “Cannabis may complicate chronic disease management.” That’s like saying a growing number of seniors are learning to use smartphones and concluding: “May cause confusion and social withdrawal.” It could—but it also might help them text their grandchildren and order groceries with dignity. Framing matters. And when cannabis is involved, framing often comes from fear, not from facts. Rising Use Is a Signal, Not a Scandal If cannabis use in older adults is climbing, we should ask: What does this tell us about the state of modern medicine? It might suggest frustration. Or curiosity. Or unmet needs that conventional tools haven’t solved. It’s hard to ignore that many of the people driving this trend—women, the well-educated, the chronically ill—are often those who’ve already spent years, if not decades, navigating complex medical systems. They’re not impulsive. They’re informed. They’re careful. And they’re tired of being told there’s nothing left to try except another pill, another sedative, another shoulder shrug. The numbers are telling a story: Older adults with two or more chronic illnesses nearly doubled their cannabis use. Those with COPD went from 6.4% to 13.5% in just two years. High-income seniors, historically the least likely to use, are now the most likely to do so. This doesn’t look like recklessness. It looks like self-directed care. So maybe the rise in cannabis use among older adults isn’t a red flag. Maybe it’s a signal—one we should have seen coming. A signal that people are seeking gentler, more adaptive options to manage pain, anxiety, sleep, inflammation, appetite, mood. And yet, the healthcare system has largely responded with silence—or suspicion. That’s not leadership. That’s abdication. The Real Danger Isn’t the Weed—It’s the Vacuum Let’s be clear: cannabis isn’t without risk. No medicine is. Especially when used without guardrails. But here’s the deeper concern—not that cannabis use in older adults is increasing, but that physicians aren’t part of the conversation. That vacuum? It’s where real harm starts. When seniors experiment in isolation—without support, without education, without anyone asking how they’re using it or why—we shouldn’t be surprised if they misfire. Not because cannabis is inherently dangerous, but because guesswork is. We’re watching a public shift unfold in real time, yet much of the medical establishment is still stuck on mute. And that silence has consequences. It forces patients to rely on the budtender instead of the physician. It reinforces stigma that prevents honest discussion in the exam room. It breeds misinformation, overcorrection, or worst of all—indifference. Imagine if this were insulin. Or antidepressants. Or blood pressure meds. Would we shrug and say, “They’ll figure it out on their own”? Of course not. The rise of cannabis use in older adults is an invitation—one that most of medicine has yet to RSVP to. We don’t need more panic. We need participation. If cannabis use in older adults is rising—and it is—then the challenge isn’t to stop it. The challenge is to support it smartly. Here’s what that looks like. For Clinicians: It starts with asking. Not assuming. Not avoiding. Ask your patients if they’re using cannabis. Ask how. Ask why. Then, get curious. Brush up on cannabinoid pharmacology. Learn how THC and CBD interact with other medications. Understand why someone might be reaching for cannabis at 68 with arthritis, insomnia, and too many prescriptions to manage. Meet your patients where they are—not where textbooks left off. 🔗 Learn at CED as a fellow 🔗 Learn in CED’s Medicine Lab For Policymakers: Legalization is not the endpoint. It’s the on-ramp. Access without education is a recipe for inequity and confusion. We need real-time clinical research in older populations. We need data on dosing, safety, interactions, and long-term outcomes. And we need it from voices that understand patients, not just policy. Cannabis care is public health. Treat it like it. For Patients: You’re not wrong for being curious. You’re not wrong for experimenting. But you deserve guidance. Not just from online forums and friends—but from professionals who understand your medications, your diagnoses, your fears, and your hopes. Track what works. Stay open. Ask questions. And push for better answers. You’re not a problem to be solved—you’re a story to be heard. Final Thoughts: The Headline We Missed Cannabis use in older adults is rising. That’s not speculation. It’s not media spin. It’s data. And the response from the healthcare system? For the most part: a collective shrug—or worse, an eyebrow raise. But here’s the thing: rising use isn’t the danger. The real danger is when medicine sees a shift in patient behavior and fails to respond. Not with panic. Not with dogma. But with curiosity, humility, and care. What we’re witnessing isn’t just a rise in cannabis use. It’s a referendum on what patients do when their needs aren’t being met. When people feel dismissed, they adapt. When they’re told to wait, they move forward without us. The real headline should have been: “Older Adults Are Turning to Cannabis—And the Medical System Still Hasn’t Shown Up.” Let’s change that. 1. What does the latest research say about cannabis use in older adults? A new JAMA study found cannabis use in adults 65+ rose from 4.8% in 2021 to 7.0% in 2023. That’s a 45% relative increase—fueled largely by women, high earners, and people with chronic illness. So yes, your aunt with arthritis and a vaporizer might actually be part of a trend. 2. Is cannabis safe for seniors with chronic conditions? It can be, but it depends on the product, dose, and context. Without physician guidance, seniors risk using cannabis in ways that might interact with medications or go unmonitored. The plant isn’t dangerous—being on your own with it might be. 3. Are doctors trained to talk to older adults about cannabis? Not most. Cannabis is still barely covered in medical school, and most physicians were never taught how to counsel patients on cannabinoids. It’s like sending your grandparents into a dispensary with a grocery list—and no labels. 4. Why are older adults using more cannabis now? Because they’re navigating pain, sleep problems, anxiety, and prescription overload. For many, cannabis offers a gentler alternative to opioids, sedatives, or overmedication. It’s not rebellion—it’s recalibration. 5. What are the risks of cannabis use in the elderly? Potential risks include dizziness, drug interactions, and confusion if dosing isn’t handled well. But the biggest risk? Doing it without support or reliable information. The real danger isn’t the weed—it’s the silence around it. 6. Can cannabis replace other medications for older adults? Sometimes—but it should never happen without supervision. Cannabis can lower the need for sleep aids, opioids, or anxiety meds, but tapering should be physician-guided. This isn’t DIY pharmacology, even if many seniors are doing just that. 7. How can older patients talk to their doctor about cannabis? Start with what matters: what you’re using, why, and what you’re hoping to feel. Don’t ask for permission—ask for partnership. If your doctor looks nervous, congratulations: you’re now the teacher. Here’s a detailed guide 8. Is cannabis use among seniors linked to ER visits? According to the JAMA data, emergency department use was not significantly associated with rising cannabis use. So no, your grandmother isn’t likely to be carted off after an edible. But again, guidance is what keeps exploration from becoming a misadventure. 9. How can clinicians get up to speed on cannabis care? Continuing education, mentorship, and yes—listening to their own patients. There are also platforms like CEDclinic.com that offer data-informed pathways for physician support. Because in cannabis care, humility is the new board certification. 10. Should cannabis be a routine part of geriatric care? Not automatically—but it should absolutely be on the table. When used properly, cannabis may support sleep, pain relief, mood, appetite, and reduce medication burden. The only unacceptable approach is pretending it’s not already in the room. [...] Read more...
June 2, 2025A striking new paper claims psychosis hospitalizations rose after legalization. But context, nuance—and real-world sanity—are missing. ☕ What You’ll Learn in This Post ✔︎ Why a rise in cannabis-use-disorder (CUD) codes doesn’t automatically equal a rise in harm ✔︎ What’s missing from the popular “5x increase in psychosis” narrative ✔︎ Why countries with high cannabis use don’t show spikes in psychotic illness ✔︎ How public health systems are failing—not because cannabis is legal, but because it’s poorly integrated into care ✔︎ What smarter, stigma-free cannabis policy and clinical care would actually look like Cannabis and Psychosis: The Headlines Are Loud. But Are They Honest? It’s hard to argue with a 5x increase. Especially when it’s printed on a graph in a peer-reviewed journal and shows up in your LinkedIn feed next to phrases like “public health concern” and “unintended consequences.” A newly published study in Psychological Medicine tracked over 15 years of psychiatric hospitalizations in Colorado and found that the number of young adults admitted for psychosis alongside a cannabis use disorder diagnosis increased significantly—particularly after the state legalized recreational cannabis. On the surface, it’s clean, compelling, and seemingly conclusive: legal cannabis, more psychosis. End of story? Not quite. Let’s be clear: the authors of the study deserve credit. The timeline is long. The dataset is large. The statistical model—interrupted time series—is appropriate for the question. And most importantly, the paper doesn’t overclaim. It stops short of calling cannabis the cause of psychosis. Instead, it draws attention to a troubling trend, and calls for further inquiry. But what happens next—how media, policymakers, and even well-meaning clinicians interpret that trend—is where the real risk lies. Not a psychiatric risk. A scientific one. Because when it comes to cannabis and psychosis, context isn’t just helpful. It’s everything. What the Colorado Study Got Right—and Why That’s Only Half the Picture Let’s start with what deserves respect. This study, led by investigators at Denver Health, looked at over 9,700 hospitalizations involving psychosis in people ages 10–29 across a 15-year span. It pinpointed a steady increase in psychosis-related hospital visits, with an especially sharp rise in those also coded with cannabis use disorder (CUD) after recreational legalization took effect. The methodology was sound: the team used interrupted time series regression, a tool designed to detect changes in outcome trends after a policy shift. They didn’t just compare before-and-after snapshots—they measured the slope of change, and it was statistically significant. Notably, the most pronounced increase occurred in 21–29-year-olds—the age group legally permitted to purchase cannabis products. So yes—there’s a signal here. But a signal doesn’t mean we’ve heard the full message. And while the authors were careful in their language, the cultural interpretation that followed their graphs has been… less restrained. In many places, the signal has been amplified into an alarm, stripped of context, and translated into a simplistic narrative: cannabis use → psychosis. The problem? That narrative ignores what’s missing—and what that missing data might reveal. What if CUD isn’t a stable or meaningful diagnosis in this setting? What if the rise in hospitalizations says more about documentation trends than actual incidence? And what if the real story here isn’t cannabis causing psychosis—but a health system failing to guide cannabis use safely, especially for those most at risk? These are the questions that deserve to be asked before we turn data into doctrine. Why CUD Is a Blunt Tool: Diagnosing More Doesn’t Mean Harming More Let’s talk about the acronym doing the heavy lifting in this study: CUD, or cannabis use disorder. At first glance, it sounds serious—maybe even self-evident. You wouldn’t be admitted to the hospital with “a disorder” unless something had gone terribly wrong… right? Not necessarily. CUD is not the same cannabis dependence, even though they’re often treated as synonymous. Here’s what CUD actually means in practice: a person has met two or more of 11 possible DSM-5 criteria within the past year. Those criteria range from the familiar (“developed tolerance”) to the almost laughably vague (“spent a lot of time getting cannabis”). That last one, in a legal state with cannabis delivery apps and 1,000 dispensaries, might just mean you got stuck in traffic on the way to your gummies. To be fair, some CUD cases are truly disruptive. Daily use that derails relationships, impairs functioning, or exacerbates pre-existing psychiatric illness is a serious concern. But here’s the thing: none of that is confirmed in this study. The diagnosis is derived from a billing code, not a structured assessment. There’s no report of how it was made, by whom, or based on what information. And this matters. Because after legalization, people are more likely to disclose cannabis use, clinicians are more likely to ask, and systems are more likely to flag it in the chart. So CUD codes go up—not necessarily because more people are “addicted,” but because more people are visible. This is what’s known as detection bias, and it’s rampant in post-legalization environments. When you shine a brighter light, you find more dust. That doesn’t mean the room got dirtier. Here’s a second problem: CUD isn’t necessarily synonymous with harm. Many people with chronic conditions—pain, insomnia, PTSD—use cannabis daily. They may build tolerance, prefer high doses, and feel lousy if they miss a dose. That technically qualifies them for a CUD diagnosis. But does it mean they’re disordered? Or just… treating themselves with the only thing that works? If you’re looking for psychosis risk signals, these distinctions matter. A daily, balanced tincture user managing fibromyalgia isn’t the same as a teen dabbing high-THC concentrates 10 times a day in isolation. Yet this study treats both—at least on paper—as equally significant. And in doing so, it builds its case for rising psychiatric harm on a foundation that is statistically clean but clinically muddy. Want to know if CUD codes are meaningful? We’d need to know: 1️⃣ What products were used 2️⃣ At what doses and frequencies 3️⃣ Whether patients were self-medicating distress 4️⃣ If their use preceded or followed psychiatric symptoms We get none of that here. Instead, we get a simple box: CUD present or not. And the hospital data, like all big data, is only as useful as the definitions behind its digits. Understanding CUD – my response to a patient’s question about it. Another in-depth review of CUD Cleveland Clinic’s view of CUD Read Carefully: American Addiction Centers has a very clear view too The Missing Pieces in the Study: No Dose, No Direction, No Control It’s not that the study is poorly done. It’s that it’s incompletely read—by the headlines, the comment sections, and even some professionals who should know better. Because beneath the clean graphs and p-values lies a quietly glaring problem: we’re trying to draw major conclusions from missing context. And in medicine, context isn’t window dressing—it’s the diagnostic lens. Let’s walk through what’s not in this paper. First: dose. The study tells us someone had psychosis and a CUD diagnosis. But was that person using 2mg of THC nightly to sleep, or 250mg a day via high-potency dabs? Were they smoking flower? Eating edibles? Using CBD alongside it? We don’t know. And yet, we’re asked to view all cannabis use—and all users—as functionally the same. That’s not science. That’s a Rorschach test for your bias. Second: directionality. Did cannabis use precede the psychosis? Was it part of a self-medicating attempt in the early stages of a developing condition? Or did the cannabis use begin after psychotic symptoms emerged? Again—we don’t know. The data don’t say. But the conclusions imply. Third: no control group. This is key. The study shows psychosis-related hospitalizations rose in Colorado after legalization. But what about other states during the same timeframe? Were there parallel increases driven by post-COVID mental health collapses, rising homelessness, fentanyl adulteration, or economic stress? If so, then Colorado’s signal might not be about cannabis—it might be about everything else happening in the lives of vulnerable young people. A well-matched control state could have helped us know. But that’s absent too. Finally, there’s no assessment of why these hospitalizations happened in the first place. Was cannabis the trigger? Or simply present? Was the psychosis brief and substance-induced, or persistent and part of a first-break schizophrenia spectrum diagnosis? Were patients given a urine tox screen? Were they using other substances too? You won’t find those answers in this paper. Which is fine—this was a population-level trend analysis, not a psychiatric deep dive. But what’s not fine is when people treat it like definitive evidence of cannabis harm, without ever asking what else it might mean. This is the problem with overly enthusiastic interpretations of under-examined data: they skip past the complexity, and land squarely in the realm of moral panic. What Public Health Data Actually Shows: The Global Reality Check If cannabis really caused psychosis in anything more than a narrow slice of vulnerable users, we wouldn’t need a regression model from a single hospital to tell us. We’d feel it in the data. In the admissions. In the overwhelmed clinics. In the epidemiology. We don’t. Start global. The World Health Organization pegs the lifetime prevalence of schizophrenia spectrum disorders at about 0.4%—and that number has held steady for decades, across countries, across continents, and crucially, across eras of cannabis liberalization. Whether you’re looking at Portugal (where all drugs were decriminalized in 2001), the Netherlands (where cannabis tolerance began in the 1970s), or Canada (which federally legalized in 2018), there’s no psychosis wave. No public health surge. No cannabis apocalypse. Zoom into the U.S. Look at California—the birthplace of legal medical cannabis and one of the first to legalize recreational use. Or Washington, D.C., which has some of the highest cannabis use rates in the country. Psychosis hospitalization rates haven’t ballooned in those places either. If anything, they’ve remained relatively stable. In Ontario, Canada, researchers documented a rise in cannabis-related ED visits post-legalization. But when they zoomed in, the culprit wasn’t widespread psychosis. It was accidental overconsumption, panic reactions, and disorientation—especially in novice or unprepared users. Manageable stuff. Not a schizophrenia surge. So what explains the dissonance? Simple: the denominator is enormous. Millions of people are using cannabis regularly, even daily. If it reliably triggered psychosis in average users, we’d be seeing a mental health disaster right now. We’re not. Because most users are fine—especially those who are informed, intentional, and not combining high-potency THC with untreated trauma, genetic vulnerability, or other destabilizing forces. That doesn’t mean cannabis is harmless. It means the harm is contextual, rare, and concentrated in predictable patterns—not randomly distributed like a pharmacologic lightning bolt. And here’s where the real public health lesson lies: instead of treating cannabis like a contagion, we should be treating it like any other powerful tool. Respect it, guide its use, educate users early, and intervene in the right places. Not with blanket suspicion, but with precision care. Because if psychosis is on the rise, cannabis might not be the match—it might just be the smoke we noticed too late. What’s Really Happening Here: Unguided Use in Vulnerable Populations The most honest takeaway from the Colorado study isn’t that cannabis is making people psychotic—it’s that people who are already at risk are using cannabis in risky ways, without any support or direction. And then landing in hospitals. Look closely at who’s showing up in these encounters. In the psychosis + CUD group, 68% were male, most were in their early 20s, and the majority were on Medicaid. That paints a picture—not of the average cannabis user, but of a very specific population: young, often underserved men navigating trauma, poverty, mental illness, or all three, and self-medicating with potent cannabis products they don’t fully understand. These aren’t casual users. These are high-frequency, high-potency consumers often using without structure, without education, and without access to non-stigmatizing care. They’re not problems. They’re canaries. And the coal mine isn’t cannabis—it’s the gap between legalization and medical infrastructure. If you legalize a substance with complex neurological and psychiatric effects—and then fail to provide clinical scaffolding for how to use it safely—you don’t get chaos. You get confusion, overcorrection, and preventable harm in the places that were already hurting. This is a public health story, yes—but one about lack of guidance, not about chemical villainy. Because let’s be honest: if these same young people were taking prescription amphetamines, or alcohol, or even over-the-counter decongestants at the same doses and frequencies, we’d be seeing psychiatric side effects too. But we wouldn’t be racing to re-ban the substance. We’d be asking: where was the education? where were the supports? The cannabis in these cases might be strong. But the system’s silence is stronger. So if we’re going to interpret the hospitalization spike as a call to action, let’s make sure we’re acting on the right target. Not cannabis itself, but the lack of professional presence in cannabis use—especially for those already vulnerable to psychiatric destabilization. What Smart Policy Would Do: Regulate Risk, Not the Plant When studies like this hit the news cycle, the policy response often swings toward restriction. Stricter laws. Harsher warnings. More fear-based messaging. But if we want to make cannabis safer—and prevent the kind of psychiatric events highlighted in the Colorado data—then we don’t need a crackdown. We need a compass. Because smart cannabis policy doesn’t start with banning a plant. It starts with recognizing that not all cannabis use is equal, and neither are the risks. What if we approached cannabis the way we already do with alcohol or antidepressants? We don’t call a glass of wine alcoholism. We don’t assume that a 10mg SSRI will destabilize the brain the same way a 100mg dose might. We don’t treat all users as ticking time bombs. We look at the dose, the intent, the duration, the context—and the person. Smart cannabis policy does the same. It: ♦️ Flags high-risk patterns—like high-potency THC concentrates in teens ♦️ Offers front-loaded education on how cannabis interacts with sleep, trauma, and underlying psychiatric risk ♦️ Incentivizes lower-risk products (like balanced THC/CBD formulations) ♦️  Encourages early screening—not for addiction, but for misuse with medical need ♦️ Funds cannabis-aware clinicians who know how to treat patients with curiosity, not condescension And perhaps most importantly, it resists the urge to treat correlation as causation. Because when we confuse documentation trends with psychiatric epidemics, we start crafting policy for a fantasy problem—and ignoring the real one unfolding in our ERs and clinics. Legalization was the beginning. Integration is what comes next. What We Owe the Public: Context Over Panic, Precision Over Fear The cannabis and psychosis conversation isn’t going away. Nor should it. But if we’re going to have it, we owe the public something better than quick conclusions wrapped in tidy headlines. We owe them context. We owe them the truth that cannabis can destabilize people—but mostly those already standing on shaky ground. We owe them the insight that a diagnosis code doesn’t always mean dysfunction, especially when that code is based on frequency, not harm. We owe them the reminder that most people who use cannabis—daily, occasionally, medicinally—aren’t ending up in psych wards. And we owe them care models that help prevent those who might from ever getting close. The real risk isn’t cannabis. It’s the assumption that cannabis is always the risk. It’s the lazy science that lumps all use into one category. The policy impulse that treats one data signal like a universal danger. The silence in too many exam rooms, where cannabis conversations are either brushed off or shut down entirely. We can do better. We can teach patients how to use cannabis with eyes open, not in fear. We can differentiate between wellness, self-medication, and misuse. And we can build a healthcare system that finally speaks fluently about a plant that millions already turn to—without judgment, without panic, and with an actual plan. Because the real “public health response” isn’t to panic when a paper shows psychosis went up. It’s to ask the deeper question: why did it happen, to whom, and what could we have done better? The answer isn’t prohibition. It’s precision. And it starts with telling the whole story.   ❓ 10 Optimized FAQ Questions + Answers     1. Can cannabis use cause psychosis? Cannabis can trigger or worsen psychosis in a small group of vulnerable users, especially with high doses of THC. Think of this like florescent lights (or certain smells) that sometimes trigger seizures in vulnerable individuals. Quite rare, but possible!But for most people, it doesn’t cause psychosis—and the risk is often overstated. Think context, not catastrophe. 2. What is cannabis use disorder (CUD)? CUD is diagnosed when someone meets certain behavioral criteria—like using more than intended or developing tolerance. But those standards are broad and can apply to many responsible users. It’s a diagnosis that sometimes says more about paperwork than pathology. It is also remarkably subjective – meaning different doctors may feel very differently about describing symptoms or use as relevant. 3. Did the Colorado study prove cannabis causes psychosis? Nope. It showed a rise in hospitalizations where cannabis use disorder and psychosis co-occurred—but didn’t prove one caused the other. Correlation, not causation. Is it possible that people with conditions like psychosis were more likely to consume cannabis, and not the other way around? Another example of co-occurrence: Tissues always seem to be near sadness. Do we claim they cause it? 4. Why might CUD rates rise after legalization? Because more people disclose cannabis use, clinicians ask more questions, and documentation improves. The rise may reflect visibility, not harm. It’s a case of better lighting—not more dust. 5. Is psychosis rising everywhere cannabis is legal? Not at all. Countries like Canada, the Netherlands, and Portugal have high cannabis use but stable psychosis rates. If cannabis caused widespread psychosis, we’d see it in global public health data—and we don’t. 6. What does high-potency cannabis do to mental health? Very high doses of THC may destabilize mood, anxiety, or cognition in certain users, especially when unbalanced by CBD. But dose, context, and user history all matter. It’s not poison—it’s pharmacology. 7. Why is CUD a controversial diagnosis? Because it’s often applied based on frequency, not dysfunction. Daily medical users with no impairment can still get slapped with a “disorder” label. That’s not science—it’s stigma with a clipboard. It’s controversial because it stems from a long history of unscientific judgement about cannabis – that is difficult to reconcile with modern thought and logic. 8. What could explain the rise in cannabis-related hospitalizations? Increased access, yes—but also undiagnosed mental illness, trauma, poverty, and isolation. Cannabis might be the tool people are reaching for, not the problem causing the crisis. Blame the gaps, not the green. 9. What should smart cannabis policy focus on? Education, safe product access, early risk screening, and guidance—not prohibition. Cannabis isn’t going away. What matters is how we use it, talk about it, and care for people who use it. 10. How can clinicians talk about cannabis with patients? With curiosity, not judgment. Ask what it helps with, what they’ve noticed, and what they wish they understood better. It’s not about scolding—it’s about support. [...] Read more...
May 28, 2025What one vascular study reveals—and what it gets spectacularly wrong—about cannabis and your heart What You’ll Learn in This Post: ✔︎ What the new JAMA Cardiology study actually found about cannabis and cardiovascular health and what it didn’t. (PDF here) ✔︎ Why “endothelial dysfunction” (“reduced FMD”) isn’t the same thing as proven cardiovascular harm ✔︎ What the real science says about edibles, THC, and blood vessel function ✔︎ How poor controls, small sample sizes, and serum confusion limit the study’s conclusions ✔︎ Where the study stumbles—methodologically and clinically ✔︎ Why these results say little about guided medical cannabis use ✔︎  How to read cannabis and cardiovascular health headlines with a sharper, smarter eye The Headline Heard Round the Internet If you scanned headlines last week, you probably saw something like: “Cannabis Might Damage Your Blood Vessels, Even If You Don’t Smoke It.” It’s the kind of punchy, panic-tinged news that practically writes itself—and sure enough, it’s already spreading fast. But if you’ve been around long enough to see how cannabis research is often covered, you’ve probably developed a familiar reflex: read past the headline. Because beneath the sensationalism, this study actually tells a much quieter story. One about a small group of people, a few blood tests, a couple fancy-sounding biomarkers—and a sea of unanswered questions. Still, the buzz is real. And for anyone using cannabis regularly—whether for anxiety, pain, sleep, or something else—it’s worth asking: Is there a real cardiovascular risk here? Or is this just another example of flashy data getting more attention than it deserves? Let’s pull the curtain back on the actual science, separate correlation from causation, and unpack what this study shows—and where it veers into foggy territory. What the Study Found (And Didn’t) The research—published in JAMA Cardiology—looks at the relationship between cannabis and cardiovascular health, specifically measuring a marker called flow-mediated dilation (FMD). In plain terms, FMD is a way to test how well your blood vessels respond to changes in blood flow—a proxy for vascular health, not a clinical diagnosis. Credit to the authors: Leila Mohammadi, MD, PhD; Mina Navabzadeh, PharmD; Nerea Jiménez-Téllez, PhD; Daniel D. Han, BA; Emma Reagan, BA; Jordan Naughton, BA; Lylybell Y. Zhou, BS; Rahul Almeida; Leslie M. Castaneda, BA; Shadi A. Abdelaal, MD; Kathryn S. Park, BA; Keith Uyemura, BS; Christian P. Cheung, MSc; Mehmet Nur Onder; Natasha Goyal, MD; Poonam Rao, MD; Judith Hellman, MD; Jing Cheng, MD, MS, PhD; Joseph C. Wu, MD; Gregory M. Marcus, MD, MAS; Matthew L. Springer, PhD The study had 3 groups: Regular cannabis smokers Regular cannabis edible users Non-users as controls Researchers measured FMD and a few other cardiovascular markers, then collected serum (a component of blood) to test how it affected lab-grown endothelial cells. Here’s what made headlines: Cannabis smokers had significantly lower FMD than non-users (6.0% vs. 10.4%, P = .004) Edible users had even lower FMD (4.6%, P = .003) Serum from smokers suppressed nitric oxide production in endothelial cells (1.1 vs. 1.5 nmol/L, P = .004) The FMD decline was described as dose-dependent with reported cannabis use (correlation coefficient r = –0.7) If you’re a journalist, those numbers are catnip. If you’re a patient, they’re unsettling. And if you’re a clinician like me, they’re… well, interesting. But also incomplete. These findings may suggest that cannabis and cardiovascular health have a more complicated relationship than some assume—but they don’t show causation. They don’t track clinical outcomes like heart attacks, strokes, or long-term cardiovascular disease. They don’t adjust for lifestyle, diet, BMI, lipids, exercise, or even sex. And while nitric oxide is an important signaling molecule, changes at the cellular level don’t automatically translate to health outcomes. To their credit, the researchers used a combination of human participant data and in vitro (lab dish) testing. That’s good science. But it’s also important to remember: lab-grown cells don’t eat cheeseburgers, don’t stress about rent, and don’t take CBD oil before bed. The real world is messier than the Petri dish. Decoding the Measurements: What FMD and PWV Actually Tell Us So, what exactly are these vascular tests everyone’s talking about? And what do they really say about cannabis and cardiovascular health? Let’s start with FMD, or flow-mediated dilation. Imagine a healthy blood vessel like a flexible garden hose—it expands and contracts depending on how much water (blood) is flowing through. FMD tests how well a vessel widens in response to increased blood flow. Lower FMD values suggest the vessel isn’t responding as well, which can be an early sign of vascular dysfunction. Think of it like a check engine light—not a diagnosis, but a nudge to look deeper. Then there’s PWV, or pulse wave velocity. This one’s more like a long-term report card. It measures how fast pressure waves move through your arteries. The stiffer your arteries, the faster the wave travels—so higher PWV values typically indicate worse vascular health. But here’s the twist: in this study, PWV didn’t show meaningful differences between cannabis users and non-users. That’s not a small detail. If you’re going to make a case that cannabis and cardiovascular health are directly linked by way of vessel dysfunction, you’d expect both short-term and long-term vascular markers to tell the same story. But they didn’t. FMD dipped. PWV didn’t budge. Why does that matter? Because FMD is sensitive—but not specific. It changes with things like sleep, caffeine, anxiety, hydration, recent meals, and yes, potentially cannabis. It’s a snapshot, not a story. PWV, on the other hand, reflects actual physical changes in the vessels—changes that accumulate over time and are much harder to influence with a few lifestyle quirks or daily habits. That divergence raises a fair question: are we seeing a true signal of harm from cannabis? Or just noise? If you’ve ever had a borderline cholesterol reading after a long vacation, you already know the answer: context matters.  What the Study Gets Right Let’s give credit where it’s due: not every study on cannabis and cardiovascular health goes this far in trying to measure something tangible. This one deserves recognition for attempting to do more than just collect self-reported surveys or make vague guesses based on insurance claims. The authors used both human vascular testing and in vitro cellular assays. That’s not nothing. They looked at both cannabis smokers and edible users—an important distinction, since inhalation and ingestion affect the body very differently. And they didn’t just test people once—they took serum samples, exposed lab-grown endothelial cells to those samples, and looked for nitric oxide changes, which plays a key role in vessel health. There’s also a fair effort to show a dose-response relationship. In other words, people who reported more frequent or intense cannabis use tended to show greater drops in FMD. That kind of pattern makes researchers—and reviewers—perk up. It suggests there may be a consistent effect worth examining. And of course, any study that brings more attention to cannabis research helps chip away at decades of neglect. As we move toward fuller cannabis legalization and medical normalization, studies like this—warts and all—help make the case for deeper, better-funded science. That’s something every clinician, patient, and policymaker should want. So yes, the methods are narrow. The sample is small. But the intent to explore real biological pathways deserves acknowledgment. We don’t need to agree with the conclusions to appreciate the effort. Where the Study Falls Short For all its ambition, this study has more blind spots than a rental SUV. When it comes to cannabis and cardiovascular health, conclusions only work if the road between cause and effect is clearly paved—and here, it’s full of potholes. Let’s start with size: 55 participants. That’s not even enough to field a decent intramural soccer league, much less draw broad conclusions about millions of cannabis users. And of the 15 people in the edible group? Only one was a woman. That’s a staggering gender gap for a study trying to generalize about cardiovascular function. Then there’s the serum. Researchers used whole serum—unfiltered. So, whatever was in those participants’ bloodstreams at the time (stress hormones, caffeine metabolites, inflammatory cytokines, dietary fats, unknown supplements, even lingering effects from sleep deprivation) could’ve influenced what happened in those endothelial cell cultures. That makes it impossible to say whether cannabis was the active ingredient—or just another part of the biochemical soup. Missing controls are another issue. There were no adjustments for BMI, blood pressure, cholesterol, hormone levels, or lifestyle habits like exercise, sleep, or diet. That matters. These are not minor variables—they’re the heart of cardiovascular risk. Skipping them and pinning the results on cannabis is like blaming the sun for your sunburn without asking if you were wearing SPF 4 and holding a magnifying glass. Even the language of “dose response” deserves scrutiny. The study assumes that the body’s internal response to cannabis is linear and identical from person to person. But we know that’s not how endocannabinoid systems work. Receptor density, metabolism, tolerance, product types—all of these shape how cannabis behaves in the body. Without accounting for that diversity, dose-response becomes a shaky claim. And finally, the biggest gap: no clinical outcomes. No heart attacks, no strokes, no real-world disease endpoints. Just surrogate markers, mostly from lab tests. It’s like evaluating a new diet based solely on what’s in your fridge—not how your body actually feels, functions, or flourishes. So yes, the findings are provocative. But are they conclusive? Not even close. 🔍 What Might Really Be Going On Here? So, if this study isn’t the smoking gun for cannabis and cardiovascular health, what is it actually showing? It might just be capturing the messy reality of real-world life—through a pretty narrow lens. The cannabis users in the study weren’t under clinical guidance. We don’t know what strains they used, how they dosed, how often they consumed, or why. Were they stress-eating THC gummies after midnight? Puffing through burnout while working two jobs? Self-medicating anxiety, insomnia, trauma? Each of those scenarios could affect the vascular system. Each could alter serum contents. And none of them are controlled for here. Then there’s diet. Someone eating processed food, skipping hydration, or carrying chronic inflammation will absolutely show different FMD values—regardless of cannabis use. Same goes for acute stress, poor sleep, or high caffeine intake. These are everyday, invisible variables that affect endothelial function just as much—if not more—than cannabinoids do. Another likely factor: metabolic individuality. Our endocannabinoid systems are as unique as fingerprints. Two people could take the same dose of THC and experience wildly different effects on mood, blood vessels, or nitric oxide levels. Without filtering for these physiological differences, the study treats all cannabis users as interchangeable—which they aren’t. Even more subtle: if some of the participants were former tobacco users (as several were), we can’t be sure that cannabis is the main actor in their vascular story. Tobacco’s effects linger—especially in the endothelium. And mixing smoking histories muddies the water. So while this paper tries to frame a clean causal link, the truth is messier. We’re likely looking at a swirl of overlapping behaviors and biologies—poorly filtered, loosely measured, and conveniently attributed to one green scapegoat. What It Means for Medical Cannabis Patients If you’re a medical cannabis patient—or care for someone who is—this study might sound a little unsettling. But here’s the context you didn’t get in the headlines: this research says very little about how cannabis works when it’s used thoughtfully, therapeutically, and under clinical supervision. The participants in this study weren’t following any guided treatment plan. There were no tracked doses, no cannabinoid ratios, and no attention to timing, goals, or concurrent medications. That matters. Because the way cannabis behaves in a weekend smoker hitting mystery flower from a friend’s vape is not how it behaves in a patient using 1:1 tinctures before bed to manage anxiety or taper off opioids. When used with care, cannabis can be gentle on the body and supportive of the cardiovascular system—especially when it replaces more harmful substances like alcohol, tobacco, or sedating pharmaceuticals. But this study doesn’t measure that. It doesn’t explore what happens when you use balanced formulations, take breaks to reset tolerance, or match cannabinoid profiles to patient goals. It looks at a narrow slice of unregulated, unguided use and draws wide conclusions. That’s why the conversation about cannabis and cardiovascular health needs nuance—and why physician involvement is so critical. We need more research, yes—but also more real-world data, more physiological context, and more honesty about how lifestyle, stress, and comorbidities factor into the equation. The takeaway for patients? Don’t panic. Don’t overreact. And don’t confuse lab-based noise with personalized clinical guidance. The best outcomes still come from knowing yourself, knowing your products, and having someone knowledgeable in your corner. Why Studies Like This Still Matter Despite its flaws, this study isn’t worthless. In fact, it might be just what we need—if not for the reasons it thinks. Any research that probes the relationship between cannabis and cardiovascular health adds to the bigger picture. We need better data. We need sharper tools. And we need to keep asking hard questions—even when the answers are fuzzy. This study raises a legitimate one: could certain patterns of cannabis use affect early vascular function? Maybe. But that’s a question, not a verdict. What matters is what we do next. Sensational headlines don’t help patients—or clinicians. They don’t guide safer use. They don’t clarify risk. They just amplify uncertainty and make it harder for thoughtful voices to be heard. But if studies like this spark better research design, more transparent data, and a push for smarter clinical tools? Then we all benefit. In that sense, this study is a kind of progress. A flawed first draft in a long overdue conversation. One that needs less noise and more nuance. The Real Takeaway: Less Fear, More Context Cannabis and cardiovascular health deserve real study—not just real headlines. This paper flirts with that mission, but misses the mark on clarity, scope, and causality. It asks a good question, but answers it in shorthand, with too many assumptions and too little precision. Here’s the bottom line: A modest drop in a surrogate marker like FMD—without clinical events, without multivariable controls, and without a purified mechanism—doesn’t equal danger. It equals a data point. One that belongs in a much larger, more human conversation. For patients, the message isn’t “cannabis damages your heart.” The message is: We’re still learning. And we need better research—more representative, more personalized, more nuanced. Because the real-world impacts of cannabis depend on who’s using it, how it’s used, and why. So don’t let this paper scare you. Let it sharpen your thinking. Ask questions. Demand evidence. And above all, don’t mistake correlation for conclusion—especially when the real conclusions deserve a bit more care. Related Work (similar past article critiques):  Understanding Cannabis Cardiovascular Risk: My Response to Recent Claims (November 2023) Understanding the Limitations of “Association of Cannabis Use With Cardiovascular Outcomes Among US Adults” (March 2024) 5 Alarming Truths About Cannabis and Heart Health (March 2025) External Work – Related American College of Cardiology Press Release Statement Nature Reviews: Cardiology, The relationship between cannabis and cardiovascular disease: clearing the haze NIH Public Statement   1. Does cannabis use damage your heart? Not necessarily. While some studies show changes in markers like FMD, that’s not the same as clinical damage. Real harm requires real evidence—not just reduced blood vessel dilation. 2. What is flow-mediated dilation (FMD)? FMD measures how well your blood vessels expand, often used as a proxy for vascular health. But it’s only one data point—it doesn’t equal a diagnosis or predict outcomes on its own. 3. Should I stop using edibles after reading this study? No need to panic. The study didn’t account for dose, frequency, or formulation—so the findings on edibles are vague at best. Talk to your doctor, not just your headlines. 4. Why wasn’t the JAMA study conclusive? Because it lacked controls for key variables like BMI, diet, and lifestyle—and didn’t filter serum samples before testing. That’s like trying to taste soup ingredients without separating them. 5. Is smoking cannabis worse for your heart than edibles? Potentially, yes. Smoking introduces combustion byproducts that may impact vascular function. But this study doesn’t prove that—it just hints at differences worth exploring further. 6. Are these findings relevant to medical cannabis users? Not directly. The study looked at young, mostly male recreational users—not typical patients using guided, balanced cannabinoid therapy. Different context, different story. 7. What does nitric oxide have to do with it? Nitric oxide helps regulate blood vessel dilation. The study measured its reduction in cell assays but didn’t clarify if cannabis was the true cause—or if stress, sleep, or diet played a role. 8. Can cannabis affect your heart rate or blood pressure? Yes—but like coffee, exercise, and sleep, its effects vary depending on the user and the dose. That’s why individualized guidance matters. 9. How do I talk to my doctor about cannabis and heart health? Start by sharing your goals, your cannabis habits, and any symptoms you’re monitoring. Ask if your doctor understands cannabis—if not, bring in one who does. Also, read the CED Clinic article on this very topic. 10. What’s the real takeaway from this study? It’s a good reminder to approach cannabis thoughtfully—but not fearfully. Use guidance, stay informed, and remember: one study does not write your story. [...] Read more...
May 25, 2025What slow medicine, subtle change, and your endocannabinoid system have in common What You’ll Learn in This Post ✔︎ Cannabis isn’t a quick fix—it’s a slow medicine that works best over time ✔︎ Many of the long-term benefits of cannabis are subtle, steady, and systemic ✔︎ If you don’t feel much at first, you might be healing more than you realize ✔︎ Chronic issues like pain, insomnia, and inflammation often respond gradually ✔︎ The long-term effects of cannabis depend on consistency, not just the strain ✍️ Part 1: Introduction “Cannabis is more crockpot than microwave. More like therapy than Tylenol. Some of its best results arrive on tiptoe.” In a world obsessed with instant everything—streaming, shipping, symptom relief—it’s easy to forget that real healing often moves at a glacial pace. We’ve been conditioned to expect a fix that’s quick, obvious, and ideally comes in tablet form. But cannabis doesn’t do drama. It doesn’t crash in with a cape. It simmers. That’s part of the problem—and the magic. The truth is, many of the long-term effects of cannabis unfold so gradually, so subtly, that people often miss them entirely… until one day, they look up and realize they’re sleeping through the night. Or their joint pain isn’t front-page news anymore. Or they just don’t snap at their kids the way they used to. It’s not flashy. It’s functional. And that’s exactly why it gets misunderstood. People try cannabis once, don’t feel much, and assume it “didn’t work.” But what if it was working—just not in the way we were taught to notice? This blog is here to correct that myth. Whether you’re using medical cannabis for chronic pain, trying to wean off sleeping pills, or just curious about how the plant supports the endocannabinoid system over time, we’ll explore the real mechanics of what cannabis does to a body—slowly, steadily, and yes, sometimes spectacularly. Ready to reframe what “working” actually means? 🪜 Part 2: The Short-Term Effects of Cannabis Most people try cannabis for the first time hoping for one of two things: to feel better fast, or to feel… something. Relief. Relaxation. Even revelation. And sometimes, that happens. The short-term effects of cannabis can be fast and vivid—pain eases, tension softens, a racing mind quiets down like a dog finally settling after pacing all night. Appetite comes back. Nausea recedes. Sleep finally stops playing hard to get. But not all short-term effects are created equal. And not all of them are signs that healing is underway. Sometimes, those early sensations are just surface-level reactions. Think of them as the opening credits—not the movie. You may feel lighter or calmer, yes, but it doesn’t mean your inflammation is down or your circadian rhythm is rebalancing. That takes time. (Weeks, not weekends.) And here’s where people often go sideways: they chase the sensation, not the outcome. They assume more THC means more relief. Or that if they aren’t feeling “stoned,” it must not be working. So they try again. Or take more. Or switch strains five times in two weeks and wonder why their chronic back pain isn’t budging. The short-term effects of cannabis are real, useful, and often welcome—but they’re not the full story. They’re the sparks, not the logs. What matters more for many conditions—especially autoimmune disorders, chronic anxiety,  sleep disruption, and neuropathic pain—is what happens when cannabinoids gently accumulate in your system and your endocannabinoid tone improves over time. Short-term effects can help you function. But it’s the long-term effects of cannabis that often help you heal. The trick is learning to tell the difference. 🪜 Part 3: What Healing Over Time Really Looks Like If short-term cannabis effects are the fireworks, the long-term ones are the soil. Quiet, patient, unfussy—but foundational. They don’t dazzle. They don’t trend. They just work… slowly. The long-term effects of cannabis are often things you don’t notice until you suddenly do. Maybe it’s that the morning stiffness is gone. Or you’re falling asleep without scrolling your entire trauma history on Instagram. Or you realize, mid-week, that you haven’t reached for ibuprofen since last Thursday. None of those things scream for attention. They’re the kind of shifts that happen below the surface, in the background noise of life. And often, they start in the body’s inner scaffolding—the endocannabinoid system, which helps regulate inflammation, sleep, appetite, and emotional tone. When supported consistently with the right cannabinoids, this system doesn’t just react—it recalibrates. It shifts toward balance, nudging other systems—immune, endocrine, neurologic—back into steadier rhythms. That’s not an overnight thing. That’s not even a “give it a week” thing. That’s a “build a foundation and check back in a month” kind of thing.   One patient described it to me like this: “It’s not that I feel radically different—it’s that I’m not fighting myself every day. There’s less resistance to life.” That’s cannabis at its most honest. Not euphoric, not escapist—just a subtle reduction in internal friction. This is especially true for people using cannabis for chronic inflammation, cannabis for autoimmune disease, or cannabis and anxiety management. In these cases, the wins are often quiet. Your joints don’t flare every time it rains. Your gut isn’t a war zone after lunch. Your brain’s not cycling worst-case scenarios before your feet hit the floor. These are the types of changes that sneak up on you. And frankly, that’s why so many people miss them. We’re wired to notice noise, not absence. But absence is often where the healing lives. 🪜 Part 4: The Role of Consistency and Individualization Cannabis isn’t coffee. You can’t just take a hit, expect the same effect every time, and move on with your day like nothing happened. The plant is more nuanced than that. And your body? Even more so. To get the real long-term effects of cannabis, two things matter more than strain names or THC percentages: consistency and individualization. Let’s start with consistency. Most patients I see don’t fail because cannabis “didn’t work.” They struggle because they treat cannabis like a vitamin they forget to take… until they don’t feel good again. But cannabinoids—especially CBD, low-dose THC, and minor players like CBG—work best when used regularly. Think of it as building endocannabinoid tone over time. You don’t water a plant only when it’s wilting, right? Daily or near-daily use at modest, intentional doses often supports better regulation of the endocannabinoid system. That means more stable sleep, more resilient mood, and quieter inflammation. And it means a body that gets better at keeping itself in check, without screaming for help every other day. Now for individualization: this is where the art meets the science. Two people can take the same product, at the same dose, and have wildly different results. Why? Because the way you metabolize cannabinoids depends on your liver enzymes, your hormone balance, your gut health, even your stress levels. Not to mention your goals. Cannabis for menopause symptoms is a different story than cannabis for PTSD, which is different again from cannabis for inflammatory bowel disease. That’s why personalized cannabis dosing matters more than brand names. For some, 1mg of THC is life-changing. For others, 10mg barely scratches the surface. It’s not about “stronger.” It’s about “smarter.” So, if you’re chasing the long-term benefits of cannabis, you’re not just choosing a product. You’re choosing a rhythm. A practice. A relationship with your body that involves listening, adjusting, and occasionally admitting you were way too confident about that 25mg edible. The good news? Once you find your sweet spot, things get easier. The results are more stable. The side effects fade. And the healing? It tends to stick. 🪜 Part 5: Tolerance, Plateaus, and How to Navigate Them Ah yes, the infamous plateau: that confusing moment when your trusty cannabis routine starts feeling… less trusty. You’re doing everything “right.” Same dose. Same product. Same ritual. But one day, your sleep feels choppier. Your pain creeps back in. That easy calm starts taking longer to show up—or doesn’t show up at all. What happened? In most cases, this is just tolerance doing what tolerance does. The brain, ever adaptable, starts downregulating receptors after prolonged exposure—especially to THC. It’s not sabotage. It’s neuroscience. And it’s fixable. The first thing to understand is that tolerance doesn’t erase the long-term effects of cannabis—it just mutes the short-term ones. Your endocannabinoid system may still be reaping benefits in the background (like reduced inflammation or more stable mood), even if you’re not getting the same immediate “ahhh” from your nightly dose. Still, it’s frustrating. So here’s what you can do: Option 1: Adjust the Dose, Not the Volume Sometimes a smaller dose does more. It sounds counterintuitive, but for some, reducing THC slightly can re-sensitize receptors and revive the response. (Microdosing THC is a whole thing for a reason.) Option 2: Take a Break Not forever. Just a reset. A THC tolerance break of even 48–72 hours can do wonders for many users. For more established tolerance, a week or two may be needed. Your receptors will thank you—and likely come back ready to play nice again. Option 3: Change the Ratio If your current product is heavy on THC, consider shifting toward more CBD, or adding in other cannabinoids like CBG or CBN. Each of these interacts with the ECS in unique ways and may provide relief through different channels. Option 4: Change the Delivery Edibles, tinctures, topicals, vapes—each has its own kinetics. If you’ve hit a plateau with one method, switching delivery (or even timing) can reignite effectiveness. A morning dose might hit differently than one at bedtime. A topical might address localized pain without system-wide tolerance effects. The key is not to panic. Plateaus don’t mean cannabis stopped working—they mean it’s time to reassess, not abandon. Most patients who hit a wall and adjust intelligently find that benefits return, often stronger than before. And remember: the long-term effects of cannabis are still unfolding quietly, even when the buzz isn’t. 🪜 Part 6: When Cannabis Can Reduce Other Medications Let’s be clear: cannabis isn’t a miracle cure. But sometimes—quietly, steadily—it changes the game. Not by wiping the slate clean, but by making other tools feel… unnecessary. Patients are often surprised when it happens. They come in hoping to sleep better or feel less anxious, and months later they’re saying things like, “I forgot to refill my muscle relaxant… and didn’t even notice.” “I’m down to half my dose of gabapentin.” “My SSRI’s still there, but I don’t feel chained to it anymore.” This isn’t placebo. It’s progress. When the long-term effects of cannabis start to build, people often find they need less of everything else. Fewer pain meds. Fewer sleep aids. Sometimes, even less psychiatric medication. Not because they’re forcing it—but because their bodies are managing better on their own. That’s what makes cannabis different from many pharmaceuticals. It supports systems—the endocannabinoid system, in particular—rather than just slapping symptoms with a single target. It helps modulate, not override. Of course, this isn’t about going rogue. Weaning off medications safely requires clinical oversight. Cannabis tapering guidance is a real thing, especially when you’re working with SSRIs, opioids, or benzodiazepines. These drugs don’t just exit stage left without protest. And sometimes, the goal isn’t to eliminate them entirely—it’s to make them work better with fewer side effects. Still, the reality is this: many patients discover that once cannabis enters their regimen with intention and consistency, the load lightens. Not overnight. Not dramatically. But month by month, their dependency on pills begins to feel negotiable. The plant doesn’t push. It supports. And in doing so, it often makes room for a healthier, more flexible toolkit. 🪜 Part 7: How to Know It’s Working (Even If It’s Subtle) Here’s the frustrating truth about healing: it rarely sends a postcard. And cannabis? It’s a notoriously quiet healer. When it’s working, it doesn’t necessarily shout. It doesn’t even always whisper. Sometimes, it just stops the noise—the pain that used to own your mornings, the stress that hijacked your sleep, the inflammation that made your gut feel like a warzone. Gone? Not exactly. But manageable. Less demanding. Quieter. The long-term effects of cannabis are often like this: more about absence than addition. But because we’re trained to notice presence—of pain, of symptoms, of disruption—we often overlook the silent wins. So, how do you know it’s working? You track it. Not obsessively. Not like a spreadsheet maniac (unless that’s your thing). But enough to detect patterns. Maybe it’s a quick mood note in your calendar. A bedtime sleep rating. A pain scale in the morning. Or just a mental check-in at the end of each week: “How was I doing before this started?” This kind of cannabis symptom tracking helps reveal what your nervous system won’t always volunteer. And it’s especially useful for chronic conditions like fibromyalgia, PTSD, arthritis, or IBD—the ones that don’t always register their shifts loudly. Patients often tell me, “I didn’t think it was doing much… but my partner says I laugh more.” Or, “I only noticed when I ran out—and everything came flooding back.” That’s cannabis truth: sometimes the best measure of success is what doesn’t happen anymore. If you’re using cannabis for deeper healing—whether it’s cannabis for chronic stress, cannabinoid therapy for long-term sleep issues, or anything in between—trust the process, but check in with yourself. Track. Reflect. Look for the subtle wins. And give credit where credit is due. Quiet healing is still healing. 🪜 Part 8: Myth-Busting & Reframing the Narrative We’ve inherited a medical culture obsessed with immediacy. If it doesn’t fix you fast, it’s not “real” medicine. If it doesn’t come with side effects, maybe it’s not strong enough. And if it grows in the dirt? Well, surely it can’t compete with something made in a lab. Cannabis challenges all of that. One of the biggest myths about cannabis is that its value lies in how it makes you feel. Cue the classic questions: “Did you feel anything?” “Were you high?” “Did it kick in fast?” And if the answers are “no,” then the assumption is that it didn’t work. But this thinking misses the forest for the terpenes. The truth is, some of the most meaningful long-term effects of cannabis aren’t designed to be felt like a buzz. They’re meant to recalibrate systems. To downregulate chronic stress hormones. To reduce inflammatory cytokines. To stabilize sleep architecture. These are clinical wins—even if they don’t come with a lightshow. It’s time to reframe cannabis as a long-game therapy, not a last-ditch effort. And certainly not a wellness trend with a PR team. Unlike many quick-fix pharmaceuticals, cannabis doesn’t override—it restores. It doesn’t numb—it normalizes. That subtlety is a strength, not a flaw. Of course, this perspective is still catching on. Even some physicians struggle with the idea that something slow, plant-based, and patient-guided could offer true disease modulation. But the evidence base is growing. So is patient wisdom. More people are asking deeper questions, tracking real outcomes, and becoming active participants in their care—not just consumers of it. Which might be cannabis’s most revolutionary effect of all. It doesn’t just treat you. It teaches you to pay attention. 🪜 Part 9: Closing Reflections – A Plant of Patience In a healthcare world built on urgency—stat orders, 15-minute visits, pills with promises—cannabis is a quiet contradiction. It doesn’t rush. It doesn’t interrupt. It doesn’t even try to impress you. Instead, it asks for a relationship. The long-term effects of cannabis aren’t flashy. They don’t scream “breakthrough” on a pharma commercial or dazzle in a TED Talk. But they build. Over time, with consistency and care, they shape a body’s internal rhythm—less noise, more balance. That kind of healing isn’t dramatic. But it’s deeply human. Because most of us aren’t looking for euphoria. We’re looking for relief that lasts longer than the label. We want our sleep back. Our appetite. Our patience. Our ability to walk up the stairs without pain or fear or that strange inner throb we’ve learned to ignore. Cannabis, when used thoughtfully, offers that. Not all at once. But enough to matter. It’s not a magic bullet. It’s a slowly tightening net that catches the parts of you modern medicine missed. And if that sounds too subtle for a solution—maybe that’s exactly what makes it worth paying attention to. External Links: NIDA view on cannabis A Reddit discussion on the long-term effects of weed Wikipedia views on long-term use of marijuana CDC on long-term effects of cannabis on the brain Internal Links: Tips for maximizing effectiveness Inhalables and vaporization Topicals and lotions 📦 FAQ: Long-Term Effects of Cannabis Q: How long does cannabis take to work? A: Some effects happen in minutes (like pain or anxiety relief), but deeper healing often unfolds over weeks or months of consistent use. Q: Can cannabis replace traditional medications over time? A: In some cases, yes—with medical oversight. Many patients reduce or taper off other medications as their cannabis regimen becomes more effective. Q: What if I don’t feel anything right away? A: That’s normal. Not all cannabis effects are dramatic. Track your sleep, pain, mood, or digestion over time—you may be surprised at what improves quietly. Q: What conditions benefit most from long-term cannabis use? A: Chronic pain, autoimmune conditions, insomnia, anxiety, PTSD, and neurodegenerative disorders often respond well to sustained cannabinoid support. Q: Does cannabis tolerance reduce long-term benefits? A: Tolerance can affect short-term effects, but many long-term benefits—like ECS support—continue. Adjusting dose, cycling products, or taking short tolerance breaks can help. Q: How can I tell if cannabis is helping over time? A: Journaling or symptom tracking is key. What feels invisible day-to-day may reveal itself as lasting change over weeks and months. [...] Read more...
May 23, 2025Billy Joel’s diagnosis sheds light on a misunderstood brain condition—and why early treatment (and possibly cannabis) matters more than ever. TL;DR — Top Takeaways ☕ Billy Joel’s diagnosis of normal pressure hydrocephalus is bringing this lesser-known brain condition into the spotlight—and it’s more common than you’d think. NPH can mimic dementia or Parkinson’s, but unlike those, it’s often treatable, especially with a brain shunt. Symptoms include shuffling gait, memory issues, and urinary trouble—but early diagnosis can reverse them. There’s no slam-dunk cure in a bottle, but some patients explore cannabis for symptom relief like pain, mood, or sleep. Science is still catching up, but cannabis shows promise in related brain and inflammation conditions—just don’t fire your neurosurgeon yet. Part 1: Wait, What Is Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus? So here’s the thing: normal pressure hydrocephalus—or NPH—is one of those conditions that sounds made up by a medical drama writer who forgot their character already had Alzheimer’s. But it’s real. And surprisingly common in older adults. It’s a disorder where cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) builds up inside the brain’s ventricles (those internal channels that act like tiny plumbing tubes). You’d think that would jack up pressure inside the skull, but in NPH, the pressure remains—well, normal. Hence the name. Mysterious? Yes. Misleading? Also yes. This backup of fluid causes the ventricles to swell, squishing the brain in all the wrong places. That squishing? It can lead to a very specific (and very odd) triad of symptoms: A slow, shuffling gait that feels like your feet are stuck to the floor. Cognitive slips that look suspiciously like dementia (but aren’t). Urinary urgency or incontinence that shows up without a UTI in sight. It’s often misdiagnosed as Parkinson’s, Alzheimer’s, or just plain “getting older.” Which is heartbreaking, because unlike those degenerative diseases, NPH can be reversed in many cases—if caught in time. So if you’re losing your keys, your footing, and your dignity all at once? It might not be aging. It might be fixable. Next up in Part 2, I’ll cover what’s actually treatable about this condition, why Billy Joel might be lucky, and how a shunt can change everything—along with what (if anything) cannabis might bring to the table. Part 2: Why Billy Joel Might Be Lucky If there’s ever a weird moment when a celebrity diagnosis feels like good news—it’s this one. Billy Joel has just been diagnosed with normal pressure hydrocephalus, and while “brain surgery” and “late-life neuro symptoms” don’t sound like causes for celebration, here’s the twist: NPH is one of the few neurological disorders that can be reversed. Not slowed. Not managed. Reversed. Treatment usually involves installing a ventriculoperitoneal (VP) shunt—a tiny, programmable tube that drains the excess fluid from the brain into the abdomen where it’s absorbed like nothing happened. Think of it as an internal faucet that turns off the cerebral flood. And it works. In the right patients: Over 80% see improvement in walking—which is often the most obvious and debilitating symptom. Cognitive clarity can return, especially if the procedure happens early. Even urinary issues improve in more than half of cases. Of course, it’s not magic. There are risks: infection, overdrainage, device malfunction. But the upside is significant, especially if the condition is caught early—before permanent brain damage sets in. So if you’re Billy Joel? You’ve got access to top-tier neurosurgeons, likely caught it in time, and may soon be walking better, thinking sharper, and playing Madison Square Garden with more bladder confidence than ever. Part 3: Enter Cannabis (Cautiously) Now here’s where things get a little hazy. Not because of the weed—because of the science. There’s no direct clinical trial showing that cannabis treats or reverses normal pressure hydrocephalus. Let’s be crystal clear: the only proven intervention is surgical. No tincture, vape, or brownie is going to swap places with a shunt. That said, it’s worth asking: could cannabis help with the symptoms? Maybe. In some patients, cannabis seems to ease chronic pain, anxiety, and sleep disturbances—common tag-along symptoms of NPH. There’s also emerging research suggesting cannabinoids like CBD and THC might have anti-inflammatory and even neuroprotective effects in other brain conditions (like multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, or traumatic brain injury). So if you’re a patient managing stiffness, sleeplessness, or post-surgical stress after a shunt procedure, cannabis might have a role to play as an adjunct. Not a replacement. Not a cure. But a tool. Like Tylenol, only moodier. Of course, anyone considering cannabis—especially with a neurosurgical history—should do so under the guidance of a knowledgeable physician. Not all cannabis is created equal. And not all brains like it. Up next in Part 4, I’ll look at why this condition is so often misdiagnosed, why that matters, and how to talk to a doctor without sounding like you’re quoting Reddit. Part 4: The Misdiagnosis Trap (a.k.a. How to Not Get Written Off as Just Old) Here’s the cruel part: normal pressure hydrocephalus is wildly underdiagnosed. It’s estimated that up to 10% of people diagnosed with dementia or Parkinson’s may actually have NPH. That’s millions of people globally walking around with a reversible brain condition—being told it’s irreversible. Why? Because NPH impersonates aging so well. Slower gait? Must be arthritis. Memory slips? Hello, Alzheimer’s. Sudden urge to pee? Welcome to your 70s. It all blends into the same fog of “normal decline,” and unless someone notices the pattern—the full trifecta of gait, cognition, and incontinence—NPH doesn’t even make the list of possibilities. Even if it does, the testing isn’t exactly… glamorous. It often requires a high-volume lumbar puncture (where they drain fluid from your spine and then see if you walk better—like a neurological before-and-after photo shoot). MRI scans, tap tests, and walking assessments come next, sometimes with mixed results. And let’s be honest: it’s not easy to convince a tired senior (or their tired adult children) to pursue a second, third, or fourth opinion when everyone’s just trying to get through the week. But here’s the truth: the earlier NPH is diagnosed, the better the outcome. So if your loved one suddenly walks like they’re wading through mud and can’t remember the dog’s name but still does the crossword, speak up. Ask about NPH. Be the squeaky wheel. It might just be the thing that gets them back on their feet. Literally. Part 5: So Where Does This Leave Us? If you’re feeling whiplash from reading this—relax. You’re not alone. The story of normal pressure hydrocephalus is, by nature, a little disorienting. A condition that looks like dementia but isn’t. A surgery that sounds scary but works. And a treatment landscape where cannabis may help—but not in the way Instagram says it will. Billy Joel’s announcement pulls this whole conversation into the mainstream. And that’s a good thing. Because the more people who recognize NPH, the more people who might catch it in time. And maybe—just maybe—someone you love who’s been quietly fading could start to come back. With a little clarity. A steadier step. And possibly, with a supportive cannabis regimen that’s thoughtful, guided, and aimed at easing the ride.   If you like this… you’ll love my book:  🔗 Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook Internal Links: How to talk to your doctor about cannabis Traveling with Cannabis Cannabis 101: What You Should Really Know Cannabis FAQ Encyclopedia   External Links: NYTimes Reporting: Billy Joel Brain Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus Billy Joel Cancels All Concerts After Brain Disorder Diagnosis – Rolling Stones Billy Joel diagnosed with brain disorder, cancels all upcoming concerts – USA Today   ❓ 10 Optimized FAQs for RankMath SEO   What is normal pressure hydrocephalus (NPH)? Normal pressure hydrocephalus is a condition where excess fluid builds up in the brain’s ventricles, causing gait, cognitive, and urinary problems—despite “normal” CSF pressure. It’s often mistaken for aging or dementia but can be reversed with a brain shunt. Yes, that means the fix is sometimes surgical plumbing. How is NPH diagnosed? Doctors diagnose NPH with a mix of symptom history, brain imaging (like MRI), and a tap test where spinal fluid is removed to see if symptoms improve. It’s like unplugging a sink to see if the bathroom works better. Not elegant—but very revealing. Can normal pressure hydrocephalus be cured? Cure is a strong word, but yes—many patients experience full or partial reversal of symptoms after shunt surgery. That makes NPH one of the rare brain conditions where things can get better over time. Think of it as a neurological unicorn. What are the early signs of NPH? A slow, shuffling walk, forgetfulness that doesn’t feel quite like dementia, and unexpected urinary urgency are all red flags. Together, they form the NPH “triad.” Individually, they’re just Tuesday. Is Billy Joel’s diagnosis common? More common than most people realize—NPH affects up to 1 in 200 adults over age 65, and it’s often misdiagnosed. If Billy’s got it, chances are someone at your last holiday dinner did too. He just had a better neurologist. Does cannabis treat normal pressure hydrocephalus? Nope—not directly. But it might help ease symptoms like pain, anxiety, or poor sleep in some patients recovering from surgery or coping with chronic effects. It’s more sidekick than superhero in this story. Is cannabis safe for NPH patients? It depends. For some, cannabis helps with comfort or recovery; for others, especially those with cognitive challenges, it can cause confusion or paranoia. As always: know your body, know your budtender, and talk to a real doctor. What’s a VP shunt and how does it help? A ventriculoperitoneal (VP) shunt is a small tube that drains fluid from the brain to the belly, relieving pressure. It’s like a detour for your brain juice. Gross in theory, lifesaving in practice. Why is NPH often misdiagnosed? Because its symptoms mimic aging, Parkinson’s, and dementia—so it flies under the radar. Many doctors miss it, especially when patients don’t present the full triad. You’d miss it too if you thought Uncle Joe was just “slowing down.” Can lifestyle changes or cannabis replace surgery? Not if you want to reverse the condition. Surgery is still the gold standard for treating NPH. Cannabis might ease the ride—but it doesn’t steer the car. [...] Read more...
May 17, 2025A Patient’s Guide to Cannabis Care After The Jordan Tischler Retirement in Boston, MA   Introduction: A Change in Boston’s Cannabis Care Landscape Many patients in the Boston medical cannabis community have recently learned that Dr. Jordan Tischler, MD, a well-known figure in cannabis medicine advocacy and care, has announced his official retirement from clinical practice later this year. The Jordan Tischler retirement will leave a noticeable gap, particularly for those who relied on his personalized approach to medical cannabis consultations, certifications, and ongoing care. If you’re searching for updates on Dr. Tischler’s retirement, why his office is closed, or where you can now turn for clinical cannabis guidance in Massachusetts, this page is designed to provide clear, patient-focused answers and support—without bias or speculation. Why Did Dr. Jordan Tischler Retire From Cannabis Clinical Care? Dr. Tischler announced his decision to step away from patient-facing services in Boston, Massachusetts, in 2024. While the specific reasons have not been publicly detailed, his office is now closing and he is no longer accepting cannabis patients. Many recognize Dr. Tischler for his work in education, policy, and cannabis science advocacy, which may continue outside of direct clinical roles. However, patients should be aware that he is no longer providing medical cannabis evaluations, certifications, or consultations. Note: This page is not affiliated with Dr. Tischler or his former practice. It exists solely to support patients navigating this care transition. Common Questions from Boston Cannabis Patients Is Dr. Jordan Tischler Still Accepting Patients? No. As of 2024, Dr. Tischler has formally retired from his Boston-based cannabis medical practice and is no longer seeing patients for medical cannabis care or certifications. Why Is His Office Closed? Dr. Tischler made the decision to close his clinical office as part of his retirement from patient care. There have been no reports of licensing issues, disciplinary action, or controversies linked to this closure. How Can I Renew My Cannabis Certification Now That My Doctor Has Retired? If you were a patient of Dr. Tischler’s, you will need to connect with another licensed Massachusetts cannabis doctor for certification renewal or consultations. Several clinics continue to offer in-person and telemedicine options for cannabis care in Boston and statewide, including CED Clinic  Cannabis Care After Dr. Tischler: Patient Options in Boston, MA While it’s understandable to feel uncertain after the closure of a familiar practice, Boston patients have several options for safe, science-based cannabis care: 1. Find a Licensed Massachusetts Cannabis Doctor Many Boston-area physicians specialize in medical cannabis care, offering both in-person visits and secure telemedicine consultations. These services can help with certification renewals, treatment planning, and adjusting cannabis use for conditions such as chronic pain, PTSD, anxiety, and insomnia. 2. Explore Cannabis Telemedicine Services in Massachusetts If in-person care is not convenient, telemedicine cannabis consultations are widely available across Massachusetts. These services connect you to experienced cannabis physicians via secure, HIPAA-compliant video calls. 3. Request Records if Needed If you were previously under Dr. Tischler’s care and need copies of your medical records, you may wish to reach out promptly before his office fully closes its systems. What to Do If Your Cannabis Doctor Retires: A Step-by-Step Guide Stay Calm—Continuity of Care Is Possible Cannabis certification is patient-driven in Massachusetts, and many options exist for continuing care safely. Find a New Cannabis Doctor Near You or Online Use trusted directories or referrals to connect with CED Clinic for the most popular telemedicine and education services for cannabis. Renew or Update Your Certification Ensure your certification is active and compliant with Massachusetts law. New physicians can help review your treatment goals, adjust dosages, and recommend safer product selections. Stay Informed About Changes in Massachusetts Cannabis Law Legislation and access continue to evolve in the state, and staying connected with reputable medical cannabis communities and organizations can help you stay ahead of changes. People Also Ask:  What Happened to Dr. Jordan Tischler’s Office in Boston? Dr. Tischler’s clinical office has been formally closed following his retirement from cannabis patient care in Massachusetts. Is There a Cannabis Doctor Near Me in Boston After Tischler Retired? Yes. Boston remains home to several licensed cannabis doctors and clinics, and many offer telemedicine services for patient convenience. And there’s us, CED Clinic! Can I Still Get My Cannabis Card Renewal in Massachusetts? Absolutely. Even if your prior physician has retired, Massachusetts law allows you to renew your certification with any licensed cannabis doctor. Where Did Dr. Jordan Tischler Go? While Dr. Tischler has retired from clinical practice, patients may still see his contributions in cannabis education, speaking engagements, and advocacy efforts. Compassionate, Science-Based Cannabis Care in Massachusetts Navigating the retirement of a trusted physician like Dr. Tischler can feel overwhelming, but you are not alone. Experienced, patient-centered, and evidence-based cannabis clinicians continue to serve Massachusetts residents. For more information on medical cannabis consultations in Boston or statewide via telemedicine, you can explore licensed options here: CED Clinic Appointment Booking   Many patients searching for Dr. Tischler’s retirement have been looking for: “Dr. Jordan Tischler retirement cannabis care Boston” “Jordan Tischler MD office closure 2024” “cannabis doctor near me after Tischler” “Massachusetts cannabis card renewal Tischler office closed” “Boston cannabis telemedicine 2025” “alternatives to Jordan Tischler cannabis doctor Massachusetts” If you’re not sure where to go, and you just want to talk to someone directly, leave a message here and someone will reach out to you. Contact CED Clinic   Learn More About Dr Caplan Learn More About Erin Caplan More from InhaleMD.com Disclaimer This page is intended as a community service for patients seeking information on cannabis care transitions in Massachusetts, following Dr. Tischler’s retirement. It is not affiliated with Dr. Tischler, his former practice, or any related entities. All information is based on publicly available sources and patient-reported inquiries. [...] Read more...
May 17, 2025When Suffering, Pregnancy, and Cannabis Collide: What I Told World Magazine, and What the Media Misses   Cannabis and pregnancy is a topic that stirs discomfort, confusion, and deeply ingrained fears across both medical and public conversations. As a family physician, I’ve guided thousands of patients through these difficult decisions, yet few issues generate as much heat—and as little nuance. Recently, I shared my perspective in World Magazine’s article, “Mothers on Marijuana.” It’s an important conversation, but the piece—like much of the mainstream media—oversimplified what is in reality a deeply personal, ethically complex situation faced by many pregnant patients. The clash between cannabis and pregnancy reveals a deeper paradigm problem Cannabis and pregnancy are rarely discussed without controversy. But beneath the moral panic lies a paradigm problem. Our medical system clings to the illusion that pharmaceutical medications, with their known and unknown risks, are inherently safer than plant-based alternatives—when, in fact, both exist in realms of uncertainty. For pregnant patients enduring severe nausea, vomiting, or pain, the question is not whether to eliminate all risk. It’s how to navigate imperfect, individualized choices that balance known suffering against unclear—but possibly lesser—risks. This is where personalized medicine must step up. Personalization is not optional—it’s essential in cannabis and pregnancy care “My routine is usually to try products that are going to be most useful and discover what’s helpful for mom, and then make a routine that’s personalized.” When the evidence is incomplete—especially in cannabis and pregnancy—personalized care isn’t a luxury. It’s the bare minimum for ethical medicine. Saying “no” to patients in need, without offering harm-reduction strategies or safer product choices, isn’t practicing medicine. It’s abandoning them. Yes, there are risks. But there’s also real, immediate suffering. “Caplan, the pro-cannabis doctor, acknowledged marijuana comes with risks. But he argued they’re ‘modest’ and ‘mostly unconfirmed.’” This quote raised eyebrows—and it should. But the point remains: When the suffering of untreated patients is severe and immediate, and the risks of cannabis remain largely associative and moderate, we need to have open, nonjudgmental conversations about all options. Blanket prohibitions only push patients into secrecy—and increase their risk of harm. Science is incomplete—and it’s time we admitted that “Ethical concerns prevent randomized controlled trials of prenatal cannabis use, so available studies draw on previously collected data and can only determine association, not causation.” This limitation is too often ignored in both media and policy narratives. We do not, and likely never will, have gold-standard randomized controlled trials on cannabis and pregnancy. Yet patients can’t wait for perfect data. They need care now. They need clinicians who are willing to walk beside them in the gray. Sometimes, cannabis is the least harmful choice for pregnancy symptoms “Traditional medications for morning sickness also come with risk… characterizing marijuana as a ‘natural’ alternative and the ‘safest possible choice.’” This is uncomfortable—but it’s the conversation we need to have. For patients who have cycled through failed or intolerable pharmaceutical options, cannabis and pregnancy can represent the least harmful of the imperfect choices—when used thoughtfully, in lower doses, and in cleaner formulations. It’s not risk-free. But it’s a valid option in an open, stigma-free discussion about personalized care. Where do we go from here? It’s time we stopped pretending cannabis and pregnancy is a black-and-white issue. We must: ⸻ Push for better research that acknowledges complexity, not just fear. ⸻ Respect the limits of current data while still offering real-world harm-reduction strategies. ⸻ Empower patients with information, autonomy, and compassionate support today. These are the conversations I have with my patients every day. If you’re a clinician, a parent, or simply someone curious about the ethics of cannabis and pregnancy, let’s stop pretending these decisions aren’t already happening—and let’s start talking about how to do it better. 🔗 Read the full World Magazine article here: Mothers on Marijuana 🔗 Explore my deeper analysis on cannabis in pregnancy: Cannabis in Pregnancy: 5 Insights 🔗 ACOG policy publication about Cannabis and Pregnancy [...] Read more...
May 15, 2025TL;DR ➕ This is a part 2 of this blog post ※ Rethinking diagnosis in children means recognizing how often we label difference as dysfunction. ※ What we call disorders are sometimes biological mismatches with unnatural environments. ※ Medicalizing neurodivergence, gender nonconformity, or emotional sensitivity can erase a child’s strengths. ※ The endocannabinoid system (ECS) reveals that identity, emotion, and health are deeply connected—not separate compartments. ※ We need a better framework for what’s “normal”—one built around the child, not the system.   The Hidden Curriculum: What Kids Learn About Health and Identity Children aren’t just learning about their bodies—they’re learning what kind of bodies are allowed. Before they can write their names, most kids have a sense of whether they’re “too loud,” “too weird,” or “not normal.” This isn’t by accident. It’s the accumulation of small messages: the way we respond to fidgeting, how we react to tears, who we praise for sitting still and who we ask to “try a little harder.” This is how children learn emotional regulation—and how they begin to internalize a lifelong tension between who they are and who they’re expected to be. The result? Many children grow up not trusting their instincts, their energy, or even their bodies. When we don’t question how kids learn about identity, we risk confusing survival strategies with disorders.     When the System Diagnoses the Mismatch ADHD is a real condition—but we need to ask: why does it show up so often in schools where kids are told to sit still under fluorescent lights, absorb abstract material without movement, and suppress all physical spontaneity? What we often call attention deficit is actually a mismatch between environment and biology. These kids aren’t broken. They’re functioning in conditions their bodies were never built for. Think about it: thousands of years ago, the same kid might have thrived herding animals, harvesting food, or sprinting between tasks. Today, they’re medicated to handle standardized testing. This isn’t a takedown of medication—plenty of children are helped by it. But it is a call to reconsider whether rethinking child development environments might reduce the need to pathologize half the classroom. What if we designed schools around child biology—not just classroom control? What if instead of forcing a fit, we fit the environment to the child?   When Neurodivergent Kids Don’t Fit the Social Script Some kids aren’t outgoing. They don’t smile on demand. They don’t want to role-play social scripts that feel performative. That doesn’t mean they’re disordered. It means they’re wired for a different kind of connection. Still, many of these kids are diagnosed with social communication disorders, labeled “rigid” or “uncooperative,” and sent to therapy to practice being someone they’re not. What we’re calling dysfunction may actually be introversion, depth-seeking, or sensory self-preservation. But there’s no obvious “club” for that. So where do these kids find friendships that make sense? Who designs peer experiences for the kids who don’t fit the selfie-snapping, extrovert default? Not every child who struggles socially needs to be fixed. Many just need spaces where neurodivergent kids can connect meaningfully—on their terms, not ours. The Cost of Forcing Normal We talk a lot about “getting kids back to normal.” But if normal means: ➕ Being able to sit still in artificially lit rooms ➕ Hitting milestones based on testable behaviors ➕ Socializing in prescribed, neurotypical formats …then maybe normal is the problem. What is normal child development supposed to look like in a world where every child is unique—but the expectations are identical? We don’t need more interventions. We need to reconsider whether the standard is worth returning to in the first place.   When Gender Becomes a Diagnosis If a child’s sense of identity doesn’t match their assigned gender, it’s not a malfunction—it’s a message. And yet, gender variance in children is still treated as a crisis. A problem to monitor. A phase to correct. Children learn early who they’re allowed to be, based on: •How quickly adults correct nonconforming behaviors •Whether curiosity about identity is met with shame or support •How much space there is to question the model The reality is, gender norms in childhood development are more cultural than clinical. But our systems aren’t neutral. They’re built to protect a binary. Rethinking diagnosis in children requires making room for gender exploration—not medicalizing it.   What the ECS Can Teach Us About Identity, Too The endocannabinoid system in children isn’t just about pain or sleep—it’s the scaffolding of regulation. It reminds us that emotions, stress, gut health, mood, and energy are all part of the same conversation. Not separate departments. It teaches us that identity is never separate from physiology. That mental health is tied to inflammation. That behavior is shaped by the environment, the nervous system, and the regulation networks we rarely talk about in pediatric care. Supporting the ECS isn’t just about cannabis. It’s about honoring interconnection. It’s about admitting that the blueprint we hand kids needs to reflect reality, not reductionism.     Redrawing the Blueprint Rethinking diagnosis in children doesn’t mean we stop supporting them. It means we stop assuming the system’s default is right—and the child is wrong. It means asking: Are we designing schools, labels, and treatments around real human diversity? Or are we still trying to squeeze kids into an outdated blueprint? Children don’t need our certainty. They need space. They need support that honors who they are—not who we expected. And they need adults who can tell the difference between a disorder… and a different way of being.   🔗 See The Developmental “Normal” Milestones of Children by Age 🔗 “Normal” Children according to The American Psychological Association 🔗 Precision Dosing and Individual Care at CED Clinic 🔗 Pediatric Cannabis Care at CED Clinic FAQs: 1. What does rethinking diagnosis in children mean? Rethinking diagnosis in children means examining whether we’re labeling natural variation as pathology. It calls for understanding kids in the context of their environment, biology, and lived experience—not just against developmental checklists. Some behaviors reflect mismatch, not malfunction. 2. How does ADHD reflect school environment mismatch? ADHD symptoms often emerge more clearly in settings that demand prolonged stillness, silence, and abstract focus—conditions many children aren’t biologically suited for. What looks like inattention may be a normal response to an unnatural environment. In different contexts, those same traits can be assets. 3. Are gender nonconforming children being overdiagnosed? Some gender-diverse children are pathologized simply for not fitting expected norms. Instead of support, they may receive excessive scrutiny or unnecessary psychological labels. This reflects discomfort with difference—not evidence of disorder. 4. How can we support neurodivergent kids in school? Start by adapting the environment before adapting the child. Offer flexible seating, sensory-aware spaces, clear expectations, and compassionate communication. Most importantly, include them in designing what support looks like. 5. What is normal child development in modern culture? “Normal” often reflects averages—not needs. Today’s kids grow up in high-stimulation, low-regulation settings, yet we expect conformity to outdated milestones. True development is non-linear, culturally shaped, and more diverse than traditional models allow. 6. How does the ECS affect child behavior and emotion? The endocannabinoid system helps regulate stress, mood, appetite, memory, and sleep—all of which influence behavior. When it’s out of balance, kids may appear emotionally dysregulated or fatigued. Supporting ECS function can improve resilience and restore calm. 7. Why do some diagnoses reflect cultural bias? Diagnostic criteria are often shaped by dominant social norms about behavior, gender, and emotion. What’s considered “abnormal” in one culture or classroom may be celebrated elsewhere. Cultural bias can lead to overdiagnosis, underdiagnosis, or mistreatment. 8. What are alternatives to medicating sensitive children? Alternatives include lifestyle-based supports: improved sleep, ECS-regulating routines, mindfulness practices, nature exposure, and relational safety. Some children benefit from cannabinoid-based therapies when clinically appropriate. The goal is not sedation—but self-regulation. 9. How do school expectations affect child health? Rigid school structures can elevate stress, suppress movement, and penalize neurodivergence—all of which harm physical and emotional health. Chronic dysregulation in school often presents as behavioral or academic struggle. The system, not the child, may need adjusting. 10. Can emotional dysregulation in kids be biological? Yes—emotional regulation is closely linked to nervous system function, brain development, and ECS tone. Dysregulation isn’t always behavioral; it can be a physiologic response to overload, trauma, or unmet sensory needs. It deserves support, not stigma. [...] Read more...
May 12, 2025  Why modern parenting gets health all wrong—and how to lay a better foundation TL;DR ✔︎ Teaching kids about their bodies creates the mental architecture they’ll use to interpret pain, illness, and healing—for decades. ✔︎ Many of our default lessons are mechanical, outdated, and unconsciously inherited from a fragmented medical model. ✔︎ The endocannabinoid system (ECS) reveals the elegant truth: the body is networked, not modular. ✔︎ Kids need frameworks that validate nuance, not scripts that reward clarity. …. In 3 days, Part 2 goes deeper into identity, normalcy, and the stories we didn’t mean to pass down. What Are We Really Teaching Kids About Their Bodies? We teach our kids a million little things before they can even explain what’s happening inside them. We show them how to brush their teeth with a song. We say “ouch” when they bump into furniture to help them label pain. We gently coach them through sneezes, scrapes, and stomach aches. And eventually, we give them language like “I don’t feel good” or “My head hurts” to build a bridge between sensation and meaning. But something else slips in too—quietly, habitually. We teach them that pain is a problem. That symptoms are glitches. That health is a yes-or-no checkbox. And most of us—physicians, parents, teachers, even the well-meaning wellness bloggers—don’t notice that we’re laying down the invisible blueprints of how they’ll interpret their bodies for the rest of their lives. Blueprints that are often incomplete. Or worse—wrong. The Invisible Curriculum of Health We don’t say: “Your body will sometimes confuse you. And that’s okay.” We say: “You’re sick—take this.” We say: “That’s nothing—shake it off.” We mean to soothe. But we’re also simplifying. We collapse complexity into control. And what gets lost in that? The idea that the body might be expressing something subtle. That discomfort doesn’t always mean damage. That healing isn’t always about removal—it’s sometimes about restoration. By reducing health to fix-it moments, we train kids to expect fast answers. So when the discomfort lingers—when no one can find a clean explanation—they begin to believe something even more dangerous: That their experience must not be real. The Doctor Will See One Piece of You Now Let’s be honest: the current medical model didn’t fail because it was malicious—it failed because it was efficient. Specialists were meant to help—finer resolution, deeper expertise. But the map got divided too many times. Neurology, psychiatry, endocrinology, dermatology—each with its own silo, language, and logic. And guess what? Kids pick up on this. They start to believe that if something doesn’t live in one clear category, it must not belong anywhere at all. I can’t tell you how many young patients—thoughtful, articulate, curious kids—look at me after describing a perfectly legitimate constellation of symptoms and say, “I know it sounds crazy…” or “I’m probably just being dramatic…” No. You’re not. You’re just trying to fit an ecosystem into a filing cabinet. A Patient Example: When the Body Won’t Cooperate M was fifteen, sharp, perceptive, and exhausted. The kind of girl who still did her homework even when she could barely keep her eyes open. She’d been to more appointments than school dances. Each specialist offered a new possibility: hormones, IBS, anxiety, maybe growing pains, maybe nothing. One pediatrician even told her mother—kindly, but with that dismissive certainty we sometimes slip into—“She’ll grow out of it.” She didn’t. She just grew tired of trying to explain it. When she came to me, she didn’t ask for a diagnosis. She asked if I thought it was all in her head. That question lands hard when it comes from a teenager. Especially when she’s done everything right. Everything reasonable. Everything textbook. And still feels wrong. What Helped: Shifting the Model, Not Just the Medicine We didn’t “solve” her. We supported her. We looked at the overlap—of sleep disruption and gut imbalance, of chronic low-level stress and flare-prone pain. We acknowledged her body as a whole system. We started by improving rest. Then used low-dose cannabinoids to gently downregulate the overstimulation. Then simplified her food—not to restrict, but to reduce noise. And most importantly, we validated the mystery. What happened next wasn’t miraculous. But it was meaningful. She started waking up with energy. Her gut stabilized. The pain dulled enough to fade into the background. She began to say things like: “I think I can handle school again.” Or, my favorite: “I don’t feel afraid of my body anymore.” That’s not nothing. That’s a reintroduction to self. The Endocannabinoid System: Why It Changes Everything Most people haven’t heard of the ECS. Fewer still realize it’s one of the most far-reaching systems in the human body. It regulates mood, inflammation, pain sensitivity, sleep architecture, immune response, appetite, memory, and more. Not in the way that organs “do” things—but in the way that conductors guide orchestras. And yet, we don’t teach it. Not in health class. Not in doctor’s offices. Not even to most med students. Imagine how differently kids would experience their own bodies if, from a young age, they heard: “Your body is trying to regulate, not malfunction.” “Your sleep, your stress, your stomach—they’re all part of the same conversation.” “You’re not broken. You’re complex.” That’s a foundation worth building. Modern Kids, Ancient Models We’re raising a generation of kids who understand algorithms better than appetite, who can list their screen time to the minute but can’t describe the difference between hunger and anxiety. They live in a world where health is increasingly digitized—steps counted, calories tracked, REM cycles color-coded. But even with all that data, they’re often left wondering why they still feel… off. And then we hand them answers from a playbook that hasn’t been updated since rotary phones. We say, “It’s probably hormones.” We say, “Try not to worry so much.” We say, “You’re young—you’ll bounce back.” They hear: “You shouldn’t feel this way.” They learn: If there’s no explanation, I must be imagining it. And that is the moment the blueprint begins to crack. So How Do We Start Teaching Kids About Their Bodies—Better? We start by saying, “I believe you.” Even when the symptom isn’t measurable. Even when the story doesn’t tie up neatly. We teach that bodies speak in sensations, not soundbites. That it’s okay to not know the answer right away. That we don’t have to rush toward diagnosis like it’s a prize. We make room for the idea that discomfort isn’t always a glitch—it might be a whisper asking for attention. We help them see that rest isn’t laziness, that a racing heart might need more breath—not more shame. We remind them that pain without a test result is still pain. And we let them grow into their complexity with tools, not just terms. What That Teaching Might Actually Look Like It might sound like this: “You’re not broken. You’re still learning how to live in your body.” “Sometimes your stomach hurts because your brain is full.” “Let’s track how you feel—not just how you perform.” “Let’s talk about what helped, not just what didn’t.” Or sometimes, it sounds like… nothing. It’s a quiet cup of tea instead of another urgent Google search. It’s a doctor who says, “Tell me everything,” instead of, “Let’s just treat the top three symptoms.” It’s letting a child believe that what they feel is real—because it is. They Live Inside the Stories We Tell The early lessons we give about health aren’t just informative. They’re formative. They become the foundation our children stand on when something feels wrong at 3am. They become the invisible blueprints they consult when pain lingers. They become the scaffolding that either supports curiosity—or punishes ambiguity. And if we teach only certainty? We teach them to distrust their own experience the moment it feels unclear. So maybe the real question isn’t: “How do we fix our kids?” Maybe it’s: What kind of foundation are we handing them in the first place? What if the problem isn’t that their bodies are too sensitive… …but that our model is too small?   🔗 10 Powerful Ways Guided Cannabis Therapies Support Children’s Challenging Behavior 🔗  9 Steps to More Effective Parenting 🔗  Positive Parenting Tips, per CDC   More to Come… 🕒 In 3 days: Part 2 explores the even murkier stuff—what we’re teaching (and not teaching) kids about gender, identity, neurodivergence, and what it means to be “normal.” It might get uncomfortable. That’s a good sign.   Frequently Asked Questions 1. What’s the best way to teach kids about their bodies? Use real-life moments—scrapes, stomachaches, big emotions—as teaching tools. Keep the language age-appropriate, but never talk down to them. Prioritize curiosity and body awareness over fear or correction. 2. Why do children struggle to explain their symptoms? Most children lack the vocabulary—and sometimes the permission—to express subtle or complex sensations. They often mirror adult reactions and may minimize what feels “weird” if it’s dismissed. That’s why listening between the lines is just as important as the words they use. 3. How does the endocannabinoid system affect children’s health? The ECS helps regulate mood, sleep, immunity, pain, appetite, and stress—even in young children. It’s a central coordinator that keeps their internal systems balanced and responsive. Though under-taught, it plays a vital role in child development and resilience. 4. What are common mistakes in teaching kids about illness? We often frame illness as something to fear, fix quickly, or hide—rather than understand. Adults may oversimplify or rush to reassure, which can invalidate the child’s experience. Avoiding gray areas teaches kids to doubt their own perception of health. 5. Can teaching health wrong cause long-term issues in children? Yes—when kids grow up believing their pain must be visible or their symptoms must have a name, they may ignore real warning signs. Misinformation also fosters shame, self-blame, and emotional suppression. A poor health model in childhood can follow them for life. 6. How do I validate my child’s pain when doctors don’t have answers? Start by believing them—validation doesn’t require proof. Help them track patterns, document their experience, and stay curious instead of dismissive. A child who feels heard is more likely to stay connected to their body over time. 7. What does modern medicine miss in pediatric care? It often misses context—how environment, emotion, trauma, or neurodivergence shape health. Pediatric care tends to chase diagnosis rather than seek balance. Whole-system thinking, like through the lens of the ECS, is still sorely lacking. 8. How early should children learn about body systems? Early! Even toddlers can learn basic connections between sleep, food, mood, and how they feel. Teaching health as an ongoing relationship—not a one-time crisis—builds lifelong body literacy. 9. How do I explain chronic illness or invisible symptoms to kids? Use analogies like “an invisible backpack” or “a body that tires faster” to describe limitations without shame. Emphasize that symptoms are real even if they don’t show up on scans. Make space for their questions—and their frustration. 10. What are better ways to frame health for young minds? Frame health as balance, not perfection. Teach them that rest, emotion, and body signals are all valid parts of wellness—not signs of failure. Replace “what’s wrong with me?” with “what might my body be asking for?” [...] Read more...
May 7, 2025A closer look at the viral paper linking cannabis to dementia—and what it actually says (and doesn’t say) This is a review of: “Risk of Dementia in Individuals With Emergency Department Visits or Hospitalizations Due to Cannabis” (published in JAMA Internal Medicine, 2024). Study PDF is here 🧵 TL;DR 🚑 A study linked cannabis-related ER visits to higher dementia risk—but only in a very specific population. 🧠 The data doesn’t account for dose, method, reason for use, or underlying cognitive decline. 📉 It’s about correlation, not causation—hospital coding isn’t destiny. 🤔 Mental health comorbidities in the cannabis group were off the charts. 🧪 The takeaway? Be curious, not panicked. Context matters. Cannabis and Dementia: The Study That’s Raising Headlines—and Eyebrows Let’s say you go to the ER for a cannabis-related issue. Maybe your edible kicked in late and too strong. Maybe you felt dizzy, anxious, or just plain scared. You’re evaluated, stabilized, and discharged. Somewhere in that chart, your visit is tagged with a cannabis-related diagnosis code. Fast forward a few years. You develop cognitive symptoms. A dementia diagnosis follows. Now, researchers comb through anonymized health records and find you among others with a similar sequence. Does that mean cannabis caused your dementia? That’s the million-dollar question in a new JAMA study out of Ontario. But as usual in cannabis research, the answers aren’t so simple. 🚨 The Study’s Core Claim: Cannabis and Dementia is predicted by ER Visits? The study tracked over 700,000 adults in Ontario over age 50, comparing those who had an emergency or hospital visit tied to cannabis use (based on ICD-10 billing codes) to matched controls. The cannabis-flagged group showed a 61% higher risk of developing dementia over the following years. The relative risk sounds dramatic—61% higher—but the absolute numbers remain small: just 20 vs. 15 cases per 1,000 person-years. It’s a statistical bump, not a tidal wave. On the surface, that’s a big jump. The kind that makes headlines. But context is everything. 🩺 Who’s in the Cannabis Group, Exactly? This isn’t your grandmother microdosing for sleep or your neighbor using a THC:CBD tincture for arthritis. This is a population flagged in a hospital database for acute cannabis-related medical crises. That means: ➕ Panic attacks ➕ Accidental overdosing ➕ Psychosis ➕ Drug interactions ➕ Unmanaged withdrawal ➕ Possibly confounding comorbidities like schizophrenia or bipolar disorder In fact, psychiatric illness appeared in 21% of the cannabis-exposed group, compared to just 4% of the controls. That’s not a trivial difference. That’s a five-fold red flag. So is it cannabis? Or is it that people already in trouble are more likely to end up with dementia later? 🔍 What the Study Didn’t Tell Us This is a classic case of “interesting but incomplete.” Here’s what the study couldn’t tell us: ✔︎ How much cannabis was used—or for how long ✔︎ What type—smoked flower? edibles? high-THC concentrates? ✔︎ Why it was used—was it recreational, self-treatment, or medical? ✔︎ When it was used relative to dementia symptoms ✔︎ How often it was used—or whether it was a one-time incident ✔︎ Whether cannabis was even the main factor in the ER visit There’s also no accounting for: ✔︎ Education level (a known dementia risk modifier) ✔︎ Head trauma history ✔︎ Chronic loneliness or depression ✔︎ Sleep disturbance (both a cannabis use trigger and a dementia risk factor) This is like trying to solve a jigsaw puzzle with only the pieces that fit your theory. 🧠 Dementia Is Messy. So Is Cannabis. Dementia isn’t a switch you flip. It’s the result of dozens of interplaying factors—vascular, metabolic, psychological, environmental, and yes, sometimes pharmaceutical. Cannabis, too, is hardly a uniform agent. THC and CBD act very differently. Cannabinoids may increase oxidative stress in one context and reduce inflammation in another. Preclinical studies have even shown neuroprotective potential for CBD and CBG, though none of that nuance makes it into this paper. When you treat cannabis like a monolith—and ignore the realities of aging and chronic illness—you lose the signal in the noise. ⚖️ Correlation ≠ Causation. Especially Here. This study shows correlation, not causation. Yet its framing implies more than that. The exposed group had hospital-level cannabis issues—by definition, the most extreme cases. To apply those findings to the average user is a leap. If we did the same study for ibuprofen overdoses or missed insulin doses, we’d find similar future risks—not because those substances are harmful per se, but because hospital-level crises flag people in trouble. ER visits don’t always predict outcomes. Sometimes, they just reflect underlying vulnerabilities. 🧑‍⚕️ What the Cannabis-Affirming Clinician Sees If you’re a physician who’s guided thousands of patients through responsible cannabis use, studies like this land with a familiar sting. It’s frustrating when research lumps in the most extreme, dysregulated cases with everyone else. Cannabis, when used medically, often improves sleep, reduces anxiety, and enhances quality of life—especially in older adults navigating polypharmacy, frailty, and pain. But that version of cannabis use wasn’t studied here. The person who takes a nightly 2.5mg gummy to wind down after their spouse’s passing? That person is invisible in this dataset. We need more research, not more blanket warnings built on incomplete models. 🧬 A Note on Brain Health and Cannabis Let’s not pretend cannabis has no effects on cognition. Of course it does—especially in high doses, and especially in younger users. But cannabis’s interaction with the brain is dose-, route-, and context-dependent. The hippocampus may be sensitive to chronic THC, but it’s also deeply affected by depression, stroke, and chronic inflammation—conditions where cannabis might help, not harm. The field of cannabis and neurodegeneration is in its infancy. This study doesn’t close the case. It barely opens it. 🧓 What This Means for Patients and Families who are worried about cannabis and dementia? If someone you love has had a cannabis-related hospital visit, especially later in life, it may be a clinical cue to: ♦️ Check in on their cognitive baseline ♦️ Review medications and interactions ♦️ Discuss emotional health and substance use ♦️ Monitor changes over time with compassion, not judgment But it doesn’t mean they’re doomed to dementia. It means they had an acute episode. The rest of their story still matters. Likewise, if you’re using cannabis in low doses under medical guidance, this study probably has very little to do with you. But it’s a good reminder to: Talk with your doctor (the real kind—not the dispensary budtender) Keep track of your cognition Stay informed, but don’t buy into headlines without context 🎯 Final Thoughts Studies like this are important. They shine a light. But they can also cast shadows—especially when the data is narrow, the framing is alarmist, and the conclusions are overstated. Dementia is scary enough without weaponizing half-truths. Let’s keep asking better questions—and demanding better answers.   Want to understand how cannabis actually fits into healthy aging? Start here. 🔗 External Link: Read the full study  🔗 Suggested Internal Links: Cannabis for Seniors: What You Should Know Is Cannabis Addictive? A Doctor Explains The Cannabis Anxiety Survival Guide [...] Read more...
May 5, 2025The ECS, CBD, and why one-size-fits-all medicine keeps missing the mark TL;DR Anxiety is one of the most common reasons people explore medical cannabis. Traditional treatment options are often slow, impersonal, or ineffective. The endocannabinoid system (ECS) regulates stress, mood, sleep, and more—yet it’s missing from most medical training. Cannabis may support anxiety relief by targeting the ECS—especially with the right balance of CBD, THC, and timing. At CED Clinic, we’ve helped tens of thousands of patients find relief with personalized, evidence-informed cannabis care. Cannabis for Anxiety: A New Frontier in Managing Mental Distress It’s hard to overstate just how common—and misunderstood—anxiety has become. Generalized anxiety disorder affects over 40 million adults in the U.S. alone, according to the Anxiety and Depression Association of America. But that’s just the tip of the iceberg. Add in social anxiety, panic attacks, health anxiety, post-traumatic stress, and the murky, often unnamed varieties of existential dread people carry—and it’s clear: millions are searching for relief, many without success. For countless patients, cannabis for anxiety has emerged as a lifeline where conventional medicine fell short. Search engine data consistently ranks “CBD for anxiety” and “medical marijuana anxiety relief” among the most popular wellness-related queries. And the reason is simple: people are exhausted by pharmaceutical side effects, disillusioned by cookie-cutter care, and curious about solutions that speak to the whole body, not just the brain. It turns out that anxiety is not just a psychological issue—it’s physiological, hormonal, environmental, and deeply individual. Cannabis, with its layered chemical complexity, offers a toolkit that’s equally nuanced. At CED Clinic, we’ve witnessed firsthand how anxiety shows up differently for every patient. Some feel it in their gut. Some in their chest. Some can’t sleep. Some can’t focus. Some fear judgment; others fear silence. That diversity of experience is precisely why a one-size-fits-all prescription so often fails. Cannabis care, when practiced thoughtfully, offers a path toward balance that is responsive, adjustable, and—at its best—deeply humane. When the System Fails: Why So Many Patients Feel Abandoned by Traditional Care If you’ve ever sat through a 7-minute primary care appointment and left with a new antidepressant but no new understanding, you’re not alone. Despite their best intentions, most healthcare providers are trained to treat anxiety with a shortlist of SSRIs, SNRIs, benzodiazepines, or therapy referrals—and little else. For many patients, this can feel more like checking a box than being truly heard. And while therapy and medication absolutely have their place, they don’t always provide timely, tolerable, or effective relief. In fact, first-line treatments for anxiety fail roughly 30–50% of patients, according to peer-reviewed trials. Some medications take weeks to work (if they work at all), while others trigger side effects like weight gain, sexual dysfunction, emotional blunting, or worsened anxiety. And if you happen to be sensitive to medications in general, or juggling multiple prescriptions already? That failure rate climbs higher. Even access itself is a barrier. Between insurance games and month-long waitlists, getting help can feel harder than the anxiety you needed help for. And if you’ve ever tried navigating mental health benefits while anxious, it’s like being asked to solve a maze—blindfolded—with your pants on fire. No wonder so many people end up online searching, “Can cannabis help with anxiety?” Because sometimes it only takes one more night of lying awake with your mind in overdrive to realize: something—anything—has to change. The Discovery That Changed Everything: Meet the Endocannabinoid System One of the most underappreciated turning points in modern medicine happened quietly in the early 1990s: scientists discovered the endocannabinoid system (ECS). A previously unknown network of receptors, enzymes, and lipid-based neurotransmitters, the ECS is now recognized as one of the most influential systems in the body—affecting nearly every major organ and regulatory process. It plays a central role in stress response, emotion regulation, sleep quality, appetite, inflammation, learning, memory, and yes—anxiety. But here’s the kicker: most doctors practicing today never learned about the ECS in medical school. Which means that for decades, we’ve tried to treat anxiety without fully understanding the system that helps govern it. No wonder it’s felt like groping around in the dark. Treating the symptoms while skipping the circuitry. Imagine trying to repair a car engine while ignoring the electrical system entirely. It’s no wonder we’ve struggled. Endocannabinoids (the body’s own cannabis-like compounds) bind to CB1 and CB2 receptors throughout the brain and nervous system to modulate neurotransmitter activity. When the ECS is balanced, the body tends to feel calmer, more focused, and better able to adapt to stress. When the ECS is underactive, overwhelmed, or genetically impaired? The results can look a lot like chronic anxiety. That’s where cannabis steps in—not to cure everything, but to support what your body might already be trying to do. . So, Does Cannabis Actually Work for Anxiety? Let’s talk evidence. A 2019 retrospective case series published in The Permanente Journal found that 79% of patients who used CBD reported decreased anxiety within the first month—with sustained improvement over time (Shannon et al., 2019). Other studies have shown that low-dose THC, particularly when combined with CBD, may help reduce anxiety in certain individuals by dampening the amygdala’s fear response and improving sleep onset. That said, cannabis isn’t magic. And it’s certainly not risk-free. High doses of THC, especially in sensitive individuals or in stimulating sativa-dominant strains, can actually worsen anxiety—sometimes dramatically. The key is precision: the right product, dose, timing, and chemical profile for your body and situation. That’s why medical guidance makes a difference. At CED Clinic, we often help patients who say they’ve “tried weed and it made things worse.” I remember one woman in particular who swore off cannabis after a panic spiral from a mislabeled edible. Turns out she needed the OPPOSITE of what she’d been sold—less THC, more structure, and someone to actually listen The issue? Most of them were using unregulated, mislabeled, or overly potent products with no understanding of cannabinoids, terpenes, or proper dosing strategy. When approached strategically—with careful consideration of CBD-to-THC ratios, microdosing protocols, and lifestyle compatibility—cannabis can become a gentle and sustainable part of anxiety management. Real Help from Real Humans: What We Do at CED Clinic Unlike the fly-by-night cannabis mills and “just get your card in 10 minutes” websites, CED Clinic was built on a different principle: real care. We’ve served over 20,000 patients directly and have gathered longitudinal data on over 300,000 medical cannabis users. That makes us one of the most experienced and data-driven cannabis care teams in the world. But more importantly, we see people—not diagnoses. Our clinical process begins with listening. What are your patterns of anxiety? How do you respond to stress? What products have you tried—and how did they make you feel? From there, we craft recommendations that actually fit your physiology, preferences, sensitivities, and goals. Whether that means a high-CBD tincture for daily resilience, a balanced edible for sleep, or a vaporizer protocol for panic attacks—we’ll walk you through it, and help you avoid common pitfalls. We also publish the world’s largest cannabis newsletter, reaching over 5 million readers. Why? Because education is empowerment. The more we share what we’re learning—through science, patient stories, and real-world trials—the faster we can raise the standard of cannabis care across the board. If you’re curious what thoughtful, evidence-informed cannabis care can actually look like…that curiosity you feel? It might just be the start of something better.  [...] Read more...
April 15, 2025  This meme captures a striking contradiction in American healthcare and policy. On one side: the shredded U.S. Constitution, a symbol of our foundational rights. On the other: a labeled bag of cannabis marked “Contraband,” representing a federally banned plant with growing medical evidence behind it. The message is simple but sharp: we’re watching government policy prioritize pharmaceutical control and outdated drug scheduling over patient autonomy and scientific progress. Despite being non-lethal, widely studied, and deeply helpful for many, cannabis remains Schedule I — listed alongside heroin — while addictive pharmaceuticals enjoy legal protection and massive profit. For patients, clinicians, and advocates, this image is a mirror. It asks: What does liberty mean if we can’t even choose how to heal? [...] Read more...
April 13, 2025🌿 Table of Contents How Did We Get Into This Stigmatized Cannabis Mess to Begin With? The history of cannabis oppression and cultural stigma is a recent mistake, historically.  Only now are we starting to appreciation how much the stigma and misinformed judgement has cost us 🏛️ Section 1: A Plant Older Than Empire — The Ancient (and Rational) Use of Cannabis 💥 Section 2: Propaganda, Profiteering, and the Great Cannabis Rewrite 🌍 Section 3: Global Echoes — How the U.S. Exported Cannabis Prohibition Worldwide 🧬 Section 4: The Endocannabinoid System — Discovered Late, Ignored Longer 🧨 Section 5: What Replaced Cannabis — and At What Cost 🚫 Section 6: Why It’s Still Stigmatized — Even After All the Science 🕰️ Section 7: Timeline of Absurdity — How It All Unfolded, Step by Step 💸 Section 8: The Real Cost — Who Paid for This Mess, and Who’s Still Paying? 🌅 Section 9: The Comeback — What We’re Learning (and Re-Learning) Now That the Smoke Is Clearing ❓ Bonus FAQ: 10 Questions That Still Deserve Better Answers ✅ TL;DR: How Did Cannabis Become So Misunderstood? 📜 Humans have used cannabis for thousands of years—ritually, medicinally, and industrially. 📜 Humans have used cannabis for over 5,000 years—for healing, ritual, textiles, and industry across global cultures. 💰 In the 20th century, it was demonized by politicians, media moguls, and industrialists protecting profits. 🌍 U.S. prohibition reshaped global drug laws, replacing ancient traditions with criminalization and stigma. 🧬 Cannabis was outlawed long before science discovered the endocannabinoid system—the very network it interacts with. ⚖️ The damage? Billions spent on enforcement, massive public health setbacks, racial injustice, environmental harm, and lost healing potential. 🌱 Today, science, medicine, and patients are working to reclaim what should never have been erased. 🏛️ Section 1: A Plant Older Than Empire — The Ancient (and Rational) Use of Cannabis 🧠 Mini Summary: 🌿 Cannabis has been used for over 5,000 years across cultures—for healing, textiles, food, and ceremony. 🏺 It was mentioned in ancient Chinese, Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Indian, and Persian medical texts. 📜 Hemp was a staple in agriculture, medicine, and spiritual life—uncontroversial and widely respected. Before cannabis was politicized, stigmatized, or weaponized, it was trusted. Long before U.S. legislation, DEA scheduling, or dubious headlines, cannabis was quietly and powerfully woven into the daily lives of people across continents. For thousands of years, it wasn’t a problem to be policed—it was a plant to be praised, cultivated, and shared. In ancient China, cannabis made one of its earliest recorded medicinal appearances in the Pen Ts’ao Ching, attributed to Emperor Shen Nung around 2700 BCE. The text describes cannabis as a treatment for rheumatism, menstrual cramps, malaria, gout, and even absentmindedness. Its seeds were considered nourishing. Its leaves—therapeutic. The fibers, essential to clothing and rope. In India, cannabis was honored as one of the five sacred plants of the Vedas. It was both sacrament and salve. Taken as bhang, a cannabis-infused drink still legal in parts of India today, it was used in Ayurvedic medicine for everything from indigestion to epilepsy. It was also seen as a spiritual connector—offered to Shiva, used by sadhus and seekers for transcendence. The ancient Egyptians included cannabis in the Ebers Papyrus (circa 1550 BCE), recommending it for inflammation and gynecological discomfort. Archeological evidence suggests cannabis pollen was even found on the mummy of Ramses II, perhaps used in burial rites or pain management. In Persia, cannabis and hashish were common in both medicine and mystic practice. Physicians used it for gastrointestinal ailments and pain, while Sufi poets invoked it as a doorway to divine insight. Across the Greek and Roman empires, physicians like Galen and Dioscorides described cannabis as a remedy for earaches, wounds, and inflammation. Roman soldiers likely used hemp bandages soaked in oil or resin. Meanwhile, hemp fibers rigged sails, reinforced armor, and helped write the very scrolls that cataloged the plant’s usefulness. Even in medieval Europe, cannabis was cultivated in monastery gardens. Christian herbal manuals recommended it for tumors and jaundice. Its use was practical, not provocative. And hemp? That was infrastructure. Its fibers made rope and parchment, clothing and canvas (a word that literally comes from “cannabis”). Before petroleum and polyester, hemp was how civilizations tied things down, built things up, and kept things moving. So no, cannabis was never fringe. It was fundamental. There were no panics. No prescription pad paranoia. No “gateway drug” rhetoric. Just farmers, healers, midwives, mystics, and monarchs… growing a plant that worked. And it stayed that way—widely used, widely accepted—for thousands of years. Until it didn’t. 📚 Peer-Reviewed Citations: Zuardi AW. Cannabis sativa: The plant of the thousand and one molecules. Rev Bras Psiquiatr. 2006;28(2):153–157. PMID: PMC4740396 Russo EB. Cannabis and Cannabinoids: Pharmacology, Toxicology, and Therapeutic Potential. Haworth Integrative Healing Press. 2002. Aggarwal SK, Carter GT, Sullivan MD, ZumBrunnen C, Morrill R, Mayer JD. Medicinal use of cannabis in the United States: Historical perspectives, current trends, and future directions. J Psychoactive Drugs. 2009;41(2):153–161. PMID: 19662925 🔗 Links on CEDclinic.com: Understanding the Endocannabinoid System The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook When Cannabis Might NOT be Right for You?   💥 Section 2: Propaganda, Profiteering, and the Great Cannabis Rewrite 🧠 Mini Summary: 📰 In the 1930s, cannabis was deliberately demonized by media moguls, law enforcement, and political opportunists. 💰 The real threat? Not to public health—but to timber, textiles, plastics, and power. ❌ The American Medical Association opposed the ban—but was ignored. By the early 20th century, cannabis was firmly rooted in American life. Tinctures were found in every pharmacy. Hemp grew in abundance across dozens of states. Doctors prescribed cannabis for migraine, insomnia, menstrual pain, and digestive issues. It wasn’t controversial—it was clinical. But that changed, dramatically and intentionally, in the 1930s. And it had little to do with science or safety. 🗞️ Enter: William Randolph Hearst, the Timber Baron with a Printing Press Hearst—media magnate, yellow journalist, and enemy of hemp—owned vast forests and paper mills. But hemp posed a problem. With the invention of the decorticator, a machine that made hemp processing efficient and scalable, hemp paper suddenly became cheaper than wood pulp. Hearst saw a threat to his empire. So he weaponized his newspapers. In the pages of Hearst-owned outlets, “cannabis” disappeared—replaced by the foreign-sounding “marihuana.” It was linked with Mexicans, Black Americans, and jazz musicians. Headlines screamed: “Murder, Insanity, and Death: All Linked to Marihuana!” “Reefer Madness—The Real Story Behind America’s Growing Drug Menace!” The stories were made up. Fabricated. The hysteria was planted. And the public—unfamiliar with the term “marihuana”—had no idea it was the same cannabis their doctors had been prescribing for years. 👮 Then Came Anslinger: America’s First Drug Czar Harry Anslinger, the ambitious head of the newly formed Federal Bureau of Narcotics, needed a cause. Alcohol prohibition had just ended, and his agency needed funding and relevance. Cannabis was his golden ticket. Anslinger compiled a file of 200 fabricated or exaggerated anecdotes—murders, assaults, breakdowns—all supposedly caused by cannabis. He testified before Congress with stories designed to scare: “Marijuana causes white women to seek sexual relations with Negroes.” “It leads to insanity, criminality, and death.” No peer-reviewed studies. No medical data. Just race-baiting, moral panic, and Hearst headlines. Sound familiar, 2016? 🚫 1937: The Marihuana Tax Act Despite pushback from the American Medical Association, which argued that cannabis had medical value and that the legislation was based on misinformation, the Marihuana Tax Act passed. It didn’t make cannabis explicitly illegal—but it made possession and sale so bureaucratically burdensome that it effectively outlawed the plant. Doctors were caught off guard. The AMA’s representative had only been allowed to testify the day before the vote, and their objections were buried beneath the media circus. Just like that, cannabis went from medicine to menace. Not because of overdose data. Not because of addiction rates. But because it was a threat—to industrial monopolies, to institutional racism, and to governmental overreach. The public, confused by the term “marihuana,” never realized what they had lost.   🔥 Cannabis Wasn’t Outlawed Because It Was Dangerous— It Was Outlawed Because It Was Valuable And that value threatened the wrong people. Hemp threatened the timber industry. Cannabis medicine threatened pharmaceutical interests. The cultural associations with non-white populations threatened the fragile white status quo. So cannabis didn’t just lose its reputation. It lost its identity. The plant was renamed, reframed, and repackaged as a villain. It’s one of the most effective PR take-downs in history. And we’re still undoing the damage. 📚 Peer-Reviewed and Historical Citations: Bonnie RJ, Whitebread CH. The Marihuana Conviction. University of Virginia Press, 1974. / Link 2 Musto DF. The American Disease: Origins of Narcotic Control. Oxford University Press, 1999. Lee MA. Smoke Signals: A Social History of Marijuana. Scribner, 2012. 🔗 CED Clinic Links: Cannabis Myths and Facts How to Talk to Your Doctor About Cannabis Dosages and Applications Cannabis 101 🌍 Section 3: Global Echoes — How the U.S. Exported Cannabis Prohibition Worldwide 🧠 Mini Summary: 🌐 In 1961, the U.S. pushed the UN to classify cannabis as a dangerous drug with “no medical value.” 🇮🇳 🇲🇦 🇯🇲 Centuries of cultural and medicinal cannabis use were forcibly erased around the world. 🔬 International research was suffocated—just as interest in cannabis therapeutics was growing. The United States didn’t just ban cannabis at home. It exported that ban globally—using its diplomatic influence to transform a national panic into an international policy. The vehicle? The 1961 Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs, an international treaty orchestrated by the United Nations under heavy U.S. pressure. Cannabis, which had been grown, used, and revered in cultures around the world for centuries, was lumped in with heroin and cocaine—labeled a Schedule IV substance, meaning it had “especially dangerous properties” and “no therapeutic use.” It was one of the most destructive acts of drug policy diplomacy in modern history. 📜 A Treaty Signed, a Culture Denied The Single Convention pushed over 180 countries to criminalize cannabis, regardless of their local traditions, therapeutic knowledge, or indigenous medical systems. It didn’t matter that: In India, cannabis had been used in Ayurvedic medicine and religious rituals for thousands of years. In Morocco, hashish cultivation was a legal, regulated, and culturally integrated industry. In Jamaica, cannabis was central to Rastafarian spiritual practice, used for meditation, reasoning, and healing. In Iran and the Middle East, cannabis was an accepted part of Persian, Sufi, and Islamic medical traditions. The treaty erased all that nuance. It replaced cultural wisdom with prohibition. 🧪 Science Silenced on the Global Stage Even countries that had burgeoning scientific programs exploring cannabinoids and cannabis pharmacology were now discouraged—or outright barred—from continuing. Israel, which would later become the global leader in cannabinoid research, was almost blocked from investigating THC. India’s traditional medicine boards were forced to walk back centuries of accepted therapeutic use. British physicians, who had prescribed cannabis tinctures since the 1800s, stopped—including it in pharmacopeias by 1971. The World Health Organization, echoing the U.S. position, claimed there was “no medical utility” for cannabis—even as clinicians in dozens of countries disagreed. Public health systems worldwide were now operating under a fiction: That cannabis was dangerous, addictive, and devoid of benefit. 🔗 Criminalization Without Consultation Perhaps the most egregious aspect of the global prohibition wasn’t that it was rooted in fear. It was that it was imposed from the top down, without listening to the cultures that had used cannabis responsibly for millennia. The Indian delegation to the UN initially resisted the classification, citing bhang’s cultural and religious importance. But they were pressured into compromise, allowing bhang but banning cannabis resin and flower. In Africa, where cannabis use was common in both spiritual and colonial contexts, local voices were excluded entirely from the treaty discussions. It was not science driving the agenda. It was American exceptionalism, imperial assumptions, and the infectious spread of drug war logic. 🌱 A Global Suppression of Healing As a result of the 1961 treaty and its successors (1971 Convention on Psychotropic Substances, 1988 Convention Against Illicit Traffic), most of the world’s nations were bound to laws that criminalized their own ancestral medicine. In some places, cannabis became taboo. In others, it went underground—passed down in whispered rituals or quietly preserved by traditional healers, often at legal risk. Generations of global citizens were denied access to a plant their grandparents revered. And most don’t even realize that prohibition was an imported idea. 📚 Peer-Reviewed and Historical Citations: “Physical, Mental, and Moral Effects of Marijuana: The Indian Hemp Drugs Commission Report.” The International Journal of the Addictions, 3(2): 269-270. This article discusses the findings of the Indian Hemp Drugs Commission and contrasts them with later interpretations by figures like Harry Anslinger “Medicinal Cannabis: History, Pharmacology, and Implications for the Future.” This source outlines the legislative history of cannabis in the U.S., including its removal from the U.S. Pharmacopoeia in 1942 following the 1937 Marihuana Tax Act “Legalization, Decriminalization & Medicinal Use of Cannabis.” -The eventual classification as a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970 Seeing through the Smoke: The Origins of Marijuana Prohibition in the United States 🔗 Suggested Internal Links: Smart Cannabis Choices CED Clinic Encyclopedia FAQ Getting Started with Cannabis   🧬 Section 4: The Endocannabinoid System — Discovered Late, Ignored Longer 🧠 Mini Summary: 🔍 The body’s endocannabinoid system (ECS)—which cannabis interacts with—wasn’t discovered until the 1990s. 📚 Cannabis was banned decades before science even understood how it worked. 🤐 The ECS remains largely absent from medical education—even today. By the 1970s, cannabis had been criminalized nearly everywhere. Doctors had stopped prescribing it. Researchers were blocked from studying it. Lawmakers had codified the idea that it was dangerous and addictive. But something didn’t add up. Patients kept reporting relief. Chronic pain improved. Nausea faded. Seizures reduced. Sleep returned. Anxiety lifted. How? For decades, no one could explain it. Then in the 1980s and 1990s, science quietly uncovered something extraordinary: A previously unknown biological system that exists in every human body—designed to interact with cannabis. It’s called the endocannabinoid system (ECS). And it changed everything. 🔬 The Discovery of the ECS In 1988, researchers discovered a receptor in the mammalian brain that responded specifically to THC. It was dubbed the CB1 receptor. Soon after, a second receptor—CB2—was found in the immune system. Then came the discovery of anandamide, an endogenous cannabinoid produced by the body. Named after the Sanskrit word ananda (bliss), anandamide mimics the effects of THC—but is made internally. Suddenly, it was clear: Cannabis didn’t “hijack” the brain. It fit into an existing system, like a key in a lock. The ECS was found to regulate: 🧠 Mood and stress 🛌 Sleep and circadian rhythms 🧬 Inflammation and immunity 🥗 Appetite and digestion 🧍‍♂️ Pain and temperature 🧠 Memory and neuroprotection In other words, the ECS was a master regulator—keeping the body in balance through a process called homeostasis. And plant cannabinoids like THC and CBD? They just happen to interact beautifully with that system. 🤯 Cannabis Was Outlawed Before We Knew How It Worked When cannabis was banned in 1937, and again in 1970 under the Controlled Substances Act, the ECS hadn’t even been discovered. Lawmakers criminalized a plant without any understanding of the biological system it affects. It’s like banning antibiotics before discovering bacteria. For decades, people were punished for using a plant whose mechanisms science simply hadn’t caught up to yet. 🧑‍⚕️ And Still—Doctors Aren’t Taught About It Despite its importance, the ECS is still not part of most U.S. medical school curricula. A 2017 survey found that only 13% of medical schools even mention the ECS. Most practicing clinicians have never heard of it. It’s not tested on the boards. It’s not part of residency. And it’s rarely covered in continuing medical education. This leads to a paradox: Patients know cannabis helps. Science shows how. But their doctors can’t explain why—because no one ever taught them. That’s not just a failure of education. It’s a failure of public health policy. 🌱 Cannabis Isn’t Unnatural. It’s Innate. The discovery of the ECS didn’t just validate cannabis therapeutics. It reframed cannabis as something much deeper: A plant that interfaces with an ancient system inside all of us. It’s not an outsider. It’s a biological conversation partner—one that modern science silenced before it could be understood. We didn’t just ban a medicine. We banned a key to understanding ourselves. 📚 Peer-Reviewed Citations: Di Marzo V, Stella N, Zimmer A. Endocannabinoid signalling and the deteriorating brain. Nat Rev Neurosci. 2015;16(1):30–42. PMID: 25524120 Zou S, Kumar U. Cannabinoid receptors and the endocannabinoid system: signaling and function in the central nervous system. Int J Mol Sci. 2018;19(3):833. PMC5877694 Charles Reznikoff Why the medical community needs to be educated. Medical marijuana–are we ready? PMID: 24868933 🔗 CEDclinic Links: Cannabis Product Guidance Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook Tips for Maximizing Effectiveness of Cannabinoid Therapies 🧨 Section 5: What Replaced Cannabis — and At What Cost 🧠 Mini Summary: 💊 When cannabis was banned, it was replaced with opioids, sedatives, and synthetic chemicals. 🏭 Hemp was pushed out in favor of cotton, plastic, and paper from deforestation-heavy industries. 🧪 The replacements weren’t safer—they were just more profitable. When cannabis was removed from the medical and agricultural toolbox, it left a void. A big one. And in that vacuum, less safe, less sustainable, and often more addictive options took its place. The irony? We didn’t protect society by banning cannabis—we just invited different risks, many of which continue to harm us today. Let’s take a look at what filled the gap when cannabis and hemp were pushed aside. 💊 Medicine Traded Cannabis for More Dangerous Drugs When doctors could no longer recommend cannabis, patients didn’t stop needing pain relief, anxiety relief, sleep support, or appetite stimulation. Instead, the medical world leaned harder into: Opioids (e.g., morphine, oxycodone, hydrocodone): Highly addictive, with increasing tolerance and deadly overdose potential. Benzodiazepines (e.g., Valium, Xanax): Also addictive, with severe withdrawal effects and strong sedation. Barbiturates: Previously used as sleep aids, these drugs carry a high risk of fatal overdose and drug interactions. Amphetamines: Used for weight loss, mood disorders, and focus—often abused. Synthetic antiemetics, steroids, antipsychotics: Powerful but side-effect heavy replacements for what cannabis used to manage more gently. None of these drugs interact with the body’s endogenous cannabinoid system. They don’t regulate homeostasis. They override it. And the cost? Catastrophic. The U.S. now leads the world in opioid-related deaths, with over 80,000 fatalities per year. Benzodiazepines contribute to 1 in 3 overdose deaths when mixed with opioids. Patients who might’ve managed chronic pain with cannabis were overprescribed synthetic drugs, with tragic results. Cannabis was never risk-free—but neither are these pharmaceutical alternatives. And the risks we accepted? Far worse. 🧵 Hemp Was Replaced by Cotton, Paper Mills, and Plastic The ban on cannabis didn’t just target THC. It took hemp down with it—a non-psychoactive crop that never made anyone high, but might’ve helped save the planet. What we lost when hemp was criminalized: 🧶 A high-yield, low-pesticide fiber crop 🌊 A plant that uses significantly less water than cotton 🌱 A carbon-sequestering, soil-repairing regenerative crop 🧱 A base material for bioplastics, insulation, and hempcrete 📰 A faster-growing, renewable alternative to trees for paper What took its place? Cotton: A pesticide-intensive, water-guzzling crop that’s often subsidized but environmentally harmful. Petroleum-based plastics: Durable, yes—but now choking oceans and filling landfills. Timber paper mills: Fueling deforestation and carbon emissions. We didn’t just criminalize hemp—we sacrificed sustainability for profit. 🧪 The Problem Was Never the Plant—It Was the Narrative Cannabis wasn’t replaced by better tools. It was replaced by industrially powerful ones—tools that made money for the right industries and fit the narratives of progress, modernity, and chemistry over botany. We pushed out a natural, integrative medicine and a green, renewable crop, and we brought in: Synthetic painkillers Sedating tranquilizers Forest-chomping paper Plastic everything And drugs that couldn’t self-regulate because they didn’t know the body like cannabis did When cannabis was banned, patients, the environment, and science all paid the price. And they’re still paying. 📚 Peer-Reviewed and Policy Citations: Volkow ND et al. Adverse health effects of marijuana use. N Engl J Med. 2014;370:2219–2227. PMID: 24897085 Whiting PF et al. Cannabinoids for medical use: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2015;313(24):2456–2473. PMID: 26103030 van der Werf HMG. Crop physiology of fibre hemp (Cannabis sativa L.). Field Crops Res. 1994;40(1):1–9. Smart R, Pacula RL. Early evidence of the impact of cannabis legalization. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse. 2019;45(6):644–663. PMID: 31219061 🔗 CEDclinic.com Links: Safely Increasing Dosages for Pediatric Patients The Cannabis Cough Cannabis and Pain Management   🚫 Section 6: Why It’s Still Stigmatized — Even After All the Science 🧠 Mini Summary: 🧠 The stigma around cannabis persists—despite decades of research, patient success stories, and global change. 🎓 Most clinicians aren’t trained in cannabinoid medicine, leaving a gap between science and practice. 📺 Cultural bias, outdated laws, and misinformation still shape public perception. If cannabis has been used safely for millennia, studied rigorously for decades, and embraced by patients across demographics—why is it still so misunderstood? Why does a patient feel ashamed to tell their doctor they’re using cannabis for pain? Why does a physician flinch at recommending a substance with fewer side effects than half the drugs they routinely prescribe? Why do parents hide CBD oil in medicine cabinets like it’s contraband? The answer? Stigma lingers long after the facts change. 🧑‍⚕️ Medical Miseducation Despite the discovery of the ECS and a growing body of peer-reviewed literature, medical schools still don’t teach cannabis medicine. In fact: Fewer than 15% of U.S. medical schools include any content on the ECS. Most residency programs lack formal cannabis pharmacology education. Clinicians fear professional backlash for recommending a federally Schedule I substance. Doctors graduate with the tools to prescribe opioids, SSRIs, benzodiazepines—but no training in cannabinoids, even though millions of patients use them. And so patients educate themselves. Online. In dispensaries. On Reddit. Because their doctors were never given the facts. 📺 Media Fear vs. Medical Reality From Reefer Madness to Fox News, the cultural script around cannabis has leaned heavily on panic and exaggeration. Even in 2024, you can find headlines that distort facts, such as: “Marijuana linked to psychosis” (without noting dosage, THC:CBD ratio, or comorbidities) “High-potency cannabis tied to ER visits” (ignoring education gaps, product labeling, and lack of guidance) “Weed makes teens lazy and dumb” (cue the laugh track and a montage of stoner caricatures) Rarely do headlines mention: Real-world evidence from over 40 U.S. medical programs The National Academy of Sciences’ endorsement of cannabis for certain conditions The dozens of RCTs, meta-analyses, and systematic reviews demonstrating therapeutic effects The louder narrative still wins. And stigma? It’s louder than science—unless you actively work to reverse it. ⚖️ Legal Confusion = Lingering Shame Cannabis remains federally illegal in the U.S., despite being legal in: 38 states for medical use 24 states for adult recreational use Dozens of countries, including Canada, Uruguay, Germany, and Thailand This patchwork legality creates: Fear among providers that they’ll lose licenses or funding Reluctance among patients to share cannabis use with employers, doctors, or insurers Ongoing criminalization and surveillance in low-income or minority communities Even where it’s legal, the system whispers: “You should still be ashamed.” 🚪 Stigma Doesn’t Just Hurt Feelings—It Blocks Access Stigma leads to: Misdiagnosis (e.g., ignoring therapeutic cannabis use in trauma cases) Overprescription of riskier meds Underutilization of safe, effective alternatives Patients dropping out of care Persistent racial and economic inequities in access to cannabis In short? Stigma kills access. It kills education. And sometimes, it kills people. 🎯 Facts Aren’t Enough—We Need Narrative Change The data exists. The clinical results are in. But if we don’t change the story we tell about cannabis, we’ll keep fighting ghosts long after the evidence has cleared the room. We need: Public education campaigns grounded in science Honest conversations between doctors and patients Representation of cannabis users as parents, veterans, teachers, elders—not just “stoners” Courage in medicine to say, “We got it wrong. But now we know better.” Cannabis doesn’t carry stigma because of what it does. It carries stigma because of what it was made to represent. And that representation was never based on truth. 📚 Peer-Reviewed Citations: Zolotov Y et al. Medical cannabis: an oxymoron? Physicians’ perceptions in Israel. Isr Med Assoc J. 2016;18(5):265–269. Kondrad E, Reid A. Colorado family physicians’ attitudes toward medical marijuana. J Am Board Fam Med. 2013;26(1):52–60. PMID: 23288284 Bridgeman MB, Abazia DT. Medicinal cannabis: History, pharmacology, and implications for the acute care setting. P T. 2017;42(3):180–188. PMID: 28243141 🔗 CEDclinic.com Links: When Cannabis Feels Too Racy Weed anxiety Explained Cannabis Hyperemesis Explained     🕰️ Section 7: Timeline of Absurdity — How It All Unfolded, Step by Step 🧠 Mini Summary: 📆 From ancient medicine to modern incarceration, the arc of cannabis history is a study in contradiction. 🧨 Each step of prohibition was more political than scientific. 🎭 The timeline reads like satire—until you realize it’s all true. If cannabis prohibition were a screenplay, critics would call it implausible. A healing plant used across millennia is suddenly demonized. Science is silenced. The plant is renamed. Laws are passed on fabricated stories. Racial fearmongering gets repackaged as public safety. And the world follows suit. Let’s walk through the absurdity—one era at a time. 🏛️ 2700 BCE – 1500 CE: The Rational Era Ancient civilizations use cannabis freely for medicine, pain relief, spiritual practice, and textiles. Chinese, Indian, Persian, Egyptian, Greek, and Roman cultures document cannabis in healing traditions. Cannabis appears in pharmacopeias, religious texts, and burial chambers. 🟢 No stigma. No panic. Just plants and pragmatism. 📜 1600s – 1800s: Colonial Expansion, Cannabis Exported Hemp cultivation is mandated in colonial America (including Virginia). Cannabis tinctures are common in British and American pharmacies. Queen Victoria reportedly uses cannabis for menstrual cramps. 🟢 Medical cannabis is respected and routinely prescribed. 🗞️ 1900 – 1937: The Propaganda Years William Randolph Hearst uses his media empire to associate “marihuana” with crime and immigration. Harry Anslinger promotes false, racially loaded claims linking cannabis to violence and psychosis. The AMA objects to prohibition, but Congress passes the Marihuana Tax Act of 1937 anyway. 🔴 Cannabis is criminalized not for harm—but for headlines. 👮 1950s – 1960s: The Drug War Begins The Boggs Act (1951) and Narcotic Control Act (1956) impose mandatory minimums for cannabis possession. Public discourse equates cannabis with heroin and moral decay. Federal raids increase—even as physicians and patients quietly resist. 🔴 Punishment escalates. Evidence doesn’t matter. 🌐 1961: Prohibition Goes Global The Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs classifies cannabis as having “no medical value.” Countries with ancient cannabis traditions are pressured to criminalize use. Medical research grinds to a halt in most of the world. 🔴 Cultural history is erased under legal pressure. 🧠 1988 – 1992: Science Catches Up Discovery of CB1 receptors in the brain proves cannabis interacts with a built-in bodily system. Endocannabinoids like anandamide are discovered—mimicking THC. The endocannabinoid system (ECS) is born. 🟡 Science says: Oops. We may have banned this a little early. 🧬 1996 – 2012: Legal Cracks Appear California legalizes medical cannabis (Prop 215). Other states follow—despite federal prohibition under the Controlled Substances Act. Cannabis research resumes in Israel and Canada. 🟡 Patients lead the change. Doctors begin to re-engage. 📈 2012 – Present: The Tectonic Shift Recreational cannabis becomes legal in Colorado and Washington. 38 U.S. states legalize medical cannabis; over 20 allow recreational use. Germany, Thailand, Uruguay, and Canada begin full national legalization. 🟢 Science, policy, and patient experience finally begin to align. 🔥 Today: The Legal/Medical Split Remains Cannabis is still Schedule I federally—alongside heroin and LSD. Doctors can recommend, but not prescribe. Insurance doesn’t cover it. Licensing varies. Patients are left to self-navigate. 🟠 Stigma lingers in the law, even as the culture moves on. 🎭 From Sacred to Sinful to Scientific—In Just 100 Years The timeline of cannabis prohibition isn’t linear. It’s a pendulum swing. We went from: 🌿 Acceptance → 🚫 Repression → 🧬 Revelation → ⚖️ Resistance → 📚 Reeducation But every step toward normalization is still met with skepticism—because the narrative was built on fear, not fact. And until we correct the story, the timeline keeps looping. 📚 Peer-Reviewed & Archival Citations: Musto DF. The American Disease: Origins of Narcotic Control. Oxford University Press. Cannabis and Cannabinoids. Therapeutic Potential National Academies of Sciences. The Health Effects of Cannabis and Cannabinoids: The Current State of Evidence and Recommendations for Research. 2017. NCBI Bookshelf 🔗 CEDclinic Links: Metabolic, Endocrine, and Energy Disorders and Cannabis Doctor-Approved Cannabis Newsletter Cannabis Myths and Blind Spots 💸 Section 8: The Real Cost — Who Paid for This Mess, and Who’s Still Paying? 🧠 Mini Summary: 💰 Cannabis prohibition has cost the U.S. billions in enforcement—and countless lives in lost opportunity. ⚖️ It fueled mass incarceration, racial disparity, and medical setbacks. 😶‍🌫️ Even cannabis misuse stems from the same failure to educate, regulate, and guide. Banning cannabis didn’t eliminate the plant. It just made everything worse. Prohibition came with a price tag—and it wasn’t cheap. Not for taxpayers, not for communities, not for public health. We didn’t rid ourselves of danger. We buried a useful plant, invited more harmful substances to take its place, and spent the next 80 years trying to clean up the mess. Let’s run the receipts. 💵 Government Spending: Billions to Police a Plant According to the ACLU, the U.S. spends over $3.6 billion annually on enforcing cannabis possession laws. That’s money for arrests, court cases, prison beds, probation, and surveillance. Since 1970: Over 29 million Americans have been arrested for cannabis-related offenses. More than 80% were for simple possession—not trafficking or violence. Black Americans are 3.6x more likely to be arrested for cannabis than white Americans, despite equal usage rates. We’ve built a system that: 🎯 Focuses on low-level arrests 🔄 Cycles people through courts and jails for non-violent use 🚫 Blocks access to housing, education, and jobs for those with a cannabis record The financial cost is staggering. The human cost is worse. Citation: ACLU (2020). The War on Marijuana in Black and White. ACLU Report 🧠 The Public Health Toll: We Paid With Lives While cannabis was criminalized, medical systems leaned harder on: 💊 Opioids 💊 Benzodiazepines 💊 Barbiturates 💊 Antipsychotics The results? Over 1 million opioid deaths globally in the past two decades Dependency, sedation, overdose, and suicide linked to drug regimens cannabis might have replaced An entire generation of chronic pain patients left with few safe options Evidence now shows cannabis can reduce opioid use, improve sleep, ease anxiety, and support tapering of high-risk meds. But millions of patients never got the chance to try—because the stigma was stronger than the science. 🧵 Environmental and Economic Loss: Hemp Could Have Helped—We Didn’t Let It While hemp was outlawed: 🌲 We deforested millions of acres to make paper. 💧 We pumped billions of gallons of water into thirsty cotton. 🛢️ We relied on petroleum for plastic and synthetic textiles. Hemp could have offered: 🧶 Biodegradable fibers 📦 Renewable plastic alternatives 🧱 Eco-friendly construction materials (hempcrete) 🌱 Regenerative crop benefits and carbon sequestration Instead, we criminalized one of the planet’s most versatile crops. Citation: van der Werf HMG. Crop physiology of fibre hemp. Field Crops Res. 1994. 👥 Communities Crushed, Families Broken Cannabis arrests come with long shadows: 🏠 Families evicted from public housing 👶 Parents losing custody of children 💼 Careers derailed by non-violent records 📉 Lifelong income gaps due to missed opportunities And those most affected? Black, Brown, and low-income communities. Legalization may be spreading—but those harmed by its absence are rarely the ones benefiting now. Equity programs exist but often fall short, tied up in bureaucracy or underfunded. The industry is booming, but the repair work is just beginning. 😶‍🌫️ Even Cannabis Misuse Is a Cost of Prohibition Yes, cannabis can cause problems: 🚽 Cannabinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome (CHS) in some chronic users 🔁 Cannabis Use Disorder (CUD), particularly with high-potency THC 💊 Drug–drug interactions with psychiatric or cardiac meds 😰 Anxiety, panic, or cognitive issues in vulnerable users But these problems are exacerbated by prohibition, not solved by it. No labeling standards No dosage education No product consistency No physician guidance In legal markets, consumers can be educated and supported. In criminalized systems, they’re left to guess—and often suffer the consequences. 📉 Summary: Cannabis Prohibition Didn’t Save Us—It Cost Us $3.6 billion/year in law enforcement Millions of lives affected by incarceration and criminal records Decades of lost research and medical progress Entire industries allowed to pollute and profit unchecked And still, no solution to the real harms of cannabis misuse—just more silence The plant didn’t fail us. The policy did. 📚 Peer-Reviewed Citations & Policy Reports: Volkow ND et al. Adverse Health Effects of Marijuana Use. N Engl J Med. 2014. PMID: 24897085 Smart R, Pacula RL. Early Evidence of the Impact of Cannabis Legalization. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse. 2019. PMID: 31219061 Bridgeman MB, Abazia DT. Medicinal Cannabis: Implications for Acute Care. P T. 2017. PMID: 28243141 🔗 Suggested Internal Links: All About Vaporizing Cannabis Cannabis Edibles and Capsules Nebulization of Cannabis   🌅 Section 9: The Comeback — What We’re Learning (and Re-Learning) Now That the Smoke Is Clearing 🧠 Mini Summary: 🔬 After decades of stigma and silence, science is catching up to what ancient cultures already knew. 🧑‍⚕️ Doctors, patients, and researchers are rebuilding a medical relationship with cannabis. 🌱 Cannabis isn’t just back—it’s being reclaimed with purpose, data, and humility. Cannabis never needed a comeback. It needed a return to reason. And now—slowly, unevenly, but undeniably—that return is underway. After nearly a century of prohibition, propaganda, and pain, we’re beginning to recover what we lost: not just access to a plant, but access to the wisdom, research, and perspective that comes with it. This isn’t a trend. It’s a reconciliation. 🔬 Science Is Reopening the Book We Once Burned Researchers are now studying over 120 cannabinoids, mapping their effects on pain, inflammation, neurodegeneration, and mood. Dozens of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) are validating cannabis for specific conditions like chronic pain, chemotherapy-induced nausea, and spasticity. Israeli scientists (and others in Germany, Australia, and Canada) are leading studies in PTSD, autism, IBD, and Parkinson’s. The NIH—once silent—is now cautiously funding cannabinoid research in the U.S. We’re not just catching up. We’re making up for lost time. And the findings? They mostly align with what ancient texts, patients, and healers have said for centuries. 🧑‍⚕️ Medicine Is Listening—Some of It, Anyway More doctors are becoming certified in cannabis medicine. Medical schools are slowly beginning to include ECS education. States are passing laws requiring healthcare providers to learn about cannabis before recommending or restricting it. Organizations like the Society of Cannabis Clinicians, Project CBD, and leading academic centers are helping to build a new kind of evidence-informed care—one that respects both data and individual variation. And patients? They’re finally being believed when they say: “This helps me. I just want to do it right.” 🌍 Policy Is Moving (Even If the Schedule Isn’t) The U.S. federal government is reviewing cannabis’s Schedule I status. Over 90% of Americans now support legal medical cannabis. Countries like Germany, Uruguay, and Thailand have legalized cannabis nationally for medical or adult use. Equity programs are (slowly) beginning to address past harms and invite marginalized communities into the legal industry. But let’s be clear: the law hasn’t caught up to the lived reality. Cannabis is still Schedule I federally. Insurance won’t cover it. Research is still heavily restricted. And most of the people profiting today are not the ones who paid the highest cost. Progress? Yes. But justice? Not yet. 🧠 What We’re Re-Learning—And Why It Matters We’re rediscovering that cannabis isn’t: 🚬 A gateway drug 🎯 A cure-all 💊 A pharmaceutical replacement 🛑 A moral failing It’s a complex, plant-based toolkit—one that interacts with a system inside every human body, offers relief for many, risk for some, and confusion for nearly everyone who hasn’t had access to reliable education. We banned it before we understood it. We punished people for needing it. And now, we have a chance to do better. ✍️ So What Now? If you’re a patient: You deserve informed, stigma-free care. If you’re a provider: You deserve access to science, not fear. If you’re a policymaker: It’s time to listen to evidence—not just headlines. If you’re just curious: You’re not alone. Questions are how change begins. The comeback of cannabis isn’t about celebration. It’s about correction. And the best time to stop making the same mistakes? Was decades ago. The second-best time? Right now.   🔗 CED Clinic Fellowship 🔗 CED Clinic Modular Learning Lab 📚 Peer-Reviewed and Institutional Sources: Whiting PF et al. Cannabinoids for medical use: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA. 2015. PMID: 26103030 National Academies of Sciences. The Health Effects of Cannabis and Cannabinoids. 2017. Full Report Bridgeman MB, Abazia DT. Medicinal Cannabis: History, Pharmacology, and Implications for the Acute Care Setting. P T. 2017. PMID: 28250701 🔗 CEDclinic.com Links: Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook CaplanCannabis.com Diagrams  Become a Cannabis Patient ❓ 10-Question FAQ Why was cannabis criminalized in the first place? Mostly political and economic reasons—not scientific ones. It threatened powerful industries like timber and pharmaceuticals, and it was linked (intentionally) with minority communities to fuel public fear. Is cannabis really safe to use? Like any substance, it has risks—especially with overuse or high-THC products—but it’s considerably safer than many legal alternatives like alcohol, opioids, or benzodiazepines. What is the endocannabinoid system? A natural regulatory network in your body that controls sleep, pain, mood, and inflammation. Cannabis works because it interacts with this system. Did doctors support cannabis before it was banned? Yes. It was widely prescribed in the 1800s and early 1900s. The American Medical Association even objected to the 1937 ban. Why isn’t cannabis taught in medical schools today? Historical stigma and federal classification as a Schedule I drug have blocked formal education—even though millions now use cannabis medically. What replaced cannabis in medicine? Opioids, benzodiazepines, barbiturates, and other synthetic drugs—many of which are far more dangerous or addictive. How did the U.S. influence global cannabis laws? Through the 1961 Single Convention treaty, which forced many nations to outlaw cannabis—even those with centuries of cultural use. Is cannabis addictive? A controversial diagnosis, Cannabis Use Disorder (CUD), is reported to develop in a small percentage of users, especially with chronic high-THC use, but physical withdrawal is mild compared to other substances, and the diagnosis has deep flaws and also labels consumption that is not unhealthy. Why is cannabis still federally illegal in the U.S.? Bureaucracy, inertia, and resistance from entrenched interests. Despite overwhelming public support, it remains Schedule I as of today. What’s the solution moving forward? Education, research, honest conversations, and policy reform that respects both evidence and equity. [...] Read more...
April 4, 2025CBD CBG Topicals for Eczema: 5 Proven Benefits Backed by Data What one tiny Polish study taught us about high-dose cannabinoids and itchy, angry skin. A 2025 pilot study titled “Evaluation of Biophysical Parameters of the Skin of Patients With Atopic Dermatitis After Application of an Ointment Containing 30% Cannabidiol and 5% Cannabigerol” by Burczyk et al., published in Clinical, Cosmetic and Investigational Dermatology (DOI: 10.2147/CCID.S472746), set out to explore whether a cannabinoid-rich ointment could bring real relief to patients battling the chronic discomfort of atopic dermatitis. Or read the PDF here   Tl;DR (Top 5 Takeaways)   A potent CBD-CBG topical showed measurable improvements in hydration, barrier repair, and inflammation for AD patients. Despite encouraging skin metrics, the study’s sample size was small and lacked a control group. The formulation included 30% CBD and 5% CBG—a high dose not commonly found in over-the-counter products. Cannabinoids’ skin benefits may come from anti-inflammatory and ECS-modulating properties. More robust trials are needed before declaring this formulation a game-changer—but it’s a promising start. Can Cannabinoids Calm the Storm of Atopic Dermatitis? Atopic dermatitis (AD), that irritating skin circus of redness, itching, and frustration, has long bullied the lotions and potions aisle. Enter: a CBD CBG topical for eczema—part science experiment, part hopeful balm. This recent pilot study, published in Clinical, Cosmetic and Investigational Dermatology, puts cannabinoids on trial in a serious skin showdown. While it’s not the silver bullet (yet), the study packs plenty of punch—offering evidence, curiosity, and just a dash of “what if?” Let’s peel it all back.   What Was This Study About? It wasn’t a full-blown randomized controlled trial (RCT)—think more dermatological reconnaissance mission. The Details Location: Medical University of Silesia, Poland Sample Size: Just 9 patients (20–67 years old) Study Type: Single-center, open-label, no control Ointment Composition: 30% Cannabidiol (CBD) 5% Cannabigerol (CBG) Hemp seed oil Cholesterol-based emollient base Application: Once daily on the forearms for 8 weeks, wrapped overnight with wet dressings. Think of it as a bedtime ritual for your eczema—minus the fairy dust. What Did the CBD CBG Topical for Eczema Actually Do? Results Worth Scratching Into the Record Measured skin changes over 8 weeks included: ↑ Skin Hydration (p < 0.001) ↓ Transepidermal Water Loss (TEWL) (p < 0.001) ↑ Sebum Levels (p < 0.05) ↓ Erythema (redness) (p < 0.01) Notably, skin pH and melanin levels didn’t budge significantly—so, no, this won’t double as a tanning lotion. These aren’t just vanity metrics. Hydration and reduced TEWL signal better barrier function, a central struggle in AD. What’s Working Behind the Scenes? The Endocannabinoid System—Not Just for Mood Swings The body’s endocannabinoid system (ECS) is like your internal conductor—regulating inflammation, pain, even itch perception. Cannabinoid receptors (CB1 and CB2) live in your skin cells, immune cells, and sebaceous glands, meaning topicals don’t need to reach the bloodstream to get to work. CBD steps in as the chill diplomat: Stabilizes mast cells (→ less histamine itch) Calms inflammation Boosts barrier restoration CBG, meanwhile, is like the bouncer at the cytokine club: Suppresses pro-inflammatory cytokines Fights off staph and other skin-invading bacteria Inhibits arachidonic acid, a player in inflammation Why You Shouldn’t Toss Your Steroids Just Yet It’s a Pilot Study, Not a Prescription Let’s be clear: This was a tiny, non-blinded, non-randomized study with no control group. Some participants bailed early. Others didn’t love the ointment’s greasy texture. And critically—it was run during May to July, when AD tends to chill out naturally. Still, improvements in hydration and inflammation weren’t just a fluke. The numbers were statistically significant, and in some cases—like Patient #4’s hydration jumping from 6.5 to 22.4 CU—visibly impressive. Humor Me—Why This Matters Beyond the Numbers Because chronic skin conditions mess with more than just your dermis. They poke at your self-esteem, your sleep, your dating life, your sanity. And let’s face it: steroid creams often feel like both salvation and sabotage. Enter a CBD CBG topical for eczema, promising relief without the hormone rollercoaster. Is it magic? Nope. Is it worth exploring further, especially with physician guidance? Absolutely. What Should Clinicians and Patients Take Away? Clinicians Educate patients about CBD dosing realism—this ointment was 30%, not 3%. Emphasize that topical ECS targeting is real, but regulatory and product inconsistency make patient counseling essential. Consider pilot use in steroid-weary or side-effect-sensitive patients, especially if quality of life is tanking. Patients Look for high-quality formulations. Over-the-counter “CBD creams” often don’t list CBG or even CBD concentrations. Talk to your provider, especially if you’re juggling other dermatologic or immune conditions. Manage expectations—it’s relief, not a resurrection. Where This Goes Next More studies. Larger sample sizes. RCTs with longer follow-ups. Maybe even a double-blind trial using a head-to-head against hydrocortisone. Until then? The PDF is available here if you’re the type who likes combing through tables and graphs. And for clinicians and patients alike, let this be a nudge toward better cannabinoid dermatology research—grounded in data, driven by curiosity, and guided by people who know skin better than a TikTok influencer with a jade roller. Internal Resources to Explore Medical Cannabis for Chronic Inflammation Understanding the Endocannabinoid System How to Talk to Your Doctor About Cannabis External Resources Worth Bookmarking   National Eczema Association Commentary  The Skin and Natural Cannabinoids–Topical and Transdermal Applications What Are The Unique Cannabinoids?    [...] Read more...
April 2, 2025  Beneath every casual click and harmless like lies something far weightier — the ability to tip the scales of culture. Day after day, post after post, these tiny gestures quietly decide which ideas rise to dominate the airwaves and which fade away. It’s not passive. It’s not accidental. It’s power — and we’ve all been wielding it without even noticing.   Why Your Tiny Online Habits Shape What the World Sees — and Why That Matters More Than You Think     TL;DR   ➕  Every like, share, or comment is a vote for what more people will see tomorrow. ➕  Algorithms reward engagement, not accuracy — that’s how misinformation wins. ➕  Small, everyday interactions help decide whether we promote chaos or clarity. ➕  Thoughtful, credible content needs your help to break through the noise. ➕  You have more influence than you think. And it’s quietly powerful.   The Power of Clicks and Likes Isn’t Just Vanity — It’s Influence In the hustle of our modern plugged-in life — work emails, family group chats, that mysterious third streaming subscription you forgot you were paying for — social media often feels like background noise. A guilty pleasure, a harmless distraction, a little midnight scrolling to wind down. Who could blame you? But here’s the part no one mentions at brunch: the power of clicks and likes quietly fuels the information we all swim in. Every time you engage — whether you click because you agree, share because you disagree, or like just because the cat was cute — you’re making a decision about what ideas get attention and which quietly fade into obscurity. This isn’t abstract. This is how social media influences opinions every day, at scale. Platforms aren’t morally invested; they’re engagement-obsessed. And you? You’re one of the people feeding them signals. Why Engagement Matters Online — More Than We Realize We like to imagine ourselves as mere consumers of content. Passive. Detached. Floating down the feed like someone flipping through a magazine in a waiting room. But the truth is, why engagement matters online boils down to this: we’re not just looking, we’re amplifying. Algorithms — those mysterious, slightly unsettling background processes — are trained to notice what you react to. They don’t care whether you clicked because you were genuinely moved or mildly horrified. They only know you engaged. So, what happens? More of it shows up. Not just for you — but for everyone else, too. You just cast a vote without realizing you were holding a ballot. The power of clicks and likes is real.  And has replaced the town hall of our forefathers. And these days, anyone who wants to can voice up! The Influence of Social Media Algorithms — or, Why You Keep Seeing That One Weird Post Algorithms aren’t villains. They’re just very literal. Their job is to keep you scrolling — period. This is the influence of social media algorithms: they don’t know or care if the post is good, useful, or true. They’re only trained to notice, “Oh, people like you clicked on this? Cool. Here it comes again.” And again. And again. This is, bluntly, how misinformation spreads online. It’s not always that the content is convincing — it’s that it’s sticky. The more people click, the more the system thinks it’s worth promoting. And while that might sound bleak, there’s a silver lining. If that’s how the bad stuff spreads, it’s also how the good stuff can spread. Small Engagements, Big Ripples — The Oversized Effects of Tiny Actions This is where things take an unexpected turn. Most people think you need a massive following or influencer-level charisma to make a dent. Not true. A single thoughtful comment? That boosts a post. A like? Yep, that helps. A share? You just handed the content a megaphone. Multiplied by thousands (or millions) of users, this is social media’s role in shaping beliefs. You might only be one person, but algorithms are built to listen to the crowd — and you’re part of that crowd whether you like it or not. Pause, Reflect, and Recognize Your Role So, here’s a quiet but powerful truth. Your online actions are public-service announcements in disguise. When you practice responsible social media engagement, you’re essentially deciding what information gets center stage. Think of it this way: every tap of your thumb is a little nudge steering the ship. Where’s it headed? Boosting Better Ideas Isn’t Just Noble — It’s Urgent It might feel like boosting science, professionalism, and well-reasoned ideas is someone else’s job. You know — journalists, scientists, “smart people on the internet.” But the system doesn’t work like that. The reason misinformation outpaces facts isn’t because people are gullible. It’s because misinformation is catchy. It’s emotional. It gets clicks. But when you boost credible information — share the quiet, thoughtful posts, share evidence-based content, comment on professional perspectives — you’re helping tip the balance. The power of clicks and likes is in the hands of anyone with a tappable screen! You don’t have to become an internet warrior. But you do have to decide if you’d like to be part of the solution. How to Gently Shift the Tide Here’s where things get hopeful: Share one resource this week you found actually helpful. Comment on posts that teach rather than outrage. Forward a thread that made you pause — for the right reasons. These small actions are how you promote science and facts online without needing a soapbox. The Power of Clicks and Likes = Votes (Whether You Know It or Not) Every tap is a vote. Every scroll-pause is a vote. Every little heart emoji you scatter across the internet is a vote. The stakes? The improving of digital information ecosystems or letting the weeds grow unchecked. You don’t need a superhero cape to make a difference. You just need to make a habit of avoiding spreading misinformation online and choosing, when it feels right, to spread thoughtful ideas instead. Making Your Attention Count (Without Feeling Exhausted) Let’s be honest. You don’t have to monitor every single thing you click. We’re all human. Some days you just need to laugh at a dog in sunglasses. But, a little more often, you can be intentional on social media: Save the posts that made you think. Click on the sources who took time to cite their work. Lift up people who are trying to do it right. The Quiet Beauty of Being Intentional Online There’s something lovely about realizing you’re not just drifting. You’re rowing. You get to help steer — not alone, but meaningfully. And in an age where chaos, outrage, and nonsense often feel like the only things that rise to the top, it’s comforting to know you still have a say. It’s a humble kind of power. But real power, nonetheless. ✅ Related Links – External: Pew Research: Misinformation on Social Media Science Communication on Social Media   ✅ Related Links – Internal: How to Talk to Your Doctor About Cannabis Our Core Values: The Heart of CED Clinic Cannabis and Anxiety: Why It Can Feel Too Racy Weed Anxiety Explained: A Doctor’s Guide to Paranoia, Panic, and Relief   [...] Read more...
April 1, 2025Real-world stories of how cannabis brings calm, balance, and relief TL;DR Cannabis may offer relief for under-recognized behavioral challenges in children. Conditions like rage attacks, compulsive behaviors, and mood instability show early promise. Clinical vignettes from CED Clinic highlight real-life cases of improvement. Cannabis is not a cure-all but may bring meaningful, life-changing benefits. Collaboration with experienced clinicians is key to safe and effective use.  10 Powerful Ways Cannabis Supports Children’s Behavior Introduction: Rethinking Cannabis for Children’s Behavior     For many families walking the tightrope of parenting children with behavioral challenges, the options often feel frustratingly limited. Standard treatments may help but often leave gaps — gaps where families still struggle to navigate emotional storms, sleepless nights, and outbursts that strain relationships. This is where cannabis for children’s behavior has quietly stepped into the conversation. Parents, often after exhausting other interventions, are finding small but life-altering changes when cannabis is thoughtfully included in care. Below are ten behavioral challenges where cannabis may offer surprising and meaningful support, drawn from both emerging literature and real cases from families at CED Clinic. 1. Rage Attacks & Explosive Outbursts   These episodes are unpredictable, often terrifying for parents, and sometimes dangerous. They are typically fueled by a cocktail of emotional dysregulation and sensory overwhelm. Cannabis — particularly high-CBD, low-THC formulations — has shown potential in lowering baseline irritability and decreasing the frequency of rage episodes. Families have reported that children still feel their emotions but no longer spin into violent or destructive outbursts.   Case Example: LM, an 11-year-old with ASD, came to CED Clinic after years of unpredictable rage attacks that left his parents feeling like they were walking on eggshells. Smacking his head when he doesn’t get what he wants, screaming until his routine is undisturbed. Incompatible with a life beyond the same meticulously crafted routines. After careful titration of a CBDA + CBN-rich formula, with selected terpenes and dose routines, Liam’s rages became less frequent and less intense. He still had moments of frustration. He still screams from time to time, but now could take space, breathe, and express himself verbally instead of physically. His parents describe it as “getting our evenings back.” 2. Emotional Dysregulation Children struggling with emotional dysregulation often feel like passengers on a runaway train. Their reactions are outsized and exhausting. Little problems become enormous blow-ups. One child, obsessed with elevators will not be pulled away from every elevator within reach. For another child, parents can tell you every time there is a shift of workers at school because the new faces and routines are gasoline to the fire. Explosive frustration, tireless complaining and endless screaming matches. Cannabis for children’s behavior may enhance emotional regulation, offering enough space between stimulus and reaction for children to make different choices. For some, the forgetfulness of THC products helps them forget obsessions and ruminations. Without the microscopic focus on detail, the remaining moments are settled, quiet, and peaceful. For as long as they last. Case Example: SA, age 9, had daily meltdowns over seemingly minor frustrations. Cannabis therapy helped her ride out emotional waves more smoothly, turning hour-long breakdowns into brief moments of visible frustration without full-blown meltdowns. Her mother said, “We still have ups and downs, but the downs aren’t bottomless anymore.”  Often, mom will use nebulized cannabis blown over SA’s bed, to effectively administer medicine while sleeping. 3. Sensory Processing Challenges   For kids with sensory sensitivities, the world can feel overwhelming — like living inside a broken speaker. One child will chew and spit out food regularly at meals to inspect and observe the changes. Another child refuses to wear anything which touches the wrists. Many children will watch the same YouTube videos over and over again, copying the words, sounds, background noises, hundreds and thousands of times. Time and again, families report that cannabis “turns down the volume,” helping children tolerate textures, sounds, and environments they previously avoided, or move on from the deepest holes of obsession. Case Example: JN, 7, struggled to even tolerate being outside due to wind on his skin and background noise. After introducing a balanced CBD:THC tincture, he began enjoying short park visits and, over time, even attended birthday parties. His parents noticed that when he did become overstimulated, recovery was faster and gentler. In the last 2 years, we have paired the cannabinoid products with other behavioral strategies to embrace calm and to process challenges effectively, even without cannabis as the first step. 4. Compulsive and Repetitive Behaviors   Repetitive behaviors often provide comfort and a sense of control over one’s environment, which can feel chaotic and overwhelming. But, compulsions can dominate a child’s day.  One child must say ‘hello’ to every one in the room each time anyone speaks around her. When these patterns interfere with learning and socializing, parents seek change. Cannabis, particularly in ASD populations, has shown potential to reduce these behaviors without erasing them entirely — allowing children to engage more fully. Case Example: MY, age 8, engaged in constant hand-flapping and pacing. Following cannabis treatment, she still flapped during high-stress moments but spent more time exploring toys, engaging with peers, and completing tasks. Her parents described it as “a window opening.” 5. Severe Anxiety   Anxiety can paralyze a child’s capacity to learn, socialize, and simply enjoy being a kid. Many parents arrive at cannabis for children’s behavior after exhausting pharmaceutical options with mixed results and short-lived relief. Cannabis, especially CBD-dominant formulations, may reduce persistent anxiety while preserving alertness and engagement. For the moments when CBD isn’t cutting it, THC can be powerful, though sedating. Case Example: EN, a 10-year-old, refused to leave home due to constant anxiety. Bumps in the road on a car ride can unleash terror-filled screams and kicks and punches to nearby seats.   Low-dose cannabis helped him begin attending short outings and eventually returned to school part-time. His parents noted that he sometimes became silly and giggly during dosing, but the trade-off was worth it: “He’s participating again.” 6. Sleep Disruption   Sleep is a common casualty of behavioral disorders. For many children, insomnia worsens every other symptom. A bedtime plan of 8-8:30 becomes a sleep routine beginning at 11 or 12:00. Trouble staying asleep. Trouble getting asleep. Cannabis has been shown to improve sleep onset and continuity, especially when anxiety or hyperarousal are contributors. Case Example: LL, age 6, slept no more than 3–4 hours at a time, leading to frequent daytime tantrums. After initiating a small nighttime dose of cannabis, he slept 6–7 hours consistently, which dramatically improved his daytime functioning. His parents observed, “The biggest change is all of us sleeping again.” 7. Self-Injurious Behaviors   Self-harm behaviors are among the most distressing to witness. For children with autism and severe anxiety, they can feel impossible to control. Cannabis has been reported to reduce self-injurious behaviors, likely by easing underlying distress and improving emotional regulation. Case Example: OV, age 13, frequently bit her wrists when overwhelmed. After a slow and cautious cannabis trial, her episodes decreased significantly. While not eliminated, they became manageable, and Olivia began using alternative coping tools. 8. Social Withdrawal   Some children retreat from the world, avoiding even joyful interactions. Cannabis, when thoughtfully dosed, may reduce social anxiety and boost openness to engagement. Case Example: MA, age 12, rarely spoke outside the home. After beginning a CBD-predominant regimen, Max began speaking to friends slowly in social settings and, over time, participating more fully. His parents noted occasional fits of giggles but said, “We’ll take the giggles over silence any day.” 9. Hyperactivity   Hyperactivity that overwhelms learning and relationships is a common concern. Cannabis has shown in some cases to soften hyperactivity, not by sedation, but by helping children sustain attention and regulate energy. Case Example: ZE, age 7, seemed in perpetual motion. Running outside, swinging, sliding, jumping, throwing, fetching.  Constantly motion. After cannabis introduction, she still ran, jumped, and played, but could also sit for a story or finish a puzzle. “She’s still her,” her father said, “but less like a ping-pong ball.” 10. Mood Instability   Some children oscillate rapidly between joy, anger, sadness, and fear — often multiple times a day. Cannabis for children’s behavior may stabilize mood swings, giving children and parents the breathing room to connect. Case Example: IC, age 9, cycled through intense moods hourly. Following cannabis treatment, the extremes softened. His parents observed, “He still feels everything — but we’re no longer held hostage by his emotions.” Cannabis: Not a Cure, but a Powerful Ally   Cannabis won’t solve everything — but for many families at CED Clinic, it’s been the missing piece no one talks about at school pickup or family dinners. Better sleep. Fewer battles. A flicker of peace where there used to be only chaos. But let’s not sugarcoat it. Choosing cannabis for your child can feel like stepping into a fight you didn’t sign up for. It means weathering unsolicited opinions, sideways glances, and the constant hum of judgment. It’s quietly battling for your child’s quality of life while others — even loved ones — question your sanity. And yet, the parents who brave this path often find something far more valuable than simple symptom relief: they find agency. They reclaim a sense of power, no longer just managing their child’s struggles but shaping a different story altogether. The secret isn’t just cannabis — it’s knowledge, intention, and working with professionals who know the terrain. Together, they make the impossible feel — if only sometimes — possible.   Cannabis for Children’s Behavioral Challenges Suggested External Resources   Autism Science Foundation on Cannabis MAPS – Psychedelic and Cannabis Research American Cannabis Nurses Association   Suggested Internal Resources   Cannabis and Autism: Expert Guidance Pediatric Cannabis Care at CED Clinic Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook How to Increase Dosages for Pediatric Patients CED Clinic FAQ Too High? What to do Cannabis for Sleep Health Assessment Quiz   Questions?   Ask Lila:  Lila: CED Clinic Consultant More Questions: Connect with Dr Caplan       📖 For a comprehensive, evidence-based guide to using cannabis effectively on your own, check out The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook—your go-to resource for science-backed insights and practical strategies. 📅 Book Your Consultation Today – For personalized guidance tailored to your unique needs, schedule personalized medical cannabis guidance with Dr. Caplan here and get expert support on your cannabis journey 📩 Not ready to book? Ask a question! → Chat with Lila or Email us  📩 Join Our Newsletter – Stay updated on cannabis research, product recommendations, and exclusive patient insights. Sign up here. 👉 Prefer to learn at your own pace? Read The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook → Amazon | Kindle | Audiobook | Signed Copies 📺 Watch cannabis education videos → YouTube 🎙️ Tune in to expert discussions on cannabis & medicine → Podcast Aging is inevitable for us all—but suffering doesn’t have to be. Let’s make your golden years your healthiest years. 📌 Questions? Check out our Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) or reach out directly:  Ask Dr Caplan   |   Email CED Clinic 📌 Looking for patient experiences? Read real stories from people using cannabis for medical conditions. 📌 Interested in research? Explore our  free Cannabis Science Library for the latest studies. Email CED Clinic or   [...] Read more...
March 30, 2025  ✅ TL;DR:   THC can trigger anxiety by activating your brain’s fear circuitry and increasing heart rate. Paranoia during a high is often “fear without cause,” caused by subtle, unnoticed changes in your body. New users, anxious individuals, stimulant-sensitive people, or those using potent products are most at risk. Grounding techniques, CBD, hydration, and changing your environment really help. You don’t need to quit cannabis — you just need to use it more thoughtfully.   Let’s Talk About Weed Anxiety   There you are. You lit up, kicked back, and fully expected to coast into a night of laughter and relaxation. Instead? Your heart’s pounding louder than the music, your cat looks suspiciously judgmental, and you’re asking Google the question of the hour: “Can you die from weed?” Spoiler: you can’t. But the anxiety? That’s real—and surprisingly common. Maybe you were just hoping to unwind, to smooth the edges of a long day. Yet here you are, spiraling, wondering if you’ve broken your brain, ruined your night, and perhaps, somehow, your entire future. Sound familiar? You’re not broken. You’re human. And you’re definitely not alone. In fact, what you’re experiencing — often dubbed weed anxiety — is one of the most common complaints patients bring to my office. It’s uncomfortable, sometimes terrifying, but importantly: it’s explainable, understandable, and most of all, manageable. The Double-Edged Sword of THC   THC — short for tetrahydrocannabinol — is the main psychoactive compound in cannabis. It’s what delivers the “high.” It does this by activating your brain’s CB1 receptors, influencing mood, memory, perception, and, in many cases, a newfound ability to watch time slow down… sometimes a little too much. Here’s what’s really going on under the hood: THC boosts dopamine — great in small doses — but also overstimulates the amygdala, your brain’s fear detector. It is cardiomyocytomimetic, meaning it can increase your heart rate without you realizing it. Your body notices, even if you don’t. It distorts time, sound, and visual perception — which can feel magical or overwhelming, depending on the situation. In moderation, THC may ease anxiety. But too much, or too much too fast, can flip the script, leading to racing thoughts, fear, and that dreaded “something is wrong” feeling. And here’s the frustrating part — what counts as “too much” is different for everyone. Your friend might breeze through 10 mg of THC like they’re sipping chamomile tea, while you might feel like you’re hanging on for dear life at just 2 mg. Genetics, diet, mood, stress levels, sleep, and even the weather can influence how cannabis hits you. Cannabis is not — and never has been — one-size-fits-all. The Paranoia Puzzle: Fear Without a Cause   Paranoia is what clinicians call fear without attribution. It’s fear without a clear cause, and THC is remarkably skilled at stirring it up. When THC bumps up your heart rate behind the scenes, your conscious mind may not even register it. But your body does. And evolution has trained your body to interpret a fast-beating heart as: Something is chasing me. But there’s no lion. No angry boss. No drama. Just you, a sofa, and a bag of chips. This disconnect is precisely what produces the classic weed paranoia: fear with no obvious source. Add in sensory distortions — the sound of a clock ticking too loudly, the lights feeling “weird” — and your brain scrambles to make sense of it all. Without context, it fills the gap with worry, suspicion, or dread. And paradoxically, fear without an explanation often feels worse than fear with one. At least if you hear a twig snap, you know you’re scared because you think a bear is nearby. When you feel afraid for no reason, the mind races to invent one — often making things worse than they are. When Normal Feels Strange THC can also make you hyper-aware of perfectly normal sensations. The heartbeat you typically ignore now sounds like it’s pounding through your chest. Your breathing feels mechanical. Even swallowing feels… weird. These sensations are harmless, but under the lens of heightened awareness, they’re often misinterpreted as signs that something is wrong.   🔗 When Cannabis Feels Too Racy Who’s Most at Risk? New users: Those experimenting for the first time, especially with edibles. People with a history of anxiety: THC can act like gasoline on a smoldering ember. Stimulant-sensitive individuals: If coffee makes you jittery, THC may feel like too much. Using high-THC, low-CBD products: Without CBD’s balancing touch, THC can overwhelm. Chaotic or stressful environments: Bright lights, loud sounds, and tension can all amplify THC’s effects. Take Emma, for example — a patient who tried a gummy to help with sleep after a stressful week. She followed her friend’s advice and took “half” of a homemade edible. Within an hour, she wasn’t drifting off — she was wide-eyed, heart pounding, convinced she’d never feel normal again. The next day, she was fine — but rattled. We worked together to tailor her dose, and today, cannabis is part of her wellness routine — minus the panic. Doctor’s Tip: Have CBD handy when experimenting. A small dose (5–20 mg) — especially inhaled or sublingual — can often take the sharp edge off THC when you need it most. If what you’re experiencing feels less like fear and more like overstimulation — fast thoughts, racing heart, sensory overload — you might be dealing with what I call a “racy” high. Here’s what to do if that’s the case. Classic Symptoms of Weed-Induced Anxiety Racing heart or pounding chest Feeling detached or dizzy Sense of impending doom Paranoia (“Did that driver just follow me?”) Overthinking (“Did I just ruin everything?”) Irrational guilt (“Am I bothering people just by existing?”) These symptoms are temporary — and they will pass. But in the moment, they feel very real. 🔗 Learn More at CED about Stress & Anxiety How to Calm Down When You’re Too High Step 1: Breathe Box breathing (inhale 4, hold 4, exhale 4, hold 4) helps reset your nervous system. Step 2: Hydrate Water won’t detox you, but it helps regulate your system and soothes dry mouth. Step 3: Change your environment Dim the lights, get under a blanket, and put on familiar, soothing music. Step 4: Try CBD A modest dose of CBD can help dampen THC’s intensity and ease anxiety. Step 5: Time THC anxiety typically peaks within 30-60 minutes and fades over the next few hours. Watch out for this myth: Black Peppercorns (sniffing, chewing, perhaps throwing them over your shoulder?) are reported to ease symptoms thanks to beta-caryophyllene’s calming effects. The truth is that the amounts discovered in chemistry labs to have this efefct would equate to 50-60 peppercorns.  There are much easier ways to come down! 🔗 If your high feels more intense than anxious — what many call a “racy” cannabis experience — this guide will help you navigate it smoothly. How to Avoid Weed Anxiety Next Time Choose high-CBD, low-THC products. Microdose: Start with 1–2 mg of THC. Avoid sativa strains until you know your personal response. Skip caffeine and alcohol when using cannabis. Use cannabis in comfortable, calm environments. Trust your body, not just your friend’s tolerance. When to Call In a Pro   If cannabis anxiety feels like a pattern instead of a fluke, it’s worth speaking with someone who understands both cannabis and anxiety intimately. This is what I do every day — helping people use cannabis thoughtfully, safely, and with a plan that works for their body, not against it. Contact Dr Caplan     Cannabis isn’t out to get you — but it does require a little respect. Used thoughtfully, it can still be the relaxing, even joyful, experience you were hoping for — without the panic.   🔗 More about Mental Health & Cannabis   Frequently Asked Questions [...] Read more...
March 30, 2025CAI tackles the public’s cannabis mysteries with clear, reliable data.     🤖  Try CAI for free:Ask CAI Also available at the bottom: CaplanCannabis.com       Finding trustworthy answers about cannabis shouldn’t feel like searching for a needle in a haystack. At CED Clinic, we’re passionate about bringing clarity and reliable information to everyone navigating the evolving cannabis landscape. That’s precisely why we built CAI—our home-grown Cannabis AI chatbot, trained on hundreds of thousands of cannabis research studies and enriched by insights from the experiences of over 300,000 medical cannabis patients worldwide.   For those new to CAI, imagine a friendly companion who has already sifted through countless research papers and patient interactions, ready to help untangle even the trickiest cannabis questions you might have. Below, we’ve gathered some of the most interesting and insightful questions asked of CAI just this past week, along with clear, data-driven responses straight from our AI. We hope these answers provide both clarity and peace of mind, guiding you confidently through your cannabis journey. 1. What are the long-term cognitive effects of regular cannabis use?   Regular cannabis use, especially when initiated during adolescence, has been associated with cognitive impairments, particularly in memory and attention. A study found that cannabis users showed impairments in episodic and working memory, processing speed, and executive functions, with some residual effects persisting after abstinence citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychiatry/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.596601/full” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Cannabis and Cognitive Functioning: From Acute to Residual Effects …”>1]. Another study highlighted that frequent or heavy cannabis use is linked to decreased attention, memory, learning, and executive functioning, though these deficits may be reversible with prolonged abstinence citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://www.recoveryanswers.org/research-post/cannabis-cognitive-deficits/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Cannabis and cognitive deficits in youth – reviewing the evidence”>2].   2. Is cannabis effective in managing chronic pain?   The efficacy of cannabis in managing chronic pain is debated. A systematic review concluded that non-inhaled cannabis provides small to very small improvements in pain relief, with several transient side effects citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://www.bmj.com/content/374/bmj.n1034″ target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Medical cannabis or cannabinoids for chronic non-cancer and …”>5]. However, a prospective observational study found that medical cannabis significantly improved pain severity and quality of life in chronic pain patients over a year . Clinically, experienced providers often hear striking patient reports of significant relief, though it remains debated whether this improvement stems from genuine biological changes or psychological factors.       3. Can cannabis use lead to the development of psychiatric disorders?   Cannabis use is linked to an increased risk of psychiatric disorders, particularly psychosis and schizophrenia. This link is association, not causation. A meta-analysis reported a higher risk of psychosis among cannabis users, with the risk increasing with frequency of us. Heavy cannabis use has also been associated with increased risks of depression and anxiety disorders, though the causal relationship remains unclear .    🔗 Read more about Causation vs Association   4. How does cannabis use affect brain structure and function?   Chronic cannabis use, like Chronic illness in general, has been linked to structural and functional brain changes. Neuroimaging studies have found reduced hippocampal volume in habitual and large dose long-term cannabis users, which likely affects memory and learning citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC5544121/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Longitudinal study of hippocampal volumes in heavy cannabis users”>3]. Functional imaging studies indicate altered brain activity patterns, particularly in regions involved in executive functions and memory . Note: Research on the effects of cannabis often relies on subjective self-reports, which are inherently prone to bias. Moreover, studies rarely specify the dosages used or verify the composition of the cannabis products through laboratory testing 5. What are the respiratory risks associated with smoking cannabis?   Smoking cannabis is associated with respiratory irritations similar to those caused by tobacco smoking, including chronic bronchitis and impaired lung function. However, the relationship between cannabis smoking and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) remains unclear citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://www.bmj.com/content/374/bmj.n1034″ target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Medical cannabis or cannabinoids for chronic non-cancer and …”>5].    Summary: The relationship between cannabis and cancer is complex and remains under active investigation. Preclinical studies consistently show that cannabinoids like THC and CBD can inhibit tumor growth, induce apoptosis, and reduce inflammation—mechanisms suggestive of anti-cancer potential. However, human data are limited and mixed: while a few small clinical trials (e.g., in glioblastoma) hint at benefit, others associate cannabis use—particularly heavy or smoked use—with increased risk for certain cancers, such as head and neck or testicular cancer. Overall, the current evidence leans slightly toward potential therapeutic promise but falls short of establishing cannabis as a reliable cancer treatment, underscoring the need for larger, high-quality clinical trials. .     6. Is cannabis addictive, and what are the signs of cannabis use disorder     Cannabis can be addictive, leading to cannabis use disorder (CUD) in some individuals. Signs of CUD include cravings, increased tolerance, and continued use despite negative consequences. Approximately 9% of cannabis users develop dependence, with higher rates among those who start using during adolescence citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychiatry/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.596601/full” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Cannabis and Cognitive Functioning: From Acute to Residual Effects …”>1]. However, the CUD diagnosis has serious limitations: it often fails to distinguish between problematic use and medically supervised use, especially in patients with chronic conditions. The criteria are adapted from substance misuse models originally designed for more harmful drugs, which may overpathologize benign or therapeutic cannabis use. Additionally, social and legal contexts can bias diagnosis, disproportionately affecting marginalized populations and distorting prevalence estimates. 🔗 My Dunk on this so-called Cannabis Use Disorder   7. How does prenatal cannabis exposure affect child development?     Prenatal cannabis exposure has been linked to adverse outcomes in children, including low birth weight and developmental issues. Long-term studies suggest that prenatal exposure may lead to cognitive and behavioral problems in children, such as attention deficits and learning difficulties citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32965490/” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Cannabis and Mental Illness: A Review – PMC”>6]. However, other research has not consistently found significant developmental or cognitive deficits when controlling for factors like tobacco use, maternal stress, and socioeconomic status. Some studies report only modest differences that may not be clinically significant, suggesting that adverse outcomes could be influenced by a variety of overlapping risk factors. This inconsistency has led many experts to call for further rigorous research to clearly delineate the direct effects of cannabis from other confounding variables. 8. What is the impact of cannabis use on driving abilities?     Cannabis use impairs driving abilities by affecting motor coordination, reaction time, and judgment. The impairment varies depending on the dose and individual tolerance, posing significant safety concerns citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychiatry/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.596601/full” target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Cannabis and Cognitive Functioning: From Acute to Residual Effects …”>1]. However, the degree of impairment is generally lower than that associated with alcohol and tends to diminish within a few hours as THC levels decline. Regular medical cannabis users may also exhibit partial tolerance to these effects, showing less impairment at comparable doses. Still, caution is warranted, and individuals should avoid driving when experiencing acute intoxication or cognitive impairment. 9. Can cannabis be used as a treatment for epilepsy?     Certain cannabis-derived products, particularly those containing cannabidiol (CBD), have been approved for treating specific forms of epilepsy. Clinical trials have demonstrated that CBD can reduce seizure frequency in conditions like Lennox-Gastaut syndrome and Dravet syndrome citation ml-xs inline” href=”https://academic.oup.com/painmedicine/article-abstract/21/11/3073/5859722″ target=”_blank” rel=”nofollow noopener” data-state=”closed” aria-label=”Medical Cannabis for the Management of Pain and Quality of Life in …”>4]. 10. How does cannabis use compare to alcohol in terms of health risks?     Both cannabis and alcohol present health risks, but their nature, severity, and societal impact differ substantially. Alcohol is well-established as a leading cause of preventable morbidity and mortality worldwide, contributing to liver cirrhosis, cardiovascular disease, pancreatitis, immunosuppression, and at least seven types of cancer, including liver, breast, and esophageal cancer. It is also associated with a high risk of dependence, with about 14–16% of users developing alcohol use disorder (AUD) [1]. Alcohol-related harms extend beyond individual health to include substantial rates of injury, violence, impaired driving fatalities, and social dysfunction. Cannabis use carries health risks primarily related to cognitive effects (e.g., impaired memory, attention, and executive function), especially with heavy or early-onset use. There is also an association with mental health disorders in vulnerable individuals, including anxiety, psychosis, and cannabis use disorder (CUD) [2]. However, cannabis has not been definitively linked to fatal overdose, significant organ toxicity, or the same degree of carcinogenicity seen with alcohol [3]. When expressed on a relative harm scale from 0 (no harm) to 1000 (maximal harm, including personal and societal harms), evidence from Nutt et al. (2010) and subsequent studies suggests alcohol would score approximately 700–800, while cannabis would fall between 200–300, depending on factors like dose, pattern of use, and population studied [4]. This comparison highlights that while both substances carry risks, the magnitude and breadth of alcohol’s harm, particularly at the population level, are considerably greater than those associated with cannabis. [5], [6].       More References:     Cannabis and Cognitive Functioning: From Acute to Residual Effects. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 2021; 12: 596601  Cannabis-Based Medicines for Chronic Pain: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of Pain Research, 2017; 10: 1755–1766. Longitudinal Study of Hippocampal Volumes in Heavy Cannabis Users. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 2017; 11: 5544121 Medical Cannabis for the Management of Pain and Quality of Life in Chronic Pain Patients: A Prospective Observational Study. Pain Medicine, 2020; 21(11): 3073–3086. Medical Cannabis or Cannabinoids for Chronic Non-Cancer and Cancer Pain: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. BMJ, 2021; 374: n1034. Cannabis and Mental Illness: A Review. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 2018; 38(3): 261–271..       [...] Read more...
March 27, 2025  Unlocking Calm: How Cannabis Can Help Alleviate Anxiety and Stress Feeling Overwhelmed? You’re Not Alone.   Anxiety and stress can feel relentless, making even the simplest tasks seem daunting. If you’ve been searching for answers, you might have typed something like: What is anxiety? How can I stop overthinking? What are the best natural remedies for stress? Can CBD really help with anxiety? Why does stress make me feel sick? How do I stop a panic attack fast? These are real, common questions—questions that millions of people search for every day. If you’ve found this page, you’re already on the path to finding solutions that work. Understanding Anxiety and Stress What’s the Difference Between Anxiety and Stress?   Both anxiety and stress can be overwhelming, but they aren’t the same: Stress is a response to external pressures. It might be work deadlines, family responsibilities, or financial struggles. Your body reacts with increased heart rate, tension, and irritability. Anxiety is more persistent. It’s a sense of dread or worry, even when there’s no clear cause. It can be triggered by stress, but for many people, anxiety lingers long after the stressful event has passed. Common Symptoms of Anxiety & Stress   Physical symptoms: Racing heart, dizziness, sweating, shortness of breath, muscle tension. Mental symptoms: Overthinking, restlessness, fear of worst-case scenarios, trouble concentrating. Emotional symptoms: Irritability, mood swings, constant worry, feeling overwhelmed. Searching for Relief? You’re Not Alone.   People everywhere are searching for ways to ease their anxiety and stress. Maybe you’ve searched for: What are the best stress management techniques? How do I stop a panic attack fast? Does meditation help with anxiety? Are there any natural supplements for stress? How does exercise affect anxiety? Can music therapy really calm my mind? If any of these sound familiar, you’re in the right place. There are many effective strategies—and cannabis is one option that’s gaining serious attention. Can Cannabis Really Help with Anxiety and Stress?   The science says yes—but only when used correctly. How Does Cannabis Work for Anxiety? The body’s endocannabinoid system (ECS) plays a crucial role in regulating stress and anxiety. Cannabis interacts with the ECS in ways that may: ✅ Reduce excessive stress responses ✅ Lower cortisol (the stress hormone) ✅ Promote relaxation and improve sleep ✅ Enhance mood by influencing serotonin levels CBD vs. THC for Anxiety: What’s the Difference?   CBD: Helps calm the nervous system, reduce panic attacks, and ease stress without intoxication. THC: Can promote relaxation in small doses, but too much may trigger anxiety in some people. Terpenes Matter Too! Some compounds in cannabis, like linalool (found in lavender) and limonene (found in citrus), are known for their calming effects. Testimonials from Our Patient with Anxiety: “I’ve tried therapy, meditation, and breathing techniques. CBD was the missing piece of the puzzle.”   “Stress was ruining my sleep. A low-THC strain in the evenings has helped me feel calm without feeling ‘high.’”   “I used to get panic attacks every week. Since trying cannabis, I feel more in control of my emotions.”   “Social anxiety made life hard. Microdosing THC has made social situations much easier to handle.”   “CBD has been a game-changer for my chronic stress. I don’t feel ‘out of it’—just more relaxed and in control.”   Other Popular Remedies for Anxiety & Stress   Many people combine cannabis with other natural stress-relief techniques. Here are some of the most commonly searched solutions:   🌿 Herbal supplements (Valerian root, ashwagandha, magnesium) 🧘 Meditation & mindfulness (Calming the nervous system) 💪 Exercise (Endorphin release reduces stress) 🎵 Music therapy (Calming binaural beats & guided meditation) 📖 Journaling (Processing emotions through writing) 💆 Massage & acupuncture (Releasing muscle tension) 🌬 Breathing exercises (4-7-8 method for instant calm)   Cannabis can complement these methods, helping to regulate cortisol levels and support a balanced nervous system. How to Use Cannabis for Anxiety & Stress Finding the Right Product   Not all cannabis is created equal. If you’re using it for stress or anxiety, choosing the right product is key: 💡 CBD-dominant products: Best for all-day relaxation without impairment. 💡 Low-dose THC products: Small amounts can help with stress; too much may backfire. 💡 Terpene-rich strains: Look for linalool, limonene, or myrcene for extra calming effects. Best Consumption Methods   “Best” is a personal word.  For some, a day-long cushion of relaxation is the goal.  For others, a choice for relaxation when (and if!) they needed it their goal.  And your interests may change from one day to the next. 🚀 Vaping or smoking: Fast relief, but shorter effects. 🍬 Edibles & tinctures: Longer-lasting effects, great for all-day balance. 💤 CBD capsules or teas: Gentle, sustained relaxation throughout the day.   🔗 Mental Health & Neurological Concerns 🔗 Which Products Are For You 🔗 A Guide To All The Product Options   Need Personalized Guidance? CED Clinic Can Help.   You don’t have to navigate this alone. At CED Clinic, we specialize in helping people find personalized cannabis solutions for anxiety, stress, and overall well-being. 📌 We provide expert consultations on: ✅ The best cannabis products for your unique stress profile ✅ Safe dosing strategies to avoid anxiety triggers ✅ Combining cannabis with other natural remedies for maximum relief 🔹 Schedule an appointment at CED Clinic today 🔹 Contact us to learn more 👉 Don’t let anxiety control your life—find relief and take back your peace of mind today. [...] Read more...
March 25, 2025  Discover what a 2-minute health quiz might say about your gut, mood, energy, and more—before your body starts shouting.   In today’s healthcare maze, most of us are either guessing how we’re doing or waiting for something to break. That’s not Medicine. That’s roulette with your well-being. So I built a health quiz. Why? Because after seeing thousands of patients over the decades, I noticed something: people often normalize their symptoms. They say, “I’m fine,” while their digestion is miserable, their energy is a ghost, and their stress level is one crisis away from full implosion. Many people just don’t have too much insight into their health and well-being.   Enter: the 2-minute health quiz.   This health quiz is designed to be a reality check that doesn’t lecture. It doesn’t take your blood or your dignity. It just translates the whispers your body has been mumbling into a system-by-system snapshot. It’s meant to amplify some of your behaviors so that you can look at them more seriously.   What is this health quiz, and why should you care? Because it’s fast, it’s accurate, and it respects your time.   It covers 10 physiological systems—from gut health to mood, from sleep to inflammation. You answer 21 questions. You get a layered or “tiered” score, plus insights into which domains are flagging (and which are quietly high-fiving you).   Let’s talk about some of the surprising truths this health quiz tends to surface.   Surprising Truth #1: You Might Not Be As “Fine” As You Think     Modern life trains us to tolerate a lot of nonsense. Being tired every day? Normal. Random bloating after lunch? Standard. Mild existential dread? Join the club.   But just because it’s common doesn’t mean it’s healthy. Most low or mid-tier scores reflect what I call “coping physiology”—where you’re functioning, but at a cost. This quiz helps expose that gently (and with a little snarky humor).     Surprising Truth #2: Gut Trouble Often Hides Behind Brain Fog     People rarely walk in saying, “Doc, my microbiome feels off.”   Instead, they say, “I’m foggy. I can’t focus. My mood’s unpredictable.”   Gut health and mental clarity are tied by more than metaphor. The gut-brain axis is a real thing, and when your gut isn’t happy, neither is your neurotransmitter function. This health quiz helps people see that connection clearly—sometimes for the first time. Surprising Truth #3: Movement Isn’t About the Gym     The quiz asks about movement—but not how many calories you burned or how cute your gym outfit was. It’s more interested in how stiff your joints feel, how winded you get, and whether your back mutters threats each morning.   Physical activity is about circulation, lymphatic flow, pain, inflammation, and even mood. So when your score’s low here, it’s not a gym-shaming. It’s a helpful nudge.     Surprising Truth #4: You’re Probably Undersleeping and Overcoping       Most of us don’t sleep enough. The quiz reflects that in your answers and your overall vitality score. It doesn’t punish you for being human. It just notes when you’re trying to run a high-performance system on low-octane fuel.     Surprising Truth #5: You Might Be Doing Better Than You Realize     Here’s the feel-good twist. Some people are shocked to see they score in the high tier. Why? Because they’ve been so focused on what isn’t working, they haven’t noticed what is. This quiz isn’t all doom and gloom. It celebrates progress.     How to Interpret Your Health Quiz Score     You’ll receive a tiered score:   Low Tier: Your systems are in survival mode. Time to regroup.   Mid Tier: You’re coping, but a few strategic shifts could tip the scales.   High Tier: You’re building something strong. Let’s keep it going.     Each domain also gets a personalized insight. You don’t just see a score. You see where you can take action.     What to Do Next (Beyond the Score)   You can learn what each of your answers means for your overall health (with as much insight as a 2-minute quiz can provide!)   For those who want, you can book a 15-minute consult to chat about your results and ask questions.   Get free access to the Doctor-Approved newsletter (with wellness strategies that don’t involve magic berries).     Final Thoughts: Be Curious, Not Judgmental     This quiz isn’t about shame. It’s about awareness. If you’re not sleeping, digesting, moving, or coping well—your body already knows. The quiz just helps you know too.   So take it. Be honest. Be curious. And remember: your health doesn’t need to be perfect to be improving. How will YOU do? Take The Quiz Now:   How’s Your Health Really Doing?       [...] Read more...
March 24, 2025Cannabis 101: What Is Weed, Pot, or Marijuana—And What Should You Really Know?      Is It ‘Cannabis’ or ‘Weed’—and Why Does It Matter?   What do you call it?   Weed, pot, grass, reefer, Mary Jane, marijuana, ganja, or—if you’re speaking with a physician—cannabis.   The name you use might say more about your age, your politics, or your comfort level than you realize. But regardless of what you call it, cannabis is everywhere: in legislation, in medicine cabinets, and in heated dinner-table debates. It’s also the subject of more internet searches than nearly any other plant on the planet—especially when it comes to what it does, how it feels, and whether it’s safe.   This post is your plainspoken, evidence-informed, no-nonsense guide to understanding cannabis—also called marijuana, weed, or THC-containing flower—without the noise. I’m Dr. Benjamin Caplan, a board-certified family physician, researcher, and clinical cannabis specialist who’s worked with over 285,000 patients. I’ve seen first-hand how cannabis can change lives—and how misinformation can harm them.   So let’s strip away the slang, sift through the science, and answer the most common (and misunderstood) questions about cannabis: what it is, how it works, what it can do, and where it still deserves caution.     Section 2:  Cannabis by Any Other Name: Terminology and Stigma     Cannabis, Weed, Pot, Marijuana—What Are We Even Calling It?   Let’s be honest: if you’ve ever felt confused by the vocabulary of cannabis, you’re not alone. One person says “weed,” another says “medical marijuana,” and your friend who took one college botany class insists it’s “Cannabis sativa.” Meanwhile, your uncle in Florida calls it “wacky tobacky.”   Here’s the breakdown:   Cannabis is the scientific name of the plant genus. It’s what researchers, doctors, and your local dispensary (if they’re trying to sound fancy) typically use.   Marijuana is the more loaded term, historically tied to racist propaganda campaigns in the early 20th century. While still used legally in many state laws, it’s slowly being phased out by public health institutions and scientists for good reason.   Weed and pot are casual, slangy, and culturally sticky (pun intended). They’re fine for everyday conversation, but they don’t exactly scream “evidence-based medicine.”   The word you use can influence how people perceive you—and how Google classifies your search. That’s why in this post, we’re using cannabis for accuracy, but we’ll sprinkle in weed, pot, and marijuana because, well, that’s what most people still type when they’re curious.   Fun fact: Over 2 million people each month search for the word weed. Less than 10% search for cannabis. So if you’re here thanks to Google, don’t worry—you’re in the right place.   Whether you call it ganja, green, kush, or “the devil’s lettuce,” the plant is the same. But the way we talk about it—medically, culturally, politically—can shape everything from legislation to doctor–patient relationships.   And let’s be real: when we can’t even agree on a name, it’s no wonder there’s so much confusion about how cannabis actually works.         Section 3:  What Happens in the Body?     Title: How Cannabis Works in Your Brain and Body (And Why That Edible Hit So Hard)     So you tried cannabis and suddenly time slowed down, Doritos became fine cuisine, and your left sock felt unusually profound. What’s happening here?   The short answer: your endocannabinoid system—a real, naturally occurring network in your body—just got a memo from a plant.   Every human (and most animals) has an endocannabinoid system (ECS), a vast communication network that helps regulate things like sleep, appetite, mood, memory, and pain. Your body makes its own cannabis-like compounds—called endocannabinoids—to help keep all that in balance.   When you consume cannabis, you’re introducing phytocannabinoids (plant-based cannabinoids) into the system, like:   THC (tetrahydrocannabinol): The headliner. This is the compound responsible for the “high”—along with heightened senses, altered time perception, and sometimes, let’s be honest, temporary paranoia.   CBD (cannabidiol): THC’s chill cousin. CBD doesn’t get you high, but it can interact with receptors in a way that eases inflammation, anxiety, and even seizure activity—without the rollercoaster.   Think of it like this: THC slams the door open with a fog machine and strobe lights. CBD opens it gently, offers tea, and asks how your joints are feeling.   These cannabinoids fit into receptors (mainly CB1 and CB2) spread throughout the brain, immune system, gut, and even your skin. The result? A wide range of effects that vary depending on:   ✔︎  Your biology (some people have more sensitive receptors)   ✔︎  The dose   ✔︎  How you consume it (smoking vs eating vs applying)   ✔︎  What else is going on in your body at the time (like stress, hormones, or other meds)   And let’s not forget the entourage effect—the idea that cannabinoids and terpenes (aromatic compounds in cannabis) work better together than alone. Kind of like a band: THC is the lead singer, but without the bass player (CBD), drummer (CBG), and saxophonist (limonene), the show doesn’t slap.       Section 4: What Cannabis Can Actually Help With       Cannabis Isn’t a Cure-All—But It’s No Slouch, Either   If you’ve spent time on the internet, you’ve probably seen cannabis touted as a cure for everything from migraines to bad dates. But what does the science actually say?   Spoiler: There’s a growing body of real evidence, especially in areas where conventional medicine often leaves people wanting more. Based on both clinical research and my experience with over 285,000 patients, here’s where cannabis has shown the most promise:   Chronic Pain   Back pain, joint pain, fibromyalgia, neuropathy—you name it. Cannabis, particularly THC and CBD in combination, has shown efficacy in helping patients reduce pain and sometimes reduce or eliminate opioids altogether.   Search-friendly tip: Google searches for “cannabis for pain” and “does weed help with back pain” remain consistently high.   Anxiety and PTSD   A tricky one. Low doses of THC and higher doses of CBD can help regulate anxiety. But too much THC? That’s how people end up panic-texting their ex and Googling “can you die from being too high” (you can’t).   Emerging data and patient reports strongly support the role of cannabinoids—especially in trauma recovery and sleep stabilization for PTSD.   Sleep   Cannabis doesn’t knock you out cold like a sleeping pill, but it can help people fall asleep faster and wake up less. THC is generally sedating in moderate doses; CBD helps quiet a racing mind.   Nausea and Appetite   This one’s practically ancient history: cannabis is an established go-to for chemo-related nausea, appetite loss, and wasting syndromes. THC activates appetite-stimulating pathways; CBD adds anti-inflammatory support.   Inflammatory Disorders   There’s promising early research on conditions like Crohn’s, MS, and rheumatoid arthritis, especially with cannabinoids like CBD, CBG, and THCA—all of which act on inflammation in different ways.   Let’s be clear: cannabis isn’t a one-size-fits-all wonder drug. But in the right dose, delivery form, and context, it’s a powerful tool that often works where traditional meds fall flat—or cause intolerable side effects.   And no, it won’t cure your taxes, but it might help you stress about them less.       Section 5: Let’s Talk Side Effects (Even the Unfun Ones)     Cannabis Side Effects: From “Mellow Vibes” to “Why Is My Heart Racing?”   Cannabis can be calming, euphoric, even transformative. But like any tool, it can backfire—especially if you don’t know your dose, your product, or your personal sensitivity.   Here are the most common side effects worth knowing (and Googling—because thousands of people do every day):   Anxiety or Paranoia   Yes, ironically, the thing some people take to treat anxiety can also cause it. This is most often due to:   1️⃣ Too much THC   2️⃣ Fast onset methods (like vaping or dabbing)   3️⃣ Underlying anxiety disorders or stimulant sensitivity   Pro tip: If your heart’s racing and your thoughts are spiraling, it’s likely temporary. Hydrate, breathe, and ride it out. CBD and black pepper (yes, really) may help.       Dry Mouth and Red Eyes     This one’s universal. THC reduces saliva production, so your mouth might feel like a cotton ball convention. Eyes get red due to blood vessel dilation. Harmless, though perhaps not ideal for first dates or parent-teacher conferences.   Impaired Coordination or Memory     Cannabis, especially high-THC products, can temporarily mess with short-term memory, reaction time, and focus. That’s why driving or operating heavy machinery is a hard no.   Increased Heart Rate     THC can raise heart rate—sometimes significantly in people who are new, anxious, or sensitive. It’s not dangerous for most, but if you have heart disease or arrhythmias, you’ll want to speak with a doctor first.     Cannabinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome (CHS)     In rare chronic users, especially those consuming high doses of THC daily, cannabis can paradoxically cause cyclic vomiting. It’s uncommon but very real—and often misdiagnosed in ERs.   Let’s not sugarcoat it: cannabis has side effects. But so do Tylenol, caffeine, and romantic comedies. The key is knowing how your body responds—and adjusting accordingly.   Cannabis works best when used intentionally, not casually. And if you’re having unpleasant side effects, it doesn’t necessarily mean cannabis isn’t for you—it may mean you’re using the wrong kind, dose, or timing.         Section 6: How to Use Cannabis Responsibly     A Doctor’s Guide to Smarter, Safer Cannabis Use (Without Killing the Vibe)   Contrary to what your college roommate might’ve told you, more cannabis does not always mean better cannabis. In fact, using cannabis well—whether for health, relaxation, or sleep—takes more strategy than most people think.   Here’s how to get it right (and stay out of trouble):   Start Low, But More Importantly—Know Yourself   “Start low and go slow” is decent advice, but better guidance is: know yourself. That means considering your sensitivity, health conditions, medications, and intentions. A tiny puff might help your anxiety—or leave you feeling like your soul is being audited. Personal awareness is key.     Choose the Right Method     Each consumption method has a different onset and duration:   ✅ Smoking or vaping: Fast onset (minutes), shorter duration (2–4 hours). Good for fine-tuning effects but can be hard on the lungs.   ✅ Edibles: Slow onset (30–90 minutes), longer duration (6–8+ hours). Easy to overdo—especially with delayed effects.   ✅ Tinctures and oils: Absorb under the tongue in 15–45 minutes, offering a gentler, adjustable option.   ✅ Topicals: No “high,” just localized relief for pain or inflammation.   Don’t Mix Without a Plan   Combining cannabis with alcohol, stimulants, or certain medications can amplify effects in unpredictable ways. So if you’re using cannabis with something else, be informed—not impulsive.   Track Your Experience   If you’re using cannabis for health reasons, treat it like you would any other therapeutic: track it. When did you take it? How much? What kind? What happened? Over time, patterns emerge—and you can refine your regimen.   There are even apps for that. (Or if you’re 85 and hate apps, a good old notebook works just fine.)   Know When to Stop   If you’re feeling “off,” anxious, dizzy, or just not right—pause. Give your system a break. You don’t lose your cannabis card for taking a night off.   Used with intention, cannabis can be a life-enhancing tool. But it’s not a toy, and it’s not a trend. It’s a medicine with nuance. And when used thoughtfully, it tends to deliver more balance than buzz.           Section 7: Cannabis in Culture and Policy     From Prohibition to Prescriptions: How Weed Went Mainstream (Sort of)   Cannabis has gone from counterculture contraband to wellness buzzword in just a few decades. One minute it’s a DEA Schedule I substance, the next it’s being sold next to CBD seltzers and elderberry gummies at your local organic co-op.   But the history of cannabis isn’t just quirky—it’s key to understanding why the plant is still so misunderstood.     A Very Brief (But Wild) History     Cannabis has been used medicinally for thousands of years. Ancient Chinese physicians wrote about it. Indian Ayurvedic healers swore by it. Queen Victoria reportedly used it for menstrual cramps.   Then came the early 20th century, when cannabis was renamed “marijuana,” strategically linked with Mexican immigrants, and used as a political tool in what we now recognize as racially motivated propaganda. Enter Reefer Madness and the War on Drugs—decades of prohibition that demonized the plant and punished its users, disproportionately people of color.     Fast-Forward to Today     ♦️ Medical cannabis is now legal in over 35 U.S. states.   ♦️ Recreational use is legal in nearly half.   ♦️ Public opinion has flipped: about 9 in 10 Americans support legalization in some form.   And yet, cannabis remains federally illegal. This means:   ♦︎ Physicians can “recommend” it, but not “prescribe” it.   ♦︎ Banks, researchers, and pharmaceutical companies face roadblocks.   ♦︎ Patients are left to navigate an exploding, inconsistent marketplace mostly on their own.     Why This Matters for You   Legal status doesn’t equal medical clarity. While dispensaries are great at offering options, they’re not medical offices. Labels can be vague, THC percentages misleading, and budtenders—well-intentioned as they may be—aren’t trained to manage anxiety, seizure risk, or drug interactions.   That’s where clinically guided cannabis care comes in. Because access is only half the story. The other half is knowing how to use it well—and safely.         Section 8: Weed Myths That Just Won’t Die (And the Truth Behind Them)       No, Weed Doesn’t Stay in Your Spine Forever—and Other Cannabis Myths Busted   For a plant that’s been around for millennia, cannabis has collected an impressive number of urban legends. Some are harmless. Others? Not so much.   Let’s clear the smoke.   Myth #1: “Weed Kills Brain Cells”     This one was popularized by a decades-old study that pumped monkeys full of smoke in oxygen-deprived chambers (yes, really). The result? Brain damage—but probably from suffocation, not THC.   The truth: Chronic, heavy use may impact memory and cognition, especially in adolescents. But moderate, therapeutic use in adults has not been shown to “kill brain cells.” What’s more, cannabinoids may even have neuroprotective effects in some conditions.       Myth #2: “You Can Overdose on Cannabis”     Define overdose. If you mean “feel like you’re melting into the couch and temporarily question your life choices”—yes. If you mean “fatal respiratory depression like opioids”—no.   The truth: THC can absolutely overwhelm your system, especially in high doses. But there are no confirmed deaths from cannabis toxicity alone. Still, too much is no joke—especially for the elderly, the anxious, or the unprepared.       Myth #3: “Cannabis Is a Gateway Drug”   This one’s been used politically for decades. The idea: you try weed, next thing you know, you’re robbing a pharmacy in search of heroin.   The truth: The vast majority of cannabis users never move on to harder drugs. And the real “gateway” factors? Poverty, trauma, lack of healthcare, and criminalization—not THC.     Myth #4: “Today’s Weed Is So Strong, It’s Basically a Different Drug”     Okay, this one has a grain of truth. THC levels in some strains today are indeed much higher than in the 1960s. Back then, you were more likely to smoke a joint with 2–5% THC. Now? It’s not uncommon to see flower testing at 25–30%, with concentrates pushing 80%+.   The truth: Potency matters—but so does context. We now have better tools to balance THC with CBD, adjust dosing, and personalize treatment. Stronger doesn’t always mean more dangerous—but it does mean you should know what you’re taking.     Myth #5: “It’s Natural, So It’s Totally Safe”   So is arsenic. And poison ivy. Nature’s not always cuddly.   The truth: Cannabis is a plant, yes—but that doesn’t mean it’s harmless. It’s psychoactive. It can interact with medications. It can be habit-forming for some. “Natural” is not a medical credential.   Busting these myths isn’t just fun—it’s essential. Because bad information leads to bad decisions, and cannabis deserves better than folklore-level health advice.         Section 9: The Bottom Line     Know the Plant. Know Yourself. Then Decide.   Cannabis goes by many names—weed, pot, marijuana, ganja, the list goes on—but no matter what you call it, here’s the truth: it’s not a miracle, it’s not a menace. It’s a tool. And like any powerful tool, its value depends on how, why, and when you use it.   The science behind cannabis is real. So are the risks. But somewhere between the fearmongering headlines and the breathless Instagram hype lies a space for informed, thoughtful use—especially when guided by someone who knows the landscape.   That’s what we do here.   So whether you’re curious, cautious, or completely confused, take this with you:   There’s no shame in asking questions about weed.   There’s no one-size-fits-all product, strain, or dose.   And there’s no better substitute for guidance than…well, guidance.   If you’re serious about using cannabis to feel better, sleep better, think clearer, or manage real health challenges—you don’t need to do it alone.   Want clarity, not guesswork? Reach out, subscribe, or schedule a visit. We’re here to help you understand the plant and yourself a little better.               [...] Read more...
March 21, 2025Why ignoring the cardiovascular conversation around cannabis is risky business, (or at least this new review paper suggests that!)   Most people in the cannabis community that are thinking about cannabis and heart health are not thinking that cannabis may come with serious downsides.  The cannabis friendly generally find cannabis to be a welcome, relaxing, and healing part of their lives, and  because it works so much better than many other medicines or therapies, few look back and consider the real risks of cannabis on heart health. Ultimately, cannabis is a vegetable buffet. it’s packed with some of nature’s finest chemistry, and some of the things in nature can have thorns or toxins that will impact vulnerable individuals in potentially negative ways.  The details matter! This post looks at the details from a  comprehensive 2025 review, “The relationship between cannabis and cardiovascular disease: clearing the haze” by Chandy, Jimenez-Tellez, and Wu, published in Nature Reviews Cardiology (doi:10.1038/s41569-025-01121-6). The paper examines how various cannabinoids—traditional, synthetic, and hemp-derived—interact with the cardiovascular system, highlighting both therapeutic potentials and well-substantiated risks such as arrhythmias, myocardial infarction, and vascular inflammation. It does an excellent job of organizing decades of scattered research into a readable, mechanistically rich overview, though it leans heavily on preclinical models and lacks practical guidance for clinicians navigating real-world patient care. (Full Paper Here) ✅ TL;DR (Top 5 Takeaways)   1. Cannabis use is rising worldwide, but its cardiovascular risks remain underrecognized. 2. THC-heavy products can negatively impact heart health via CB1 receptor activation. (high doses, taken frequently) 3. CBD and other cannabinoids might offer protective cardiovascular effects—but research is young. 4. Synthetic cannabinoids (e.g., Spice, K2) pose serious, often life-threatening risks. 5. A nuanced, physician-guided approach to cannabis is essential for patient safety. 5 Alarming Truths About Cannabis and Heart Health 1. Cardiovascular Disease Isn’t Just a Tobacco Problem Anymore The idea that only cigarettes hurt your heart is going the way of the rotary phone. Cannabis, particularly THC-dominant strains, when taken in large amounts and often, can been shown to correlate to myocardial infarction (heart attack) risk, trigger arrhythmias, and in some cases, contribute to heart failure. For context, “large amounts” typically refers to daily or near-daily use of high-THC products—think multiple sessions per day or consistent intake of concentrates. Most occasional users are unlikely to face these same cardiovascular risks, especially if their doses are low and spaced out. The culprit? CB1 receptors—those nifty little locks in your heart and blood vessels that THC loves to pick. THC happens to excite the heart muscle directly, but also when CB1 gets activated – and without other compound mixtures to tone down the presence of high dose THC, it can drive inflammation, oxidative stress, and even endothelial dysfunction (translation: blood vessels that stop relaxing properly and get more prone to damage and clogging) because nobody else – like CBD, CBG, CBC – is there to calm the THC monster down). These mechanisms aren’t just theoretical—they’ve been demonstrated in mouse models, and human cell studies, and even stem cell simulations  [read PDF Full Paper here]. 🧠 CB1, CB2, and Why It Matters CB1 (the “uh-oh” receptor): Found in the brain and heart—activated by THC, can be linked to negative cardiac effects – in large amounts, at when consumed frequently. CB2 (the “chill” receptor): More immune-focused, potentially protective in heart conditions. Spoiler alert: Most recreational weed lights up CB1 way more than CB2. Companies advertise “THC thc THC THC” but it’s not always pure and good when it’s…. pure and good!   2. Not All Cannabinoids Are Created Equal Imagine hosting a dinner party and inviting both a firefighter and an arsonist. That’s kind of what your body does when it ingests full-spectrum cannabis without supervision. 🔍 Traditional vs. Synthetic Cannabinoids CBD: The golden child. Appears to have anti-inflammatory, vasodilatory, and anti-oxidative effects. Might actually help protect against ischemic injury and arrhythmias. THC: Psychoactive, pro-inflammatory, and dose-sensitive. The heart doesn’t love it. Synthetic cannabinoids (e.g., Spice, K2): These aren’t just bad—they’re terrifying. Full CB1 agonists that have been linked to fatal cardiac arrhythmias, MI, and sudden death, particularly in young adults . These are not the cannabinoids you’ll find in dispensary edibles or vape pens. They’re more often found in unregulated products sold online or at gas stations, and they’re thankfully not a risk for most informed, everyday cannabis consumers. It’s one thing to use a substance that’s tricky to regulate. It’s another to use one that can straight-up crash the system. 3. A Legal Fog: Regulation ≠ Safety Let’s be clear: legal ≠ safe (that is, does not always equal safe). Thanks to the 2018 Farm Bill, hemp-derived cannabinoids like delta-8 and delta-10 THC now float in regulatory limbo—sold online, in gas stations, and often in products with no lab testing or dosage consistency. And, even in regulated state-sponsored dispensary systems, dangerous products can be sourced and distributed (see this review of mold in cannabis found in Massachusetts recently, and here for what we can do about it Even more troubling: some of these synthetics have higher CB1 binding affinity than THC, meaning they hit harder and last longer, often with unknown side effects. And yes, heart complications are absolutely on the list. 4. CBD May Be the Exception to the Rule—but Hold Your Horses CBD is currently enjoying the wellness spotlight, and not without reason. It’s being studied for everything from cardiomyopathy to hypertension, and shows some promise in reducing blood pressure and inflammation. But… (and it’s a big but)… CBD can: Interact with other medications (SSRIs, beta-blockers, antipsychotics). Cause hepatotoxicity (liver injury) at high doses. Be wildly under-regulated, leading to contaminated or mislabeled products. So no, it’s not a magic bullet—but it may be a tool if used correctly, monitored, and guided by, say, a real live clinician who knows your chart and what s/he is talking about, for example at CED clinic!  For example, if you’re using cannabis to help with sleep or chronic pain, your clinician can help find the right cannabinoid profile, dose, and schedule that minimizes risk to your cardiovascular system. 5. The Real Risk? We’re Under-Talking This Topic Here’s the part that keeps docs up at night: despite the mounting data, most people—including patients and many clinicians—don’t know cannabis can impact cardiovascular health at all. Even medical cannabis discussions are often siloed into neurology, oncology, or pain management. But the heart? It’s been getting the silent treatment. What’s missing is contextual nuance. Who’s using? What dose? What delivery method? What other medications or risks are in play? And let’s not forget the poly-drug effect—especially the high prevalence of combining cannabis and tobacco, which appears to exponentially magnify cardiovascular risk. 💬 Quick FAQ: Cannabis + Heart Health Q: I use cannabis once or twice a week—should I be worried? Probably not. The cardiovascular concerns in this review mostly apply to frequent, high-dose users. Q: What counts as “high dose” cannabis use? Regular intake of potent THC products (think concentrates, vapes, or strong edibles), especially multiple times a day. Q: Can I talk to my doctor about this without judgment? You should—and if your doctor brushes you off or doesn’t know how to answer, it’s time to find someone who understands cannabis medicine.   For More Basic FAQs, click here Encyclopedia of Cannabis FAQs, click here 🫀 Conclusion: Don’t Be Left in the (Cannabis) Smoke   We don’t need reefer madness or moral panic. What we do need is responsible curiosity—and more conversations that combine the science, the nuance, and the reality of modern cannabis use. For clinicians: Ask your patients how they’re using cannabis. The answers may surprise you—and save a heart down the line. For patients: Don’t assume your dispensary budtender has a medical degree. Or much of any medical knowledge at all. While many budtenders have real passion and helpful product knowledge, they’re more like baristas than cardiologists—great at helping you choose the flavor, but not the right person to manage your health plan. Many may have years of personal experience and experiential knowledge from friends, family, industry time, but think of them like waiters or waitresses.. they are not chefs, and they are not nutritionists.  Even the plant-based can pack a punch. For everyone else: The future of cannabis medicine is bright—but only if we bring some clarity to the haze… and focus on more than just THC. And for the record—no, cannabis isn’t a gateway drug. That argument is about as useful as blaming oatmeal for dessert addiction. (More on that here)   🔗 Suggested Links and Resources External: American Heart Association: Scientific Statement on Cannabis Use FDA on CBD and THC Regulation Internal: CED Clinic Guide: Cannabis and Heart Health 5 Insights about Cannabis and Heart Health Cannabis and Metabolism. – A Guide to the Full Picture Cannabis and Older Adults – What We’ve Learned   Got questions about your cannabis use and heart health? Drop them in the comments or reach out here —I read them all, and we’re here for the smart questions, not the scare tactics. [...] Read more...
March 19, 202510 More Ways Cannabis Can Support a Healthier Life   (… For the first 10, view THIS post) Expanding the Scope of Cannabis Wellness Cannabis isn’t just about pain relief, stress management, or sleep improvement—its effects extend far beyond. From metabolism and inflammation control to eye health and spiritual well-being, cannabinoids interact with nearly every system in the body. Here are 10 more ways cannabis can be an essential part of a holistic wellness approach. 11. Metabolic Health & Weight Management: Regulating Blood Sugar Naturally   Metabolism is at the core of energy balance, weight regulation, and disease prevention. Factors like insulin resistance, slow metabolism, and chronic inflammation contribute to obesity and metabolic disorders. How cannabis helps: CBD and THCV (tetrahydrocannabivarin) have been studied for their effects on fat metabolism and insulin regulation, which may help support weight balance. THCV, sometimes called “diet weed,” may reduce appetite and promote fat burning. Cannabis also interacts with the ECS to regulate glucose homeostasis, potentially aiding in the prevention of type 2 diabetes. (Pellati et al., Molecules, 2018). Other metabolic boosters: 👉 Strength training and HIIT workouts have evidence to suggest that they can improve insulin sensitivity, although most  other strength training and vigorous cardio work outs do too! 👉 Omega-3-rich foods help regulate metabolism. 👉 Fasting and time-restricted eating optimize metabolic flexibility. 👉 Best cannabis approach: For weight management, strains with higher THCV and lower THC content (like Durban Poison) may support fat oxidation without increasing appetite. Metabolism is at the core of energy balance, weight regulation, and disease prevention. Factors like insulin resistance, slow metabolism, and chronic inflammation contribute to obesity and metabolic disorders.   🔗 Cannabis and Metabolism  |  Metabolism and The Endocrine System 12. Eye Health & Vision Protection: Reducing Ocular Pressure   The eyes are vulnerable to oxidative stress, neurodegeneration, and intraocular pressure changes—all of which contribute to conditions like glaucoma and macular degeneration. How cannabis helps: THC has been shown to lower intraocular pressure, helping protect against glaucoma (Tomida et al., British Journal of Ophthalmology, 2006). CBD and other cannabinoids exhibit neuroprotective effects, which may help prevent optic nerve damage. Cannabis’s anti-inflammatory properties may reduce dry eye syndrome, a common issue with screen exposure and aging. Best cannabis approach: For glaucoma patients, low-dose THC (2-5 mg) taken consistently may help maintain eye pressure balance. 13. Respiratory Health: Finding Safer Methods of Consumption   Lung health is a growing concern, especially for cannabis users who smoke. While smoking cannabis doesn’t contain the harmful additives of tobacco, long-term inhalation can cause irritation and inflammation. How cannabis helps: CBD has bronchodilatory effects, meaning it may help open airways and reduce inflammation in conditions like asthma (Vuolo, Eur Jour Pharmacology, 2018). Switching to vaporization or edibles eliminates the risks associated with combustion.  THC, in moderate doses, may help with nocturnal breathing disorders like sleep apnea. Best cannabis approach: For lung health, consider vaporized cannabis at lower temperatures or edibles/tinctures to eliminate respiratory exposure. 🔗 More on Cannabis and Respiration  |  All about Inhalation   14. Inflammation Control: Addressing the Root of Chronic Disease   Chronic inflammation is linked to autoimmune diseases, arthritis, cardiovascular disease, and neurodegeneration. Managing inflammation is key to longevity. How cannabis helps: CBD inhibits inflammatory cytokines, reducing the progression of inflammatory conditions like arthritis and Crohn’s disease (Nichols & Kaplan, Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research, 2020). THC works as a pain-relieving anti-inflammatory by modulating immune responses. Terpenes like beta-caryophyllene directly activate CB2 receptors, targeting inflammation. Best cannabis approach: For chronic inflammation, CBD (25-50 mg daily) with a small dose of THC (2-5 mg) enhances the anti-inflammatory effect. 15. Bone Health & Osteoporosis Prevention: Supporting Bone Density   As we age, bone loss accelerates, increasing the risk of fractures and osteoporosis. Maintaining strong bones is critical for longevity and mobility. How cannabis helps: ♦️ CB2 receptor activation plays a role in bone formation and density, which may help prevent osteoporosis and fractures (Xin et al., Frontiers, 2022). ♦️ CBD may enhance bone healing and mineralization. Best cannabis approach: For bone health, combining CBD (25 mg/day) with weight-bearing exercise and adequate calcium intake offers the best protection. 16. Autoimmune Disease Management: Modulating Immune Response   Autoimmune diseases occur when the immune system attacks the body’s own tissues, leading to conditions like rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, and multiple sclerosis. How cannabis helps: 📍 CBD has been shown to modulate immune overactivity, which may help reduce autoimmune flare-ups (Nichols & Kaplan, Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research, 2020). 📍 THC, in small doses, may reduce pain and inflammation while supporting immune balance. Best cannabis approach: For autoimmune relief, CBD (30-50 mg/day) combined with low-dose THC (1-3 mg) can reduce inflammation and pain.   17. Spiritual & Mental Expansion: Enhancing Mindfulness & Meditation   Cannabis has been used for centuries in spiritual and meditative practices, helping people deepen their awareness and enhance self-reflection. How cannabis helps: ✔︎ THC in low doses has been linked to increased theta brain wave activity, associated with deep meditation and creativity too ✔︎ Cannabis may enhance introspection, emotional processing, and connection in therapeutic settings. Best cannabis approach: For spiritual exploration, strains with high limonene, linalool, and pinene can enhance clarity and introspection.     18. Hormonal Balance & Endocrine Support: Navigating Life’s Natural Transitions   Hormonal fluctuations can cause disruptive symptoms across the lifespan—from puberty and menstrual cycles to menopause and andropause. Mood changes, sleep disturbances, hot flashes, and metabolic shifts are common. How cannabis helps: Cannabinoids influence the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis and modulate cortisol and other hormone levels. CBD may reduce cortisol and improve mood and sleep, while THC may ease symptoms like hot flashes and irritability. Best cannabis approach: Balanced THC:CBD ratios or CBD-dominant formulas may offer gentle, sustained hormonal support without unwanted intoxication.     19. Sexual Health & Intimacy: Rekindling Connection   Intimacy is often impacted by pain, anxiety, hormonal shifts, or body image concerns. Cannabis can enhance both the physical and emotional aspects of sexual wellness. How cannabis helps: CBD and THC may reduce pelvic pain, heighten sensory perception, and relieve performance anxiety. Certain terpenes, such as linalool and limonene, may help relax the body and elevate mood. Best cannabis approach: CBD lubricants, THC-infused topicals, or low-dose THC (1–3 mg) can enhance comfort, confidence, and connection.     20. Appetite Regulation: Supporting Both Under- and Over-Eating   Balanced appetite is essential to maintaining health, especially in the context of chronic illness, cancer, or metabolic syndrome. How cannabis helps: THC is effective in stimulating appetite, especially for patients dealing with cancer, HIV/AIDS, or other cachexia-inducing conditions. Conversely, CBD and THCV may help regulate or suppress appetite, supporting mindful eating. Best cannabis approach: For appetite stimulation, THC-rich edibles or tinctures (2–5 mg) may be helpful. For appetite control, THCV-dominant or CBD-rich products may assist with reducing cravings. 🔗 More on Cannabis & Metaboolism   |  All about THCV  |  Cannabis and Energy  21. Neuroplasticity & Healthy Aging: Supporting Cognitive Flexibility Over Time   As we age, the brain undergoes structural and functional changes that can impair memory, learning, and adaptability. Neurodegenerative conditions like Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease highlight the importance of protecting and maintaining brain health. How cannabis helps: CBD and non-psychoactive cannabinoids like THCA have shown neuroprotective properties by reducing oxidative stress, inflammation, and excitotoxicity. Preclinical studies suggest cannabinoids may promote neurogenesis and enhance synaptic plasticity, two essential mechanisms for learning and memory. THC in very low doses has been associated with improved cognitive flexibility in aging animal models. Other neuroprotective strategies: Cognitive engagement (learning new skills), physical activity, omega-3 fatty acids, and sleep hygiene are foundational for preserving brain health. Best cannabis approach: For cognitive support, CBD (10–30 mg) daily may protect against neuroinflammation. Low-dose THC (1–2 mg), especially when paired with terpenes like pinene, may support memory, attention, and mental clarity without impairing cognition. 🔗 Cannabis and Neuromodulation   Final Thoughts: The Expanding Role of Cannabis in Holistic Wellness   With 20 powerful benefits, cannabis is far more than just a pain reliever or sleep aid—it’s a comprehensive wellness tool that can support brain health, immunity, digestion, metabolism, and even spiritual well-being. As research continues to expand, cannabis will likely play an even bigger role in future healthcare. Whether you’re looking for science-backed guidance on cannabis use or personalized recommendations, visit CED Clinic for expert insights tailored to your health goals. 🔗 Follow Along in The CED Clinic Blog References 1. Weight Loss and Therapeutic Metabolic Effects of THCV and CBD. Cannabis. 2. Cannabinol Modulates Neuroprotection and Intraocular Pressure. Ophthalmology Times. 3. The Health Effects of Cannabis and Respiratory Disease. National Academies Press. 4. Cannabidiol (CBD): A Killer for Inflammatory Rheumatoid Arthritis. Cell Death & Disease. 5. Effect of Recreational Cannabis Use on Bone Mineral Density. PubMed. 6. Cannabis and Autoimmunity: Possible Mechanisms of Action. Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research. 7. Cannabidiol, Neuroprotection and Neuropsychiatric Disorders. Pharmacological Research. 8. The Endocannabinoid System in Normal and Pathological Brain Ageing. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B. 9. Neuroprotective Effect of Cannabidiol on Beta-Amyloid-Induced Toxicity in PC12 Cells. Journal of Neurochemistry. 10. Marijuana, the Endocannabinoid System, and the Female Reproductive System. Frontiers in Neuroscience. 11. Marijuana Is Associated with a Hormonal Imbalance Among Several Reproductive Hormones in Infertile Men. World Journal of Men’s Health. 12. Association Between Marijuana Use and Sexual Frequency in the United States. Journal of Sexual Medicine. 13. The Impact of Cannabis Use on Male Sexual Function: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Sexual Medicine. 14. Cannabinoids as Therapeutics for Neurodegenerative Diseases. Frontiers in Pharmacology. 15. Cannabinoids in Dermatology: Therapeutic Potential. Journal of Clinical Medicine. 16. Cannabinoids and Inflammation in the Gastrointestinal Tract. Journal of Gastroenterology and Hepatology. 17. The Endocannabinoid System and Cardiovascular Disease. International Journal of Molecular Sciences. 18. Cannabinoid Receptors and Bone: From Cells to Humans. Frontiers in Endocrinology. 19. Effects of Cannabidiol on Inflammatory and Autoimmune Disorders. Journal of Cannabis Research. 20. Cannabidiol Inhibits Airway Inflammation and Fibrosis in a Murine Model of Allergic Asthma. European Journal of Pharmacology. [...] Read more...
March 18, 202510 Ways Cannabis Can Support a Healthier Life     A Holistic Approach to Wellness   For centuries, cannabis has been used in cultures around the world for its therapeutic benefits, and modern science is now confirming what tradition has long known. This plant is more than a recreational substance—it’s a powerful tool for stress relief, pain management, cognitive support, and overall well-being.   Whether you’re looking to improve sleep, ease digestive discomfort, recover from exercise, or support your immune system, cannabis can be an effective, science-backed addition to a balanced wellness routine.     1. Stress Reduction and Relaxation: A Natural Reset for Mind and Body     Stress doesn’t just affect your mood—it disrupts sleep, weakens the immune system, and increases the risk of chronic disease. Finding effective ways to calm the nervous system is essential for long-term health.   How cannabis helps:   The endocannabinoid system (ECS) plays a key role in regulating stress. CBD has been shown to reduce anxiety and promote relaxation, while moderate doses of THC can shift focus away from stressors and promote a sense of calm (Blessing et al., Neurotherapeutics, 2015; Childs et al., Psychopharmacology, 2017).   Beyond cannabis:   Adaptogens like ashwagandha help the body adapt to stress, mindfulness meditation lowers cortisol levels, and magnesium naturally calms the nervous system.   The right approach:   For an uplifting effect, limonene-rich strains offer a citrus-scented mood boost. Balanced THC:CBD ratios (1:1) provide stress relief without impairment. If you’re new to cannabis, CBD-dominant products or microdosed THC (2-3 mg) can gently ease stress without intoxication.   🔗 More on Stress Reduction     2. Improved Sleep Quality: Restoring Natural Sleep Cycles     Sleep isn’t just about rest—it’s when the body heals, the brain processes memories, and hormones regulate everything from mood to metabolism. Poor sleep weakens immunity, accelerates aging, and increases the risk of chronic disease.   How cannabis helps:   Cannabis works with the body’s circadian rhythm, helping reduce sleep onset time and improve sleep continuity. THC shortens the time it takes to fall asleep, while CBD helps reduce nighttime anxiety and promotes restful sleep (Babson et al., Current Psychiatry Reports, 2017).   Optimizing sleep naturally:   A consistent sleep schedule, melatonin supplementation, and limiting blue light exposure before bed can reinforce healthy sleep habits.   Customizing cannabis for sleep:   For deep, sustained sleep, THC edibles (5-10 mg) or strains with myrcene and linalool are highly effective. If you’re new to cannabis, CBD (10-25 mg) or low-dose THC (1-2 mg) can ease you into a better night’s sleep without overwhelming effects.   🔗 More on Cannabis & Sleep     3. Pain Relief Without Opiates: A Safer, Natural Option     Chronic pain affects millions, and conventional painkillers—especially opioids—come with serious risks like addiction, tolerance, and long-term side effects.   How cannabis helps:   Cannabis interacts with CB1 and CB2 receptors, modifying pain perception and reducing inflammation (National Academies of Sciences, 2017). THC is particularly effective at blocking pain signals, while CBD reduces inflammation without intoxication.   Beyond cannabis:   Acupuncture stimulates endorphins, omega-3 fatty acids lower inflammation, and heat/cold therapy provides additional relief.   The best approach:   For localized pain, THC and CBD topicals work well. For full-body pain relief, oils, tinctures, and 1:1 THC:CBD ratios offer systemic, long-lasting benefits.   🔗 More on Cannabis & Pain     4. Faster Muscle Recovery: Reducing Soreness & Inflammation     Sore muscles can be a barrier to consistent exercise and movement, making recovery just as important as training.   How cannabis helps:   CBD is a powerful anti-inflammatory that interacts with CB2 receptors, helping muscles recover faster and reducing post-workout soreness (Hatchett et al., Sports Medicine – Open, 2020).   Enhancing recovery naturally:   Cold therapy reduces inflammation, electrolytes replenish minerals lost in sweat, and proper hydration speeds up recovery.   The right method:   For sustained relief, THC-infused transdermal patches work well. For localized soreness, CBD balms and lotions are an effective starting point.   🔗 More on Cannabis & Inflammation     5. Mood Enhancement & Anxiety Reduction     Mental health is just as important as physical health, and cannabis may help with anxiety, depression, and mood stability.   How cannabis helps:   CBD interacts with serotonin receptors, playing a role in mood stabilization (Shannon et al., Permanente Journal, 2019). Meanwhile, limonene-rich strains can elevate mood naturally.   Other natural mood boosters:   Regular exercise, sunlight exposure, and a nutrient-rich diet can also improve mood stability.   Best cannabis options:   Strains like Harlequin or ACDC are promoted to provide relief without intoxication. Of course, variability is assumed and there are no official strain databases that guarantee consistent plant products – but If you’re new, CBD (10-20 mg) or microdosed THC (1-2 mg) offers subtle but effective support.   🔗 More on Mood & Cannabis     6. Gut Health and Digestive Support: Easing Inflammation & Nausea   Your gut does more than digest food—it plays a central role in immune function, mental health, and overall well-being. An unhealthy gut can lead to inflammation, poor nutrient absorption, and digestive disorders like irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) and Crohn’s disease.   How cannabis helps:   The endocannabinoid system (ECS) is deeply integrated with the gastrointestinal (GI) tract, helping regulate motility, inflammation, and nausea.   THC is clinically proven to reduce nausea and stimulate appetite, which is why it’s commonly prescribed for chemotherapy-induced nausea (Sharkey et al., British Journal of Pharmacology, 2014).   CBD has shown anti-inflammatory properties that may help manage conditions like IBS, Crohn’s disease, and ulcerative colitis (Naftali et al., Clinical Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 2013).   Beta-caryophyllene, a terpene found in cannabis, acts as a CB2 receptor agonist, offering anti-inflammatory benefits specifically targeted at gut health.   Other gut-supporting strategies:   Probiotic-rich foods like yogurt, kimchi, and sauerkraut help build a diverse microbiome.   Ginger and peppermint are natural remedies for nausea and digestive discomfort.   Collagen and bone broth help strengthen the gut lining.   Best cannabis approach:   For long-lasting relief, THC-dominant edibles or Rick Simpson Oil (RSO) can help with persistent gut issues. If nausea is an issue, fast-acting cannabis tinctures or low-dose THC (1-2 mg) before meals may be more effective.   🔗 More about Cannabis & The Gut Inflammation     7. Cognitive Clarity & Neuroprotection: Supporting Brain Health Over Time     Aging, chronic stress, and environmental toxins can take a toll on brain function, memory, and focus. Neurodegenerative diseases like Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s are on the rise, making brain health a top priority.   How cannabis helps:   Cannabinoids like CBD and THCA have shown neuroprotective properties by reducing oxidative stress, inflammation, and excitotoxicity in the brain (Iuvone et al., Frontiers in Pharmacology, 2009).   CBD may help delay neurodegeneration by reducing brain inflammation and supporting synaptic plasticity, which is key for learning and memory.   Pinene, a terpene found in cannabis and rosemary, enhances cognitive function, improving focus, alertness, and memory recall.   Low-dose THC may improve verbal fluency and executive function, though excessive doses can impair short-term memory.     Other brain-boosting strategies:     Daily cognitive challenges (reading, puzzles, learning new skills) keep the brain engaged.   Omega-3 fatty acids from fish oil and flaxseeds help maintain neuron integrity.   Intermittent fasting has been linked to brain cell regeneration and increased BDNF (Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor).     Finding the right cannabis dose:   For mental sharpness, low-dose THC (1-3 mg) in combination with pinene-rich strains can provide clarity without impairment. CBD-rich products (10-25 mg) support neuroprotection without intoxication.     🔗 More on Cannabis and Cognition     8. Skin Health & Anti-Aging: Natural Radiance Through Cannabinoids     Your skin is the body’s first line of defense, protecting against toxins, pollutants, and UV damage. But it’s also a reflection of internal health—inflammation, oxidative stress, and imbalanced sebum production can lead to issues like acne, eczema, and premature aging.   How cannabis helps:   Cannabis contains powerful antioxidants and anti-inflammatory compounds that support skin health (Sheriff et al., Journal of Clinical Investigation, 2014).   CBD reduces inflammation and redness, making it beneficial for conditions like eczema, psoriasis, and acne.   THC helps regulate oil production, potentially reducing breakouts and balancing sebum levels.   Linalool, a terpene found in cannabis and lavender, has soothing properties, making it ideal for sensitive skin and irritation.     Other skin-supporting strategies:     Vitamin C and collagen supplements boost skin elasticity and repair.   Hyaluronic acid helps maintain hydration and plumpness.   Antioxidant-rich foods (blueberries, green tea, dark chocolate) fight oxidative damage.     Best cannabis approach:   For anti-aging benefits, CBD-infused facial serums and creams are highly effective. Those dealing with inflammation can benefit from full-spectrum CBD lotions and balms.   🔗 More on Cannabis Topicals     9. Cardiovascular Health: Supporting Circulation & Heart Function     Heart disease remains the leading cause of death worldwide, making cardiovascular health a priority for longevity and vitality. Maintaining healthy circulation, blood pressure, and cholesterol levels is key to heart health.   How cannabis helps:   Cannabinoids have been found to modulate blood pressure, reduce arterial inflammation, and improve circulation (Jadoon et al., JCI Insight, 2017).     CBD acts as a vasodilator, helping to lower blood pressure naturally.   THC, in moderate doses, has been linked to improved circulation, though excessive doses can raise heart rate.   Humulene, a terpene found in cannabis and hops, may support cholesterol regulation.     Other heart-supporting strategies:   Regular exercise strengthens the cardiovascular system.   A diet rich in dark leafy greens, omega-3s, and fiber supports arterial health.   Reducing processed sugar intake lowers inflammation and oxidative stress.     Best cannabis approach:   For heart health, CBD tinctures (10-25 mg) can help regulate blood pressure. Those with circulation concerns might consider microdosed THC (1-2 mg) or CBD-rich edibles.   🔗 More on Cannabis and Heart Health     10. Immune System Support: Strengthening the Body’s Defense     A well-functioning immune system is your first line of defense against illness, chronic inflammation, and autoimmune conditions.   How cannabis helps:   Cannabinoids interact with immune cells, helping regulate inflammation and balance immune function (Nichols & Kaplan, Cannabis and Cannabinoid Research, 2020).   CBD suppresses excessive immune responses, making it useful for autoimmune conditions like rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis.   THC, in moderate doses, may enhance immune function, but excessive doses can be immunosuppressive.   Myrcene, a terpene found in cannabis and mangoes, has antimicrobial properties that may aid immunity.     Other immune-boosting habits:   Vitamin D and zinc are critical for immune resilience.   Daily movement, even light exercise, enhances immune function.   Fermented foods like kimchi and yogurt support gut-immune health.     Best cannabis approach:   For immune balance, full-spectrum cannabis products with myrcene-rich strains may enhance immune modulation. CBD tinctures (10-20 mg) offer a gentle way to support immunity.   🔗 More about Cannabis & Immunity     Final Thoughts: Cannabis as a Holistic Wellness Tool     Cannabis is more than just a remedy for symptoms—it’s a proactive tool for overall wellness. From easing stress and improving sleep to reducing inflammation and supporting cognitive and immune health, the right cannabis regimen can enhance daily well-being. When sourced and used thoughtfully, it becomes a natural, effective ally in self-care.   For expert, science-backed guidance tailored to your needs, visit CED Clinic today.   🔗 10 More Ways That Cannabis Can Improve Wellness       References   Babson KA, et al. Current Psychiatry Reports. 2017;19(4):23. DOI: 10.1007/s11920-017-0775-9.   Blessing EM, et al. Neurotherapeutics. 2015;12(4):825-836. DOI: 10.1007/s13311-015-0387-1.   Hatchett A, et al. Sports Medicine – Open. 2020;6(1):27. DOI: 10.1186/s40798-020-00251-0.   National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. The Health Effects of Cannabis and Cannabinoids: The Current State of Evidence and Recommendations for Research. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press; 2017. DOI: 10.17226/24625. Shannon S, et al. Permanente Journal. 2019;23;18-041. DOI: 10.7812/TPP/18-041   🔗 Dive into the CED Clinic Education Hub Build a Supportive, Long-term Clinical Relationship      📖 For a comprehensive, evidence-based guide to using cannabis effectively on your own, check out The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook—your go-to resource for science-backed insights and practical strategies.   📅 Book Your Consultation Today – For personalized guidance tailored to your unique needs, schedule personalized medical cannabis guidance with Dr. Caplan here and get expert support on your cannabis journey   📩 Not ready to book? Ask a question! → Chat with Lila or Email us    📩 Join Our Newsletter – Stay updated on cannabis research, product recommendations, and exclusive patient insights. Sign up here.   👉 Prefer to learn at your own pace? Read The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook → Amazon | Kindle | Audiobook | Signed Copies   📺 Watch cannabis education videos → YouTube   🎙️ Tune in to expert discussions on cannabis & medicine → Podcast   📌 Questions? Check out our Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) or reach out directly:  Ask Dr Caplan   |   Email CED Clinic   📌 Looking for patient experiences? Read real stories from people using cannabis for medical conditions.   📌 Interested in research? Explore our  free Cannabis Science Library for the latest studies.   Email CED Clinic   [...] Read more...
March 17, 2025  Getting older doesn’t have to mean slowing down.     Stiff joints, restless nights, memory lapses—these aren’t just annoyances. They’re signs your body needs support. Yet, too often, conventional treatments pile on more side effects than solutions.   What if there was a safer, more natural way to age vibrantly?     Cannabis is changing the way people approach aging. Unlike pharmaceuticals that mask symptoms and often come with unwanted risks, cannabis works with your body’s natural systems to restore balance, ease discomfort, and enhance overall well-being.   How Aging Affects the Body—and How Cannabis Helps     Aging isn’t an illness—it’s a shift. Over time, the body’s ability to regulate itself declines. The endocannabinoid system (ECS)—a built-in network that maintains balance in nearly every physiological function—naturally weakens. The result? Disruptions in sleep, mood, pain regulation, immune response, and cognitive function.   Think of cannabis as a tune-up for your body’s repair system. It helps replenish what’s missing, restores balance, and protects against further degeneration.   How Cannabis Supports Healthy Aging:   ✅ Protects brain health and slows cognitive decline ✅ Reduces chronic inflammation, a key driver of many age-related diseases ✅ Alleviates pain while enhancing mobility ✅ Supports mood and emotional well-being ✅ Regulates sleep cycles for deeper, more restorative rest ✅ Boosts appetite and metabolism ✅ Strengthens bone health to reduce the risk of fractures ✅ Enhances immune function for better resilience   Top 10 Ailments of Aging & How Cannabis Helps     1. Chronic Pain & Arthritis   John, 72, used to wake up feeling like he was walking on crushed glass. His knees had taken the brunt of his years—hiking, playing with grandkids, standing at work. His doctor suggested surgery, but he wanted to avoid a long recovery. Three weeks after adding a CBD-THC topical in the morning and a low-dose THC edible at night, he felt 60% better.   💡 Why? Cannabis didn’t just block pain—it helped his body repair itself by reducing inflammation and improving sleep.     What would you do with 60% less pain?     2. Inflammation & Autoimmune Conditions   Barbara, 80, with lupus and fibromyalgia, struggled with daily pain and fatigue. CBD-rich tinctures eased her discomfort without the stomach issues she experienced with steroids. 3. Sleep Disorders & Insomnia   Robert, 68, had used Ambien for years but hated the grogginess. After switching to a low-dose THC-CBN tincture, he now sleeps soundly and wakes up refreshed.   4. Anxiety, Depression & Mood Imbalances   Carol, 74, was feeling isolated after losing her spouse. She started using a 2:1 CBD:THC vape pen as needed and felt more engaged in daily activities within a month.   5. Cognitive Decline & Dementia   Thomas, 77, in the early stages of cognitive decline, found that a microdose of THC (2.5mg) alongside CBD daily helped improve his focus, recall, and overall mental clarity without sedation.   6. Loss of Appetite & Weight Management   Alice, 79, lost weight during chemotherapy. Using THC-dominant edibles before meals helped her regain appetite and strength.   7. Cardiovascular & Metabolic Health   Frank, 75, with type 2 diabetes, incorporated CBD-rich cannabis into his routine and saw improved fasting glucose levels and reduced neuropathic pain over six months. 8. Osteoporosis & Bone Health   Margaret, 82, added CBD oil and a transdermal THC patch to her routine, which led to less joint pain and improved mobility over time.   9. Cancer Symptoms & Side Effects   Richard, 70, undergoing radiation for prostate cancer, found relief from THC-CBD capsules, reducing pain and helping him regain appetite without needing opioids.   10. Glaucoma & Eye Pressure   Sandra, 76, using a THC-rich tincture at night, noticed improved eye comfort and vision clarity after a few weeks.     ‘   Is Cannabis Safer Than Traditional Medications?     Many conventional treatments come with serious risks: ❌ Opioids cause dependency, constipation, and cognitive impairment ❌ NSAIDs increase the risk of ulcers, kidney failure, and heart attack ❌ Steroids weaken the immune system, bones, and metabolism ❌ Benzodiazepines impair memory, coordination, and alertness   Cannabis, by contrast, addresses multiple symptoms with fewer risks and side effects. It does not cause fatal overdoses, does not impair organ function, and enhances rather than suppresses the body’s natural healing mechanisms.     Common Concerns About Cannabis Use   🔹 Will cannabis make me feel high? Not necessarily! Many formulations, like CBD-dominant or microdosed THC, provide relief without psychoactive effects.   🔹 Is this legal? Yes. Medical cannabis is legal in many states, and we’ll walk you through the process of getting it safely and legally.   🔹 I don’t want to smoke—are there other options? Absolutely! Cannabis comes in oils, edibles, patches, capsules, and even lotions. No smoking required.     Ready to Explore a More Natural Path to Healthy Aging?   💬 Let’s Find the Right Cannabis Plan for You   We’ve helped thousands of people ditch unnecessary meds and regain control of their health. I can help you, too.   📅 Book a consultation now → Book an appointment   📩 Not ready to book? Ask a question! → Email CED Clinic   👉 Prefer to learn at your own pace? Read The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook → Amazon    |    Audiobook     📺 Watch cannabis education videos → YouTube   🎙️ Tune in to expert discussions on cannabis & medicine → Podcast     Aging is inevitable—but suffering doesn’t have to be. Let’s make your golden years your healthiest years.   [...] Read more...
March 17, 2025MedCan 3: A Landmark Study on Medicinal Cannabis for Cancer Symptom Management   Read The Study Publication   The MedCan 3 study is a highly anticipated clinical trial investigating the potential of medicinal cannabis to alleviate symptoms in patients with advanced cancer. What sets this trial apart is its comprehensive, patient-centered approach—not only does it assess overall symptom burden, but it also includes a dedicated sub-study on sleep quality.   Unlike prior research, MedCan 3 features a patient-determined titration phase and a teletrial model to ensure accessibility for a diverse population. The study aims to provide rigorous, high-quality evidence on the efficacy and safety of a 1:20 THC/CBD formulation, potentially revolutionizing symptom management in oncology care.   Key Features of the MedCan 3 Study   Study Design   MedCan 3 is a pragmatic, multicenter, randomized, placebo-controlled trial testing escalating doses of a 1:20 THC/CBD medicinal cannabis preparation. The patient-determined titration phase allows participants to adjust doses based on their unique responses, mirroring real-world use.   Primary Objective   The primary aim is to evaluate whether self-titrated THC/CBD reduces total symptom distress score (TSDS) more effectively than a placebo. Additionally, the study assesses:   ◊ The median effective dose within the pre-specified range.   ◊ The impact of THC/CBD on individual symptoms at days 7, 21, and 28.   ◊  Changes in physical and emotional health, global impression of change, anxiety, depression, and sleep quality.   ◊  Safety and tolerability profiles.   Sleep Sub-Study     A key innovation in MedCan 3 is its dedicated sleep sub-study, which examines whether medicinal cannabis can improve sleep disturbances in cancer patients. The trial utilizes:   ◊ Actigraphy (a non-invasive method to monitor sleep-wake cycles).   ◊ The Insmnia Severity Index (ISI) to measure subjective sleep quality.   Data Collection and Management     Patient data is collected from outpatient clinics and medical records, ensuring secure storage and adherence to compliance protocols.   Post-Trial Care     Although participants will not be financially compensated, they may gain access to cannabinoid-based treatments through other studies or reduced-cost programs. The study investigators will continue prescribing cannabis as authorized healthcare providers.   Dissemination of Results   Findings will be shared through scientific publications, media releases, and social media, ensuring accessibility to both the medical community and the public.   How MedCan 3 Improves Upon Previous Research     While past studies have explored cannabis for cancer symptom relief, MedCan 3 introduces several groundbreaking features:   1. Total Symptom Burden as the Primary Outcome   Previous research often focused on specific symptoms (e.g., pain, nausea) rather than overall symptom distress. MedCan 3 takes a holistic approach, aligning with how patients experience symptom relief.     2. Rigorous Sleep Sub-Study   Many trials have anecdotally noted improved sleep with cannabis, but MedCan 3 objectively measures sleep outcomes using actigraphy and ISI scores.     3. Innovative Study Design   ◊ The teletrial model expands accessibility, reaching diverse and underserved populations.   ◊ The self-titration phase mimics real-world dosing practices rather than relying on fixed doses.   4. Comprehensive Post-Trial Care   MedCan 3 prioritizes continued patient support, unlike past trials that left participants without follow-up options.     What the Study Doesn’t Cover     Despite its strengths, MedCan 3 does not address several critical areas, leaving opportunities for future research:   Medical & Scientific Gaps       ◊ Long-Term Effects: MedCan 3 focuses on short-term outcomes, leaving questions about long-term cannabis use and symptom relief.   ◊ Cancer Type-Specific Effects: The study applies broadly to advanced cancer patients but does not explore cannabis’ effects on specific cancer types.    ◊ Drug Interactions: The study does not examine how cannabis interacts with chemotherapy, immunotherapy, or targeted cancer treatments.   ◊ Optimal Dosing & Administration: More research is needed to refine dosing guidelines and determine the most effective administration routes (oral, sublingual, inhalation, etc.).   ◊ Psychosocial & Quality of Life Outcomes: While total symptom burden is a primary measure, broader psychosocial impacts are not a key focus.   Social & Cultural Factors Not Considered     ◊ Cultural Attitudes Toward Cannabis: Perspectives on medicinal cannabis vary across regions and demographics, but this is not explored.   ◊ Socioeconomic Status: The study does not account for economic barriers affecting cannabis access.     ◊ Racial & Ethnic Disparities: The study does not investigate potential racial disparities in treatment access or response.   ◊ Gender & Sexual Orientation: There is no analysis of how gender identity or sexual orientation may influence symptom burden or cannabis efficacy.   ◊ Parenting & Caregiving: The impact on patients who are caregivers or parents is not specifically addressed.   ◊ Healthcare Provider Education: No component of the trial focuses on training physicians and nurses in prescribing cannabis effectively.   Key Questions MedCan 3 Aims to Answer   This study seeks to provide definitive answers on THC/CBD’s role in cancer care by addressing the following:   Primary Research Question   ◊ Does self-titrated, increasing doses of a 1:20 THC/CBD oral suspension significantly reduce total symptom distress score (TSDS) compared to placebo by day 14?   Secondary Research Questions       ◊ How does THC/CBD impact individual symptom scores at days 7, 21, and 28?   ◊ What is the Median Effective Dose within the specified range?    ◊  Does it improve overall well-being, anxiety, depression, and emotional health?   ◊ What are the safety and tolerability profiles of the formulation? Sleep Sub-Study Question     ◊ Can the THC/CBD formulation improve sleep quality, as measured by actigraphy and ISI scores?     Exploratory Questions     ◊ Do patient characteristics (e.g., age, cancer type, prior cannabis use) influence treatment response?   ◊ How do patients perceive efficacy and tolerability compared to placebo?   ◊ What are the long-term effects on symptom burden and quality of life?     By answering these questions, MedCan 3 aims to inform future clinical practice, guide policy, and shape future research on cannabis for cancer symptom management.   Why This Study Matters     MedCan 3 has the potential to transform cancer care by addressing longstanding gaps in cannabis research. By using a rigorous study design, real-world dosing approach, and innovative teletrial model, this trial could provide the strongest evidence to date on how THC/CBD affects symptom distress and sleep in advanced cancer patients.     Its findings could lead to:     ◊ Better-informed clinical guidelines for prescribing cannabis.   ◊ Stronger policy recommendations for integrating cannabis into palliative care.   ◊ Improved access for patients in need, particularly in telehealth and underserved populations.       With results expected in the near future, MedCan 3 stands as one of the most exciting and impactful cannabis studies in oncology today.   References & Further Reading National Cancer Institute ClinicalTrials.gov Creating Big Data in Cannabis CED Clinic’s Research Library EO Care Platform           [...] Read more...
March 12, 2025  What Works (and What Definitely Doesn’t) When Guiding Teens:   Why “Just Say No” Never Worked (And Never Will)   Adolescent substance use is like a game of whack-a-mole—just when society thinks it’s conquered one vice (tobacco, anyone?), another pops up stronger, trendier, and somehow mango-flavored. First, it was sneaking beers from dad’s garage fridge, then it was vape clouds thick enough to set off the smoke alarm, and now? TikTok is convincing kids that drinking nutmeg tea will get them high. Spoiler: it won’t. But it will make them vomit, which feels like a pretty good metaphor for the state of substance education today. Instead of just wagging fingers and gasping dramatically, maybe it’s time we rethink how we talk about this whole adolescent substance use thing.   We don’t want adolescents consuming excessive cannabis, alcohol, or social media. But if history has taught us anything, it’s that scaring them into abstinence doesn’t work.   ❌ The “Just Say No” campaign? A failure.   ❌ D.A.R.E? More of a meme than a real deterrent.   ❌ Moral panic about social media? Kids are still scrolling at 2 AM.   Teenagers aren’t stupid. They see right through fear tactics, exaggerated consequences, and hypocritical adults sipping wine while lecturing about the dangers of cannabis. They live in a world where substances are easy to access, mental health struggles are skyrocketing, and stress is an everyday reality.   If we actually want to help, we need real solutions—not more finger-wagging.     The Data We Need to Pay Attention To     A recent study (internet survey) on cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome (CHS) (yes, cannabis-induced vomiting—fun, right?) revealed some hard truths:   🔹 82.2% of CHS patients used cannabis at least 3x daily before symptoms began.   🔹 41.5% used cannabis 6+ times daily.   🔹 84.9% had at least one ER visit due to CHS; nearly half required hospitalization.   🔹 Teens who started using daily before 18 had a 64% higher chance of landing in the ER.   Think about that for a second: hospitalization, vomiting, and pain bad enough to drive people to the ER—because of weed.   And yet, when we talk about adolescent substance use, we tend to focus on moral arguments rather than real, evidence-based risks.     So, what should we be telling teens? And more importantly—why are they using these substances in the first place?     Why Teens Use (and Why It’s Not Just About Rebellion)     It’s easy to assume teens use cannabis, alcohol, or social media because of peer pressure or bad decision-making. But the reality is far more complex.   1. Coping with Anxiety and Stress   Adolescence is a mental health crisis zone. Depression, anxiety, and stress are at all-time highs, and cannabis, alcohol, and digital escape routes provide relief. When there’s no easy access to therapy or mental health resources, they self-medicate.   2. Curiosity and Experimentation   Teen brains are wired for novelty and risk-taking. Telling them “don’t do it” often has the opposite effect—forbidden fruit is the juiciest.     3. The “Everyone Else Is Doing It” Effect   Normalization plays a huge role. If social media glamorizes drinking, vaping, or cannabis use, teens who might have never been interested suddenly want to try.     4. Escape from Boredom   When teens lack structure, purpose, or engaging hobbies, risky behaviors fill the void.   So, if we truly want to curb harmful adolescent substance use, the question isn’t just how do we stop them? but rather how do we give them better alternatives?     What Actually Works (And What Definitely Doesn’t)     🚫 What Doesn’t Work:     ❌ Demonizing Substances.   Scaring kids with extreme worst-case scenarios (or flat-out misinformation) backfires. They either won’t believe you, or they’ll assume you’re exaggerating everything.   ❌ Abstinence-Only Messaging.   Telling teens to “just say no” ignores reality. They will encounter these substances—and if we don’t educate them, someone else will.   ❌ Punitive Consequences.   Suspending kids for drug use? Kicking them off sports teams? Taking away the only structured, positive influences in their lives? Genius.     ✅ What Does Work:     1. Teaching True, Non-Judgmental Facts   Teens want honest information. If we teach them how alcohol affects reaction time, what cannabis does to memory, and how nicotine addiction actually works—they make smarter choices.     2. Prioritizing Mental Health Resources   If we address why teens are using substances in the first place—stress, anxiety, depression, or boredom—we can replace substance use with healthier coping mechanisms.     3. Encouraging Open Conversations   If a teen feels like they’ll be punished or shamed for talking about substance use, they’ll hide it. If they trust you, they might actually ask for help when they need it.     4. Creating Engaging, Meaningful Alternatives   What fills the void? Sports, music, gaming, coding, community projects, mentorship programs. If a teen is excited about something positive, they’re less likely to need a negative escape.     So, What’s the Plan?     Fear doesn’t work. Abstinence-only messaging doesn’t work. Moral grandstanding? Also ineffective.   What works? Empowerment. Education. Alternatives.   Let’s stop pretending that lecturing teens into submission is the answer. Instead, let’s invest in mental health, open conversations, and support systems that actually address why they’re turning to substances in the first place.   Want to dive deeper? Check out our Cannabis Education Hub for a more balanced, research-backed approach. Read our summary of what Cannabis Hyperemesis is, what to know about it, how it’s often misunderstood, and what can be done about it.   Going it Alone?    📖 For a comprehensive, evidence-based guide to using cannabis effectively on your own, check out The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook—your go-to resource for science-backed insights and practical strategies.   📅 Book A Consultation Today – For personalized guidance tailored to your unique needs, schedule personalized medical cannabis guidance with Dr. Caplan here and get expert support on your cannabis journey   📩 Not ready to book? Ask a question! → Chat with Lila or Email us    📩 Join Our Newsletter – Stay updated on cannabis research, product recommendations, and exclusive patient insights. Sign up here.   👉 Prefer to learn at your own pace? Read The Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook → Amazon | Kindle | Audiobook | Signed Copies   📺 Watch cannabis education videos → YouTube   🎙️ Tune in to expert discussions on cannabis & medicine → Podcast   Aging is inevitable for us all—but suffering doesn’t have to be. Let’s make your golden years your healthiest years.   📌 Questions? Check out our Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) or reach out directly:  Ask Dr Caplan   |   Email CED Clinic   📌 Looking for patient experiences? Read real stories from people using cannabis for medical conditions.   📌 Interested in research? Explore our  free Cannabis Science Library for the latest studies.   Email CED Clinic   [...] Read more...
Cannabis News
May 23, 2025Cannabis News / CED Clinic BlogBilly Joel’s diagnosis sheds light on a misunderstood brain condition—and why early treatment (and possibly cannabis) matters more than ever. TL;DR — Top Takeaways ☕ Billy Joel’s diagnosis of normal pressure hydrocephalus is bringing this lesser-known brain condition into the spotlight—and it’s more common than you’d think. NPH can mimic dementia or Parkinson’s, but unlike those, it’s often treatable, especially with a brain shunt. Symptoms include shuffling gait, memory issues, and urinary trouble—but early diagnosis can reverse them. There’s no slam-dunk cure in a bottle, but some patients explore cannabis for symptom relief like pain, mood, or sleep. Science is still catching up, but cannabis shows promise in related brain and inflammation conditions—just don’t fire your neurosurgeon yet. Part 1: Wait, What Is Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus? So here’s the thing: normal pressure hydrocephalus—or NPH—is one of those conditions that sounds made up by a medical drama writer who forgot their character already had Alzheimer’s. But it’s real. And surprisingly common in older adults. It’s a disorder where cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) builds up inside the brain’s ventricles (those internal channels that act like tiny plumbing tubes). You’d think that would jack up pressure inside the skull, but in NPH, the pressure remains—well, normal. Hence the name. Mysterious? Yes. Misleading? Also yes. This backup of fluid causes the ventricles to swell, squishing the brain in all the wrong places. That squishing? It can lead to a very specific (and very odd) triad of symptoms: A slow, shuffling gait that feels like your feet are stuck to the floor. Cognitive slips that look suspiciously like dementia (but aren’t). Urinary urgency or incontinence that shows up without a UTI in sight. It’s often misdiagnosed as Parkinson’s, Alzheimer’s, or just plain “getting older.” Which is heartbreaking, because unlike those degenerative diseases, NPH can be reversed in many cases—if caught in time. So if you’re losing your keys, your footing, and your dignity all at once? It might not be aging. It might be fixable. Next up in Part 2, I’ll cover what’s actually treatable about this condition, why Billy Joel might be lucky, and how a shunt can change everything—along with what (if anything) cannabis might bring to the table. Part 2: Why Billy Joel Might Be Lucky If there’s ever a weird moment when a celebrity diagnosis feels like good news—it’s this one. Billy Joel has just been diagnosed with normal pressure hydrocephalus, and while “brain surgery” and “late-life neuro symptoms” don’t sound like causes for celebration, here’s the twist: NPH is one of the few neurological disorders that can be reversed. Not slowed. Not managed. Reversed. Treatment usually involves installing a ventriculoperitoneal (VP) shunt—a tiny, programmable tube that drains the excess fluid from the brain into the abdomen where it’s absorbed like nothing happened. Think of it as an internal faucet that turns off the cerebral flood. And it works. In the right patients: Over 80% see improvement in walking—which is often the most obvious and debilitating symptom. Cognitive clarity can return, especially if the procedure happens early. Even urinary issues improve in more than half of cases. Of course, it’s not magic. There are risks: infection, overdrainage, device malfunction. But the upside is significant, especially if the condition is caught early—before permanent brain damage sets in. So if you’re Billy Joel? You’ve got access to top-tier neurosurgeons, likely caught it in time, and may soon be walking better, thinking sharper, and playing Madison Square Garden with more bladder confidence than ever. Part 3: Enter Cannabis (Cautiously) Now here’s where things get a little hazy. Not because of the weed—because of the science. There’s no direct clinical trial showing that cannabis treats or reverses normal pressure hydrocephalus. Let’s be crystal clear: the only proven intervention is surgical. No tincture, vape, or brownie is going to swap places with a shunt. That said, it’s worth asking: could cannabis help with the symptoms? Maybe. In some patients, cannabis seems to ease chronic pain, anxiety, and sleep disturbances—common tag-along symptoms of NPH. There’s also emerging research suggesting cannabinoids like CBD and THC might have anti-inflammatory and even neuroprotective effects in other brain conditions (like multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, or traumatic brain injury). So if you’re a patient managing stiffness, sleeplessness, or post-surgical stress after a shunt procedure, cannabis might have a role to play as an adjunct. Not a replacement. Not a cure. But a tool. Like Tylenol, only moodier. Of course, anyone considering cannabis—especially with a neurosurgical history—should do so under the guidance of a knowledgeable physician. Not all cannabis is created equal. And not all brains like it. Up next in Part 4, I’ll look at why this condition is so often misdiagnosed, why that matters, and how to talk to a doctor without sounding like you’re quoting Reddit. Part 4: The Misdiagnosis Trap (a.k.a. How to Not Get Written Off as Just Old) Here’s the cruel part: normal pressure hydrocephalus is wildly underdiagnosed. It’s estimated that up to 10% of people diagnosed with dementia or Parkinson’s may actually have NPH. That’s millions of people globally walking around with a reversible brain condition—being told it’s irreversible. Why? Because NPH impersonates aging so well. Slower gait? Must be arthritis. Memory slips? Hello, Alzheimer’s. Sudden urge to pee? Welcome to your 70s. It all blends into the same fog of “normal decline,” and unless someone notices the pattern—the full trifecta of gait, cognition, and incontinence—NPH doesn’t even make the list of possibilities. Even if it does, the testing isn’t exactly… glamorous. It often requires a high-volume lumbar puncture (where they drain fluid from your spine and then see if you walk better—like a neurological before-and-after photo shoot). MRI scans, tap tests, and walking assessments come next, sometimes with mixed results. And let’s be honest: it’s not easy to convince a tired senior (or their tired adult children) to pursue a second, third, or fourth opinion when everyone’s just trying to get through the week. But here’s the truth: the earlier NPH is diagnosed, the better the outcome. So if your loved one suddenly walks like they’re wading through mud and can’t remember the dog’s name but still does the crossword, speak up. Ask about NPH. Be the squeaky wheel. It might just be the thing that gets them back on their feet. Literally. Part 5: So Where Does This Leave Us? If you’re feeling whiplash from reading this—relax. You’re not alone. The story of normal pressure hydrocephalus is, by nature, a little disorienting. A condition that looks like dementia but isn’t. A surgery that sounds scary but works. And a treatment landscape where cannabis may help—but not in the way Instagram says it will. Billy Joel’s announcement pulls this whole conversation into the mainstream. And that’s a good thing. Because the more people who recognize NPH, the more people who might catch it in time. And maybe—just maybe—someone you love who’s been quietly fading could start to come back. With a little clarity. A steadier step. And possibly, with a supportive cannabis regimen that’s thoughtful, guided, and aimed at easing the ride.   If you like this… you’ll love my book:  🔗 Doctor-Approved Cannabis Handbook Internal Links: How to talk to your doctor about cannabis Traveling with Cannabis Cannabis 101: What You Should Really Know Cannabis FAQ Encyclopedia   External Links: NYTimes Reporting: Billy Joel Brain Normal Pressure Hydrocephalus Billy Joel Cancels All Concerts After Brain Disorder Diagnosis – Rolling Stones Billy Joel diagnosed with brain disorder, cancels all upcoming concerts – USA Today   ❓ 10 Optimized FAQs for RankMath SEO   What is normal pressure hydrocephalus (NPH)? Normal pressure hydrocephalus is a condition where excess fluid builds up in the brain’s ventricles, causing gait, cognitive, and urinary problems—despite “normal” CSF pressure. It’s often mistaken for aging or dementia but can be reversed with a brain shunt. Yes, that means the fix is sometimes surgical plumbing. How is NPH diagnosed? Doctors diagnose NPH with a mix of symptom history, brain imaging (like MRI), and a tap test where spinal fluid is removed to see if symptoms improve. It’s like unplugging a sink to see if the bathroom works better. Not elegant—but very revealing. Can normal pressure hydrocephalus be cured? Cure is a strong word, but yes—many patients experience full or partial reversal of symptoms after shunt surgery. That makes NPH one of the rare brain conditions where things can get better over time. Think of it as a neurological unicorn. What are the early signs of NPH? A slow, shuffling walk, forgetfulness that doesn’t feel quite like dementia, and unexpected urinary urgency are all red flags. Together, they form the NPH “triad.” Individually, they’re just Tuesday. Is Billy Joel’s diagnosis common? More common than most people realize—NPH affects up to 1 in 200 adults over age 65, and it’s often misdiagnosed. If Billy’s got it, chances are someone at your last holiday dinner did too. He just had a better neurologist. Does cannabis treat normal pressure hydrocephalus? Nope—not directly. But it might help ease symptoms like pain, anxiety, or poor sleep in some patients recovering from surgery or coping with chronic effects. It’s more sidekick than superhero in this story. Is cannabis safe for NPH patients? It depends. For some, cannabis helps with comfort or recovery; for others, especially those with cognitive challenges, it can cause confusion or paranoia. As always: know your body, know your budtender, and talk to a real doctor. What’s a VP shunt and how does it help? A ventriculoperitoneal (VP) shunt is a small tube that drains fluid from the brain to the belly, relieving pressure. It’s like a detour for your brain juice. Gross in theory, lifesaving in practice. Why is NPH often misdiagnosed? Because its symptoms mimic aging, Parkinson’s, and dementia—so it flies under the radar. Many doctors miss it, especially when patients don’t present the full triad. You’d miss it too if you thought Uncle Joe was just “slowing down.” Can lifestyle changes or cannabis replace surgery? Not if you want to reverse the condition. Surgery is still the gold standard for treating NPH. Cannabis might ease the ride—but it doesn’t steer the car. [...] Read more...
May 17, 2025Cannabis News / CED Clinic BlogA Patient’s Guide to Cannabis Care After The Jordan Tischler Retirement in Boston, MA   Introduction: A Change in Boston’s Cannabis Care Landscape Many patients in the Boston medical cannabis community have recently learned that Dr. Jordan Tischler, MD, a well-known figure in cannabis medicine advocacy and care, has announced his official retirement from clinical practice later this year. The Jordan Tischler retirement will leave a noticeable gap, particularly for those who relied on his personalized approach to medical cannabis consultations, certifications, and ongoing care. If you’re searching for updates on Dr. Tischler’s retirement, why his office is closed, or where you can now turn for clinical cannabis guidance in Massachusetts, this page is designed to provide clear, patient-focused answers and support—without bias or speculation. Why Did Dr. Jordan Tischler Retire From Cannabis Clinical Care? Dr. Tischler announced his decision to step away from patient-facing services in Boston, Massachusetts, in 2024. While the specific reasons have not been publicly detailed, his office is now closing and he is no longer accepting cannabis patients. Many recognize Dr. Tischler for his work in education, policy, and cannabis science advocacy, which may continue outside of direct clinical roles. However, patients should be aware that he is no longer providing medical cannabis evaluations, certifications, or consultations. Note: This page is not affiliated with Dr. Tischler or his former practice. It exists solely to support patients navigating this care transition. Common Questions from Boston Cannabis Patients Is Dr. Jordan Tischler Still Accepting Patients? No. As of 2024, Dr. Tischler has formally retired from his Boston-based cannabis medical practice and is no longer seeing patients for medical cannabis care or certifications. Why Is His Office Closed? Dr. Tischler made the decision to close his clinical office as part of his retirement from patient care. There have been no reports of licensing issues, disciplinary action, or controversies linked to this closure. How Can I Renew My Cannabis Certification Now That My Doctor Has Retired? If you were a patient of Dr. Tischler’s, you will need to connect with another licensed Massachusetts cannabis doctor for certification renewal or consultations. Several clinics continue to offer in-person and telemedicine options for cannabis care in Boston and statewide, including CED Clinic  Cannabis Care After Dr. Tischler: Patient Options in Boston, MA While it’s understandable to feel uncertain after the closure of a familiar practice, Boston patients have several options for safe, science-based cannabis care: 1. Find a Licensed Massachusetts Cannabis Doctor Many Boston-area physicians specialize in medical cannabis care, offering both in-person visits and secure telemedicine consultations. These services can help with certification renewals, treatment planning, and adjusting cannabis use for conditions such as chronic pain, PTSD, anxiety, and insomnia. 2. Explore Cannabis Telemedicine Services in Massachusetts If in-person care is not convenient, telemedicine cannabis consultations are widely available across Massachusetts. These services connect you to experienced cannabis physicians via secure, HIPAA-compliant video calls. 3. Request Records if Needed If you were previously under Dr. Tischler’s care and need copies of your medical records, you may wish to reach out promptly before his office fully closes its systems. What to Do If Your Cannabis Doctor Retires: A Step-by-Step Guide Stay Calm—Continuity of Care Is Possible Cannabis certification is patient-driven in Massachusetts, and many options exist for continuing care safely. Find a New Cannabis Doctor Near You or Online Use trusted directories or referrals to connect with CED Clinic for the most popular telemedicine and education services for cannabis. Renew or Update Your Certification Ensure your certification is active and compliant with Massachusetts law. New physicians can help review your treatment goals, adjust dosages, and recommend safer product selections. Stay Informed About Changes in Massachusetts Cannabis Law Legislation and access continue to evolve in the state, and staying connected with reputable medical cannabis communities and organizations can help you stay ahead of changes. People Also Ask:  What Happened to Dr. Jordan Tischler’s Office in Boston? Dr. Tischler’s clinical office has been formally closed following his retirement from cannabis patient care in Massachusetts. Is There a Cannabis Doctor Near Me in Boston After Tischler Retired? Yes. Boston remains home to several licensed cannabis doctors and clinics, and many offer telemedicine services for patient convenience. And there’s us, CED Clinic! Can I Still Get My Cannabis Card Renewal in Massachusetts? Absolutely. Even if your prior physician has retired, Massachusetts law allows you to renew your certification with any licensed cannabis doctor. Where Did Dr. Jordan Tischler Go? While Dr. Tischler has retired from clinical practice, patients may still see his contributions in cannabis education, speaking engagements, and advocacy efforts. Compassionate, Science-Based Cannabis Care in Massachusetts Navigating the retirement of a trusted physician like Dr. Tischler can feel overwhelming, but you are not alone. Experienced, patient-centered, and evidence-based cannabis clinicians continue to serve Massachusetts residents. For more information on medical cannabis consultations in Boston or statewide via telemedicine, you can explore licensed options here: CED Clinic Appointment Booking   Many patients searching for Dr. Tischler’s retirement have been looking for: “Dr. Jordan Tischler retirement cannabis care Boston” “Jordan Tischler MD office closure 2024” “cannabis doctor near me after Tischler” “Massachusetts cannabis card renewal Tischler office closed” “Boston cannabis telemedicine 2025” “alternatives to Jordan Tischler cannabis doctor Massachusetts” If you’re not sure where to go, and you just want to talk to someone directly, leave a message here and someone will reach out to you. Contact CED Clinic   Learn More About Dr Caplan Learn More About Erin Caplan More from InhaleMD.com Disclaimer This page is intended as a community service for patients seeking information on cannabis care transitions in Massachusetts, following Dr. Tischler’s retirement. It is not affiliated with Dr. Tischler, his former practice, or any related entities. All information is based on publicly available sources and patient-reported inquiries. [...] Read more...
Cannabis Recipes
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 lbs of potatoes 4 tablespoons cannabutter 4 tablespoons sour cream or plain cream cheese Salt and pepper ¼ to ½ cup of milk or cannamilk for increased potency 2 cloves of garlic minced or 1 tsp of garlic powder Instructions Cut the potatoes in half or quarters to make medium-sized pieces. Place the potatoes in a saucepan filled with water and bring to a boil. Cook until fork-tender, between 20–30 minutes. Drain the potatoes and remove their skins. Add the cannabutter, garlic and sour cream to the bowl along with a splash of milk (don’t add it all at once.) Mash the contents, adding just a splash of milk each time until you’ve reached the desired consistency. ​ Stir in salt and pepper to taste. This recipe is available for download HERE original recipe from satorimj.com [...] Read more...
April 5, 2025Cannabis-Infused Peanut Butter — Spreadable Happiness in Every Spoonful Why You’ll Love This Cannabis-Infused Peanut Butter Peanut butter is already a pantry hero: protein-packed, creamy, satisfying. But infuse it with cannabis and it becomes something legendary. Smooth, spreadable, and infused with relaxing cannabinoids, this recipe transforms an everyday snack into a versatile edible that can be eaten by the spoonful or tucked into your favorite snack combos. Whether you’re a seasoned edible enthusiast or a curious first-timer, this cannabis-infused peanut butter recipe is a delicious way to enjoy the therapeutic benefits of THC in one of the most comforting forms around. If you’ve been wondering how to make cannabis-infused peanut butter at home, you’re in the right place. This is an easy cannabis peanut butter recipe for beginners that doesn’t require baking or complicated tools. Health Benefits of Cannabis-Infused Peanut Butter Cannabis and peanut butter are both nutritional powerhouses in their own right. Together, they make a functional food that offers both nourishment and relief. 🌿 Plant-based protein: Supports muscle repair and sustained energy 💪 Healthy fats: Helps with nutrient absorption and brain function 🌿 Keeps you fuller, longer: Ideal for appetite control 🌿 Cannabis compounds: May support stress relief, pain management, and restful sleep 🌿 Fat-soluble cannabinoids: Enhanced THC absorption thanks to peanut butter’s natural oils If you’re curious about the benefits of cannabis-infused peanut butter, it combines nutritious whole foods with cannabinoid therapy in a convenient, low-effort format. Ingredients & Equipment You’ll Need 🥜 Ingredients:   1️⃣ 3.5 grams decarboxylated cannabis (preferably 20% THC)2️⃣ 1 cup natural peanut butter (unsweetened, smooth or crunchy) 🛠️ Equipment:   👉 Small saucepan or double boiler👉 Cheesecloth or fine mesh strainer👉 Mason jar or recycled peanut butter jar How to Make Cannabis-Infused Peanut Butter (Step-by-Step) Step 1: Decarboxylate Your Cannabis   Before infusion, cannabis needs to be heated gently to activate its cannabinoids.1. Preheat oven to 225°F (105°C).2. Break up cannabis and spread it on a parchment-lined baking sheet.3. Bake for 30–40 minutes, stirring every 10 minutes until lightly toasted and fragrant. This step is essential if you’re learning how to decarboxylate cannabis for peanut butter and ensures the THC is activated for full potency. Step 2: Infuse the Peanut Butter   1. In a saucepan or double boiler over low heat, combine decarboxylated cannabis with the peanut butter.2. Simmer gently for 30–60 minutes, stirring occasionally. Be careful not to overheat—keep it low and slow. Not only is this a safe method for how to infuse peanut butter with cannabis, it’s also mess-free and ideal for homemade cannabis edibles without baking. Step 3: Strain & Store   1. Let the mixture cool slightly.2. Strain through cheesecloth into a mason jar.3. Store at room temperature for up to 2 months, or refrigerate for up to 6 months.   Dosing Guide: Nutty But Necessary 💡 Potency Calculation: (Assuming 20% THC cannabis) 🔷 3.5 grams cannabis = ~700 mg THC🔷 1 cup = 16 tablespoons = 48 teaspoons 🧐 Breakdown per Serving:   🥄 1 tablespoon ≈ 43.75 mg THC🥄 1 teaspoon ≈ 14.6 mg THC🥄 ½ teaspoon ≈ 7.3 mg THC🥄 ¼ teaspoon ≈ 3.6 mg THC 🥄 Beginner dose: Start with ¼ teaspoon (about 3.6 mg THC) Pro Tip: Peanut butter is rich in fat, which helps your body absorb THC more effectively than low-fat edibles. Expect a stronger effect and longer duration. If you’re looking for a cannabis peanut butter dosage guide for homemade edibles, this section provides clear math and a responsible approach to consumption. ⚠️ Dosing Caveat: This dosing guide offers a helpful estimate, but the actual potency of your cannabis-infused peanut butter may vary. Factors such as THC percentage, how well you decarboxylate, infusion time and temperature, how thoroughly you strain, and your individual sensitivity can all affect the strength. Start low, wait at least 90 minutes to feel the effects, and adjust gradually as needed.   Creative Ways to Use Cannabis Peanut Butter Wondering about the best ways to use cannabis peanut butter in food and drinks? Here are some ideas: ▻  Spread it on toast or crackers 🍞▻  Dip apple slices or banana chunks 🍎🍌▻  Swirl it into oatmeal or yogurt bowls 🧅▻  Blend into protein shakes or smoothies 🧏‍♂️▻  Add a spoonful to brownies or cookie dough▻  Drizzle over pancakes or waffles 🧀▻  Just eat it straight from the spoon (we’re not judging) 🥄   Frequently Asked Questions About Cannabis-Infused Peanut Butter [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients -1.5 cups all-purpose flour -1 Tbsp sugar (canna-sugar may be substituted to increase potency) -1 Tbsp baking powder -1 Tsp salt -1 large egg -1.25 cups whole milk (canna-milk may be substituted to increase potency) -3 Tbsp of melted canna-butter or oil -​1 teaspoon vanilla extract (optional) Instructions 1. In a bowl, combine dry ingredients 2. In another bowl, combine wet ingredients 3. Stir the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients until just combined ​Do not over-mix, batter will be thick and slightly lumpy 4. Heat a large frying pan with with a small amount of butter or oil 5. Pour 1 cup of batter in the center of the pan. Fry 2–3 minutes before flipping 6. Fry an additional 3–5 minutes or until pancake reaches your preferred doneness and remove from pan 7. Garnish with your favorite toppings; powdered sugar, syrup, butter, chocolate chips or whatever you might enjoy! Original recipe from cannabis wiki [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This recipe can be used with your favorite vegetables and breakfast meats Ingredients Base: 4 large eggs salt and pepper (to tasste) 1 tbsp butter (canna-butter may be used to increase potency) 1/2 cup canna-milk Filling: 2 tbsp diced green pepper 2 tbsp diced green onion 2 tbsp ham or meat of your choice 1/4 cup shredded cheese ​ Instructions 1. Beat eggs in a bowl with a whisk. 2. Add canna-milk and season with salt and pepper 3. Add any vegetables and/or meat fillings to the eggs and whisk for a few minutes until egg mixture if foamy — beating in air makes the omelette fluffy​ 4. Melt butter in a small, nonstick skillet over medium-low heat. Pour in egg mixture and twirl skillet so the bottom is evenly covered in egg. 5. Cook until egg starts to set. Lift the edges with a spatula and tilt the skillet so uncooked egg mixture can run towards the bottom of the skillet to set Repeat until no visible liquid egg remains 6. Carefully flip omelette and cook another 30 seconds to 1 minute 7. Sprinkle cheese in one line in the middle of the omelette and fold it in half, cook another 20 seconds them slide the omelette on to the plate This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from the Canna School [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 4 Pork chops Salt and pepper 1 Tbsp minced rosemary 2 Cloves minced garlic 1/2 Cup canna-butter 1 Tbps canna-oil Instructions 1. Preheat oven to 375°F. Season pork chops with salt and pepper 2. In a small bowl, combine canna-butter with rosemary and garlic. Set aside 3. In an oven-safe skillet over medium heat, heat canna-oil and add pork chops. Sear until golden, about 4 minutes, flip and cook for another 4 minutes. 4. Brush pork-chops generously with the garlic canna-butter mixture and place skillet in the oven to bake for 10–12 minutes. Serve with more garlic butter. ​If you do not have an oven-safe skillet, you may use a regular one and transfer to a baking dish. Be sure to collect all the oil from the pan when transferring. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Eat Your Cannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This recipe may be used with heavy cream or whole milk. Materials -Medium Sauce-Pan -​Thermometer -Mesh-sieve or cheesecloth Ingredients ​6 grams cannabis flower 2 cups whole milk or heavy cream ​ Directions ​ ​1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Heat the milk or heavy cream, in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Add the decarboxylated cannabis and cook, taking care not to let the temperature go over 200°F for about 45 minutes. 3. Remove from heat and let sit, undisturbed, for 10 minutes 4. Strain through a fine mesh-sieve set over a bowl. Press carefully with a spoon to extract as much oil as possible ​The milk will keep for up to 6 weeks if covered and refrigerated. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Vice.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Cannabis infused sugar offers a simple way to enhance your baked goods or beverages. Materials Mason Jar ​Cheesecloth Baking Sheet 9in x 13in Baking Pan Ingredients -3 grams of cannabis flower -1/2 cup of high-proof alcohol, such as Everclear -1/2 cup granulated sugar Directions 1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Transfer the cannabis to a jar and cover with the alcohol. Screw the lid on tight and shake every 5 minutes for 20 minutes. 3. Strain through a cheesecloth set over a bowl, discarding solids. Mix the strained alcohol with the sugar and spread into an even layer in a glass 9-by-13-inch baking dish. ​ 4. Bake at 200°F, stirring occasionally, until the alcohol has evaporated and the sugar is lightly golden. This recipe is available for download HERE The original recipe is from Vice.com [...] Read more...
April 8, 2025  Cannabis-Infused Chocolate Sauce — Decadence That Loves You Back 🍫 Why You’ll Love This Cannabis Chocolate Sauce Warm, rich, and silky-smooth, this cannabis-infused chocolate sauce takes indulgence to the next level. Whether you’re spooning it over a scoop of ice cream, dipping fresh strawberries, or swirling it into your coffee, this easy cannabis chocolate recipe for beginners delivers full flavor with gentle effects. For cannabis users, the beauty of this recipe lies in its simplicity and flexibility. It’s a no-bake, fast-to-make edible that can be dosed by the spoonful and stored for weeks. And thanks to the fat content in cream and chocolate, it also provides a reliable absorption pathway for THC. Benefits of Cannabis-Infused Chocolate Sauce Here’s what makes this recipe more than just dessert: 🍫 Dark Chocolate – Packed with antioxidants and supports heart health. 🌿 Cannabis – Offers natural stress relief, relaxation, and anti-inflammatory benefits. 🧠 Mood-Boosting – Chocolate and THC both increase feel-good neurotransmitters like anandamide and serotonin. 🥄 Fat-Rich Carrier – Cream and cannabutter help improve THC absorption. ❄️ Refrigerator Friendly – Easy to store and dose over time. Pro Tip: This recipe is especially helpful for those managing anxiety, chronic pain, or poor appetite with cannabis. https://cedclinic.com/category/cannabis-recipes/ Ingredients & Equipment You’ll Need 🍫 Ingredients: ½ cup heavy cream 🥛 4 oz dark chocolate (70% cacao or higher), chopped 🍫 2 tablespoons cannabutter 🧈 1 tablespoon honey or maple syrup (optional) 🍯 ½ teaspoon vanilla extract 🛠️ Equipment: Small saucepan Whisk or silicone spatula Mason jar or glass container with lid How to Make Cannabis Chocolate Sauce (Step-by-Step) Step 1: Warm the Cream In a small saucepan over low heat, warm the cream until just steaming. Avoid boiling—too much heat can degrade THC and ruin the chocolate’s texture. Step 2: Melt and Infuse Add chopped dark chocolate and cannabutter to the warm cream. Stir continuously with a whisk or silicone spatula until the mixture is fully melted and glossy. Step 3: Sweeten & Store Stir in your sweetener and vanilla extract. Once smooth, pour into a glass jar. Let it cool before sealing and refrigerating. Pro Tip: This cannabis chocolate sauce thickens as it cools—reheat gently before serving for best consistency. Dosing Guide: Sweet, But Strong 💡 Potency Calculation Assuming cannabutter made from 3.5g cannabis at 20% THC = ~700mg total THC 1 tbsp cannabutter ≈ 87.5mg THC 2 tbsp used in recipe = ~175mg THC total 🍫 Per Serving (Approx. 6 Servings) 1 tbsp sauce ≈ 29mg THC ½ tbsp sauce ≈ 14.5mg THC ¼ tbsp (¾ tsp) ≈ 7.25mg THC Beginner Dose: Start with ¼–½ tablespoon for ~7–14mg THC Pro Tip: Chocolate’s natural fats help THC absorb more efficiently, meaning it might feel stronger than baked edibles.   Creative Ways to Use Cannabis Chocolate Sauce 🍓 Drizzle over fresh fruit like strawberries, bananas, or apples 🍦 Pour on top of ice cream, pancakes, or waffles ☕ Stir into coffee or hot milk for a DIY cannabis mocha 🍩 Use as a glaze for donuts or cupcakes 🍪 Dip cookies or pretzels for an instant edible treat 🥣 Swirl into oatmeal or yogurt for a rich breakfast upgrade Pro Tip: For microdosing, try mixing ½ teaspoon of the sauce into your morning coffee or spreading lightly over toast. FAQ: Cannabis Chocolate Sauce — Answers to Common Questions   [...] Read more...
May 8, 2025Cannabis Chocolate Chip Morsels Recipe | Easy 1mg Edibles for Microdosing 🍫 Cannabis-Infused Semi-Sweet Chocolate Chip Morsels — Tiny Treats, Micro Moments of Calm These little morsels may be small, but they pack a perfectly portioned punch of calm. Each chocolate chip holds just 1mg of THC, making them ideal for microdosing, mellow snacking, or adding to recipes for an infused twist. Whether you’re sprinkling them into cookies, oatmeal, or straight into your mouth (no judgment), these melt-in-your-mouth bites are a discreet and delicious way to medicate. Think of them as edible Legos — build your dose exactly how you like it, 1mg at a time. 🍫 Why You’ll Love These These infused chocolate chips are: 🍬 Sweet-but-not-too-sweet 🌿 Easy to dose (1mg per chip = flexible freedom) 🧠 Great for beginners and microdosers 🧁 Versatile — snack on them, bake with them, melt them down 🥣 Made from pantry staples + your favorite cannabis infusion 🧂 Ingredients & Tools You’ll Need 🛠️ Equipment: ✨ Double boiler (or glass bowl over a pot of water) ✨ Silicone chocolate chip or dropper mold ✨ Small rubber spatula or spoon ✨ Kitchen scale (for precision) 🍫 Ingredients: ✨ 1 cup high-quality semi-sweet chocolate chips or chopped bar ✨ 1 tablespoon cannabis-infused MCT oil or coconut oil (at 20% THC = 43.75mg THC):  See here for cannabis infused oil recipe 👉 Note: this recipe above is for 1mg THC per morsel. See the section below with the police officer for an easy tweak to make each morsel 5mg or 10mg!  ✨ Optional: ½ tsp vanilla extract or a pinch of sea salt for flavor 👨‍🍳 Step-by-Step Instructions Step 1: Melt the Chocolate Using a double boiler over low heat, slowly melt your chocolate chips or chopped chocolate bar. Stir gently with a spatula until smooth and glossy. Avoid overheating—low and slow preserves both flavor and cannabinoid potency. Step 2: Stir in the Infusion Once fully melted, remove from heat and stir in your cannabis-infused oil. Mix thoroughly to ensure the THC is evenly distributed. Add vanilla or salt if using. Stir again. 🧠 Pro Tip: If the oil begins to separate, keep stirring and allow it to cool just slightly before pouring. 🌀 Baker’s Note: To make sure each morsel holds a consistent dose, take your time when mixing. Stir slowly and thoroughly so the cannabis oil is fully incorporated before molding. A well-mixed batch means each bite delivers the calm you intended—no surprises, just sweet reliability. Step 3: Mold and Chill Using a dropper or spoon, portion the chocolate into your silicone mold. For 1mg-per-chip accuracy, use a mold with roughly 44 cavities (ahem ahem)  — this ensures that each morsel contains ~1mg of THC based on 43.75mg infused oil. Place the mold in the fridge for 20–30 minutes until set. Step 4: Pop & Store Once firm, remove from the mold and store in an airtight container in the refrigerator or a cool pantry. Keep away from heat, children, and curious roommates. 🧮 Dosing Guide: Microdose with Confidence With 1 tablespoon of 20% THC oil (~43.75mg THC total) spread across 44 morsels: 🍫 1 morsel = ~1mg THC 🍫 2 morsels = ~2mg THC 🍫 5 morsels = ~5mg THC 🍫 10 morsels = ~10mg THC Perfect for microdosing, layering effects, or creating precision edibles. ⚠️ Dosing Caveat: Your final THC per morsel may vary depending on how thoroughly the oil is mixed, how precise your mold sizing is, and the exact potency of your cannabis infusion. Always test a single morsel first, wait 60–90 minutes, and adjust as needed. When in doubt, label your batch and start small. 🧁 Creative Ways to Use These Morsels 🍪 Fold them into cookie dough or brownie batter before baking 🥣 Sprinkle them over yogurt, granola, or oatmeal 🍓 Melt and drizzle over strawberries or toast 🧊 Drop them into warm milk for quick infused hot chocolate 🧁 Stir into cannabis peanut butter for layered microdosing 🍫 Mix with CBD chips to balance your buzz 💡 Pro Tip: Assuming you’ve kept a good and consistently even mixture going while cooking, each morsel ought to be fairly close to 1mg THC, they make it easy to dose baked goods with confidence. Whether you’re making a batch of cookies or brownies, you can scale the potency to match your needs—without complicated math or messy measurements. 🍃 Non-Euphoric Alternatives To avoid the high but still get therapeutic benefits, use a CBD-, CBG-, or CBC-infused oil in place of THC. You’ll still get relaxation and mood support, but without intoxication. A 20:1 CBD to THC blend makes these perfect for daytime use or sensitive consumers. Common Mistakes & How to Avoid Them 🚫🤔 Mistake #1: Overheating the chocolate. It’s tempting to rush the melting process, but high heat can cause chocolate to seize or burn—and worse, it can degrade your cannabinoids. Stick to a double boiler on low heat and remove from heat as soon as it’s smooth and glossy. Mistake #2: Not mixing thoroughly. If your cannabis-infused oil isn’t fully incorporated, you risk uneven dosing. Stir slowly but thoroughly for at least a full minute to ensure the oil is emulsified throughout the chocolate. Mistake #3: Using the wrong mold size. This recipe relies on accurate portioning. If your mold is too big or too small, each morsel could pack an unpredictable punch. Use molds with about 44–50 cavities to stay in that sweet 1mg range. Mistake #4: Skipping the test dose. Every batch varies slightly. Try one chip, wait 90 minutes, and gauge the effect before munching down a handful. Cannabis Strain Recommendations for Chocolate Lovers 🍀🍫 When it comes to cannabis and chocolate, flavor and effect both matter. For earthy richness and a relaxing body high, Granddaddy Purple and Northern Lights melt beautifully into cocoa-based recipes. These strains deepen the chocolate’s richness and support winding down. Looking for an energizing, focus-friendly option? Chocolope and Jack Herer add a subtle brightness that pairs beautifully with semi-sweet chocolate and provide creative, social effects without heaviness. Prefer no high at all? ACDC or Charlotte’s Web offer a high-CBD profile that supports calm without couch-lock, perfect for daytime nibbling or when clarity matters most. Expert Cannabis Cooking Tips from Chefs 👨‍🍳🌿 Professional edible chefs know: texture is everything when it comes to chocolate. Chef-level tip? Add your infused oil after the chocolate has cooled just slightly off heat. This protects potency and helps your oil blend more evenly without separation. Another pro move: Use emulsifiers like a tiny pinch of lecithin (sunflower or soy) to stabilize your chocolate mixture. This keeps cannabinoids from pooling and enhances bioavailability—meaning the effects kick in smoother and more consistently. And don’t forget: chefs use infrared thermometers to keep chocolate at ideal working temp (between 88°F and 91°F for semi-sweet). A little precision goes a long way in making edibles that are as beautiful as they are effective. Perfect Pairings for Morsel Moments 🍷🫖 These morsels may be tiny, but they shine with the right match. For a cozy evening: pair 2–3 morsels with a warm mug of cinnamon chai or peppermint tea. The herbal heat enhances the chocolate while keeping the vibe soft and gentle. For an indulgent twist: a glass of ruby port, dark rum, or a coffee liqueur pairs beautifully with semi-sweet chocolate and rounds out the experience with deeper body relaxation. Feeling social? Try a dark stout or nitro cold brew. The roasted notes pair perfectly with the chocolate, while the caffeine adds balance to low-dose THC. Want a snack? Try pairing the morsels with roasted almonds, orange slices, or a sprinkle of sea salt popcorn for a sweet-salty contrast that enhances absorption and makes microdosing feel gourmet. 🤩  Want Stronger Morsels? Here’s How to Make 5mg or 10mg Chips If you’ve tried the 1mg version and feel comfortable adjusting your dose, here’s how to scale your batch for 5mg or 10mg per morsel — while keeping the same great texture and flavor.   💡 Reminder: Always decarboxylate your cannabis first, mix thoroughly, and use precise molds for best results. 🧮 To Make 5mg THC per Morsel: ▲ Use the same mold (44 cavities) ▲ Instead of 1 tbsp infused oil (≈ 43.75mg THC), use 5 tbsp of cannabis-infused oil ▲ That gives you ~219mg THC total ÷ 44 pieces = ~5mg per chip 🥄 Note: 5 tbsp = ¼ cup + 1 tbsp, so adjust your chocolate ratio slightly if needed to maintain smooth consistency 🧮 To Make 10mg THC per Morsel: 🔺 Same mold (44 cavities) 🔺 Use 10 tbsp cannabis-infused oil (≈ 437mg THC total) 🔺 This yields ~10mg THC per morsel ⚠️ You may need to add ~¼ cup more chocolate to maintain firmness and snap. Taste and texture can change slightly with high oil ratios, so test a small batch first if unsure. ⚖️ How to Make 0.5mg THC Per Morsel: Use the same 44-cavity silicone mold Instead of 1 tbsp of infused oil (~43.75mg THC), use ½ tablespoon That gives you ~21.9mg THC ÷ 44 pieces = ~0.5mg per morsel 🔄 For easy measuring: ½ tbsp = 1½ teaspoons 💡 Pro Tip: Because such a small amount of oil is used, your mixture may feel slightly thicker than the higher-dose batches. Stir gently and thoroughly to ensure the oil is fully integrated, and consider adding a touch of coconut oil or a drop of lecithin to preserve that smooth chocolate texture. 🧘 Why Make a 0.5mg Edible? These ultra-low-dose morsels are great for: ⊙ Cannabis newcomers who want to avoid overwhelm ⊙ Daytime users who want the benefits without mental cloudiness ⊙ Combining with CBD for a therapeutic entourage effect ⊙ Layering effects over time with full control A 0.5mg morsel lets you add or subtract from your day’s cannabis experience, one clean, precise step at a time. 🍬 Why Would Someone Want 5mg or 10mg? While microdosing is ideal for many, some medical users need more pronounced relief from: ⚡︎ chronic pain ⚡︎ severe anxiety or panic ⚡︎ muscle spasticity ⚡︎ nausea or chemotherapy support Offering precise 5mg or 10mg morsels gives you layered flexibility. One for daytime. Two for bedtime. Three? Make sure you’ve cleared your calendar.   How do I make cannabis chocolate chips at home? Melt chocolate, mix in infused oil, pour into molds, chill, and portion. That’s it! Can I use cannabutter instead of oil? Technically yes, but it may not blend as smoothly and could affect consistency. Infused oils (especially MCT or coconut) work best for clean texture and even THC distribution. Do I need a mold? Silicone molds make it easiest, but you can spoon droplets onto parchment paper. Just keep portions consistent. Will heating the chocolate destroy THC? Not if you’re careful. Melt over low heat and stir off the burner. THC begins to degrade at temps over ~300°F (149°C). How long do these morsels last? Stored properly, they’ll keep for 3 months in a cool, dark place or longer in the fridge. Can I bake with them? Yes! The THC will survive typical baking temps if you don’t overbake. Great for cookies, cakes, or pancakes. Is 1mg strong enough? For beginners or microdosers, yes. You can always layer multiple morsels over time. And dose a chocolate chip cookie with the number of morsels you want, based on the dosage you prefer! What strain should I use for mellow effects? Try Northern Lights or Granddaddy Purple for a chill vibe. For creativity, go with Jack Herer or Lemon Skunk. Keep in mind, though. Anyone can call any plant, by any name. A name may be what you think it is, but perhaps not too. [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 4 quarts popped popcorn 1 cup brown sugar 1/2 cup corn syrup light 1/2 cup cannabis butter 1/2 tsp salt 1/2 tsp pepper 1 tsp vanilla extract 1/2 tsp baking soda Instructions Preheat your oven to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. Spray a large shallow roasting pan with cooking spray and add popcorn. In a separate bowl mix brown sugar, corn syrup, cannabis butter, and salt in a heavy saucepan. Stirring constantly, bring to a boil over medium heat. Boil 5 minutes without stirring. Remove from heat. Stir in baking soda and vanilla; mix well. Pour syrup over warm popcorn, stirring to coat evenly. Bake for 45 minutes, stirring occasionally. ​ Enjoy! Keep refrigerated for extended shelf life. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from thecannaschool.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 cups all-purpose flour 4 Tbsp sugar (canna-sugar may be substituted to increase potency) 1 Tbsp baking powder ½ Tsp salt 2 large eggs 1 ½ cups whole milk (canna-milk may be substituted to increase potency) ¾ cup canna-butter, melted ​1 teaspoon vanilla extract Instructions 1. In a bowl, combine dry ingredients: flour, sugar, salt, baking powder 2. In another bowl, combine wet ingredients: beat the eggs with the milk, then add the vanilla extract 3. Stir the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients until just combined ​Do not over-mix, batter will be thick and slightly lumpy 4. Bake in a preheated waffle-iron according to manufacturer’s directions until golden brown This recipe is available for download HERE! Original recipe from allrecipes.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Materials -Medium Sauce-Pan -​Thermometer -Mesh-sieve or cheesecloth Ingredients -​6 grams cannabis flower -2 cups oil (olive, coconut, canola or vegetable oil) Directions ​ ​1. Decarboxylate the cannabis Heat the oven to 225°F. Spread cannabis buds out into an even layer on a baking sheet and place in the oven. ​Take care not to let the temperature go over 225°F and burn (if this happens, you can lose potency). Bake for about 35–40 minutes, then remove from the oven and cool before grinding into a coarse powder. ​ The decarboxylated cannabis will keep in an airtight container in a cool, dark place for up to 2 months 2. Heat the oil in a saucepan over medium-low heat. Add the decarboxylated cannabis and cook, taking care not to let the temperature go over 200°F for about 45 minutes. 3. Remove from heat and let sit, undisturbed, for 10 minutes 4. Strain through a fine mesh-sieve set over a bowl. Press carefully with a spoon to extract as much oil as possible ​The oil will keep for up to 6 weeks if covered and refrigerated. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Vice.com [...] Read more...
April 1, 2025Cannabis-Infused Honey Recipe — Sweet, Sticky, and Blissfully Effective Why You’ll Love This Cannabis-Infused Honey Honey has been a trusted natural remedy for centuries, but when combined with cannabis, it transforms into one of the most versatile, easy-to-make edibles. This cannabis-infused honey recipe is perfect for sweetening tea, drizzling on toast, enriching salad dressings, or even enjoying straight off the spoon. Unlike baked edibles, infused honey is easy to dose, gentle on digestion, and offers all the soothing benefits of cannabis without turning on your oven every time you want a treat.   Health Benefits of Cannabis-Infused Honey This isn’t just about getting buzzed — it’s about enhancing your wellness with the natural powers of both honey and cannabis: 🍯 Antibacterial properties — soothes sore throats and supports immune health. 🧘 Digestive support — gentle on your gut and helpful for calming upset stomachs. 💖 Rich in antioxidants — promotes skin, heart, and brain health. 🍃 Natural sweetener — say goodbye to refined sugar guilt. 🌿 Cannabis effects — promotes stress relief, relaxation, and calm.   Ingredients & Equipment for Homemade Cannabis Honey   🧂 Ingredients: 3.5 grams decarboxylated cannabis (roughly 20% THC recommended) 1 cup raw or local honey   🛠️ Tools: Small saucepan or double boiler Cheesecloth or fine mesh strainer Mason jar or glass storage jar (bonus points for style)   How to Make Cannabis-Infused Honey (Step-by-Step)   Step 1: Decarboxylate the Cannabis Before you can infuse cannabis into honey, you need to activate the THC through a process called decarboxylation. 1.Preheat oven to 225°F (105°C). 2.Break up cannabis into small pieces and spread on a parchment-lined baking sheet. 3.Bake for 30–40 minutes, stirring every 10 minutes, until light golden and aromatic.   Step 2: Infuse the Honey 1.Combine decarboxylated cannabis and honey in a small saucepan or double boiler over low heat. 2.Simmer gently for 40–60 minutes, stirring occasionally. Keep the heat low to preserve cannabinoids.   Step 3: Strain & Store 1.Allow the mixture to cool slightly. 2.Strain through cheesecloth into a clean mason jar. 3.Store at room temperature for up to 6 months or in the fridge for even longer freshness.   Dosing Guide: How Potent is Your Cannabis Honey?   💡 Potency Calculation (assuming 20% THC cannabis) 3.5 grams cannabis = ~700 mg THC total 1 cup honey = 16 tablespoons = 48 teaspoons Approximate THC per serving: 1 tablespoon ≈ 43.75 mg THC 1 teaspoon ≈ 14.6 mg THC ½ teaspoon ≈ 7.3 mg THC ¼ teaspoon ≈ 3.6 mg THC (great beginner dose) ⚠️ Dosing Caveat: Please note that this dosing guide is an estimate and should be used cautiously. Factors like the exact potency of your cannabis, decarboxylation efficiency, infusion temperature, and individual tolerance can all significantly affect the final strength of your honey. Variables such as the actual THC percentage of your cannabis, how well you decarboxylate it, infusion time and temperature, and even how thoroughly you strain your honey can all influence the final potency. When in doubt, start with a very small dose and gradually adjust only after observing the full effects.     Pro Tip: Honey-based edibles may take 30–90 minutes to fully kick in, so be patient before reaching for another spoonful.   Creative Ways to Use Cannabis-Infused Honey   Stir into tea, coffee, or warm milk ☕ Drizzle on pancakes, yogurt, or fresh fruit 🥞🍓 Whisk into homemade salad dressings or marinades 🥗 Spread on warm biscuits, toast, or cornbread Or — no shame — enjoy it straight from the spoon 🍯   💬 Cannabis-Infused Honey FAQs   How do you make cannabis-infused honey at home?  To make cannabis-infused honey at home, simply decarboxylate your cannabis, gently heat it with honey for about an hour, strain it, and store. This easy cannabis honey recipe only requires cannabis, honey, and basic kitchen tools. How do you decarboxylate cannabis for honey infusion? Decarboxylation is the process of activating THC. Bake broken-up cannabis buds on parchment paper at 225°F (105°C) for 30–40 minutes, stirring every 10 minutes until lightly golden and aromatic. Can you make edibles with honey instead of butter? Yes, cannabis-infused honey is a popular alternative to cannabutter, allowing you to make edibles without butter or oil. It’s perfect for sweet recipes, beverages, and microdosing. How long does cannabis-infused honey last? When stored in a sealed jar away from light and heat, cannabis-infused honey can last up to 6 months at room temperature and even longer if refrigerated. How strong is homemade cannabis honey? The strength depends on how much cannabis you use and its THC percentage. A typical batch with 3.5 grams of 20% THC cannabis yields about 700 mg THC total. Refer to the dosing guide above for per-teaspoon breakdowns. What is the best beginner dose for cannabis honey? For beginners, start with ¼ teaspoon of cannabis honey, which typically contains around 3.6 mg of THC. This allows you to experience mild effects without overwhelming potency. What are the benefits of cannabis-infused honey? Cannabis-infused honey combines the natural antibacterial, antioxidant, and digestive benefits of honey with the relaxing, stress-reducing, and soothing effects of cannabis. Can I microdose with cannabis honey? Yes, cannabis honey is excellent for microdosing. Small amounts, such as ¼ to ½ teaspoon, can offer subtle relaxation and wellness benefits without strong psychoactive effects. What are the best ways to use cannabis honey? The best ways to use cannabis honey include stirring it into tea, drizzling on toast, adding to yogurt or oatmeal, using it in salad dressings, or enjoying it straight from the spoon. Does cannabis honey help with stress and relaxation? Yes, many people use cannabis honey to naturally reduce stress and promote relaxation. It is especially popular in bedtime teas and calming rituals.   Final Thoughts: The Liquid Gold of Cannabis Edibles ✅ Easy to make, even easier to enjoy. ✅ Versatile for recipes, drinks, or direct consumption. ✅ Potent, but microdose-friendly. ✅ Stores beautifully — no freezer required. ✅ An herbal remedy that has stood the test of time, now with a modern twist.   Join the Conversation Made this recipe? Share your favorite way to use cannabis-infused honey in the comments. Tag your creations with #CannabisHoney and share the sticky, sweet love.   Contact Us!       [...] Read more...
May 11, 2025Cannabis-Infused Mac and Cheese — Comfort Food with a Kick of Calm TL;DR 🧀✨ ➕ This mac And cheese blends creamy nostalgia with THC-infused comfort ➕ Ideal for stress relief, pain support, or a sleepy evening wind-down ➕ Easy for beginners, with a precise dosing guide for 4 levels of strength ➕ Offers strain pairing advice and chef tips for cannabis cooking success ➕ Includes use ideas, answers to top cannabis recipe questions, and smart serving swaps Why Cannabis-Infused Mac and Cheese is the Ultimate Feel-Good Meal There’s comfort food, and then there’s comfort food with benefits. Mac and cheese already owns the crown for cozy indulgence — it’s warm, melty, and hits the dopamine button with every forkful. But when you layer in cannabis-infused butter? Now we’re talking serotonin and endocannabinoids. This is more than a stoner snack. It’s a smartly dosed edible that doubles as a satisfying, therapeutic dish for everything from anxiety and sleep trouble to post-work pain management. The rich fats in cheese enhance THC absorption, the warm carbs boost serotonin, and the creamy texture adds emotional comfort. Whether you’re microdosing for a mellow night or dialing up for deeper effects, this recipe is both beginner-friendly and gourmet-adaptable. 👃 The scent of bubbling cheddar… 🧈 The silkiness of infused butter folding into pasta… 🍽️ The ease of a one-dish dose that actually tastes like dinner… Yes, this is your new favorite edible. 🧠 Why Mac And Cheese + Cannabis Is a Genius Combo Cannabis-infused mac and cheese isn’t just delicious — it’s strategically smart for both absorption and wellness. ✅ Fat + THC = Enhanced Bioavailability The rich fats in cheese and butter help the body absorb cannabinoids more effectively, meaning your dose goes further with fewer surprises. ✅ Warmth, Comfort, and Slow Digestion Hot meals like mac and cheese are digested more gradually than sugary edibles, allowing for a slower onset and longer-lasting effects. ✅ Functional and Flexible This recipe works as a solo meal, side dish, or part of a larger comfort-food night — no dessert required. ✅ Therapeutic Potential Depending on the strain, you can craft a version that supports sleep, eases pain, settles anxiety, or gently stimulates appetite — all with one bowl. ✅ Customizable Dosing Control the potency with simple butter swaps. Whether you want 5mg or 25mg, this dish makes it easy to adapt. 👨‍⚕️ Pro Tip: Cannabis is fat-soluble, meaning edibles made with oils or butters tend to hit harder and last longer than smoking or vaping. Eating THC with fats slows the onset but boosts the duration — expect 1 to 2 hours before full effect, and a 6+ hour ride depending on dose. 🍽️ Ingredients & Equipment — What You’ll Need to Make Infused Mac and Cheese This is a stovetop-friendly recipe with optional baking for a crispy finish. You don’t need fancy tools — just a pot, a whisk, and the willingness to stir with purpose. Ingredients: ☑️ 2 cups elbow macaroni (or any pasta with nooks and crannies) ☑️ 2 tablespoons cannabis-infused butter 🧈 visit here for the recipe ☑️ 2 tablespoons all-purpose flour ☑️ 1 cup whole milk or unsweetened oat/almond milk 🥛 ☑️ 1½ cups shredded cheddar cheese (sharp is best!) 🧀 ☑️ ½ teaspoon salt ☑️ ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper ☑️ ¼ teaspoon smoked paprika (optional, but adds lovely warmth) Equipment: 📌 Large pot for boiling pasta 📌 Medium saucepan for cheese sauce 📌 Whisk (for that smooth béchamel texture) 📌 Strainer 📌 Spoon or spatula for folding pasta into cheese 📌 Optional: Baking dish (if you like a crisped, golden crust)   👩‍🍳 How to Make Cannabis Mac and Cheese, Step-by-Step 🔥 Step 1: Cook the Pasta Bring a large pot of salted water to a boil. Cook the pasta until al dente — tender but still firm to the bite. Drain and set aside. 💡 Don’t overcook it. Mushy pasta dulls the whole experience, both in taste and in texture. 🧈 Step 2: Start the Cheese Sauce In a saucepan over low heat, melt your cannabis-infused butter. Add flour and whisk constantly for about 1 minute to create a smooth roux — this step is key for preventing grainy sauce. 💡 Low heat is your friend here. High temps can degrade THC and CBD, especially during prolonged exposure. 🥛 Step 3: Build the Base Slowly pour in your milk while whisking constantly. Let it simmer over low-medium heat until the mixture thickens to a silky texture. This usually takes about 5–7 minutes. 🧀 Step 4: Add the Cheese Turn off the heat and stir in the shredded cheddar, salt, pepper, and paprika. Whisk until completely smooth. 💡 Want extra velvet? Add a touch of cream cheese or a splash of heavy cream. 🍲 Step 5: Combine and Serve Add the drained pasta to your cheese sauce and fold gently until fully coated. Serve hot in bowls, or transfer to a buttered baking dish and bake at 375°F for 10 minutes for a bubbly, crispy top. 🚫 Common Mistakes to Avoid (And How to Fix Them) 🤯 Overheating the cannabis butter High heat breaks down cannabinoids. Stick to low–medium heat when melting infused butter — never let it sizzle or brown. ⏳ Adding cheese too early If the milk/flour mixture isn’t thickened before the cheese goes in, you’ll get a grainy or separated sauce. Always thicken first, then melt cheese off heat. 🍝 Using the wrong pasta Avoid thin noodles or large shells that don’t hold sauce well. Elbows, cavatappi, or small shells are best for trapping creamy goodness (and even dosing). 🥄 Forgetting to taste Cannabis butter may have herbal notes that impact the final flavor. Taste before serving and adjust seasoning — a pinch more salt or an extra dash of paprika can help balance. 🌿 Dosing Guide — Make It Mellow or Make It Potent The beauty of this recipe lies in its built-in flexibility. You can microdose, medicate, or munch without needing a calculator. 💡 Base Calculation (Assuming 20% THC Flower) Let’s say your cannabis-infused butter is made with: 3.5 grams of cannabis at 20% THC Fully decarboxylated and infused into ½ cup (8 tbsp) butter That yields approximately 700mg THC total in the butter Divide that into 8 tablespoons → ~87.5mg THC per tablespoon This recipe uses 2 tablespoons of infused butter → ~175mg THC total Makes 4 servings → ~43.75mg THC per serving ⚖️ Dose Adjustments 🧀 1 full serving = ~43.75mg THC 🧀 ½ serving = ~21.8mg THC 🧀 ¼ serving = ~10.9mg THC (ideal for newer users) 🧀 ⅛ serving = ~5.5mg THC (great for microdosing) 🔁 Want to Adjust the Dose? Here’s How: 🌱 For a stronger dose (double strength): Use 4 tbsp infused butter instead of 2, and reduce flour by 1 tbsp to maintain sauce texture. Final dose: ~87.5mg THC per serving (use with extreme caution). 🌱 For a milder dose (half strength): Use 1 tbsp infused butter and 1 tbsp regular butter. Adjust flour to 2 tbsp total. Final dose: ~21.8mg THC per serving. 🌱 For a microdose (¼ strength): Use just ½ tbsp infused butter and 1½ tbsp regular butter. Adjust flour accordingly. Final dose: ~10.9mg per full bowl, or ~5.5mg per smaller portion. 🌱 Want a Non-Euphoric Version? You can absolutely make this dish with non-intoxicating cannabinoids: 🔸 CBD-rich butter: Use hemp flower or CBD isolate 🔸 CBG or CBDA: Add these for anti-inflammatory and anxiety-calming properties 🔸 5:1 or 10:1 CBD:THC ratio: Keeps euphoric effects low, great for daytime or sensitive users 👩‍⚕️ Pro Tip: Many patients find 2–5mg THC combined with 20mg CBD to be calming without being sedating. Great for chronic pain, muscle tension, or stress without couchlock. ⚠️ Dosing Caveat: Please remember that this dosing guide is only an approximation. The final potency of your cannabis-infused mac and cheese may vary based on factors like the THC content of your cannabis, how thoroughly it was decarboxylated, how evenly it was infused, how well the butter was stirred in, and your individual sensitivity to THC. We recommend starting with a small amount (¼–½ serving), waiting at least 90 minutes, and adjusting slowly from there. 🍴 Creative Ways to Use Cannabis Mac and Cheese This isn’t just a fork-and-done kind of recipe. Infused mac and cheese can be dressed up, stretched out, and turned into something unforgettable — or just ultra-comforting. 🧂 As a decadent side dish Pairs beautifully with grilled vegetables, roast chicken, or barbecued anything. 🍳 Baked into muffin tins Scoop into a greased muffin tray, top with a sprinkle of parmesan, and bake at 375°F for 10–12 minutes. Portion-controlled and party-ready. 🌯 Rolled into a quesadilla or breakfast burrito Yes, seriously. Mac and cheese + scrambled egg + tortilla = high-protein, high-happy brunch. 🍔 Stuffed into burgers Make a deep well in your patty, fill with a spoonful of infused mac, then grill and seal. Over-the-top in the best way. 🌿 Topped with greens Add wilted spinach, kale, or roasted broccoli to turn your edible into a full meal. Fiber + fat = balance. 🍄 Savory truffle remix Drizzle with truffle oil or toss in sautéed mushrooms for a luxury edible night in. 🥣 Mixed with hot sauce and crumbled chips Instant comfort with crunch, spice, and chew — especially good when you’re already feeling the effects. 🍷 Pairing Suggestions: What to Sip with This Dish Cannabis edibles and alcohol aren’t the best mix — but that doesn’t mean you can’t have something elegant in hand. 🌿 Herbal tea Chamomile, rooibos, or peppermint helps soothe digestion and pairs well with creamy foods. 🍋 Lemon water with cucumber Brightens the palate and gently detoxes — perfect if you’re having a heavier meal. 🍺 Hop-forward non-alcoholic beer Pairs beautifully with cheddar and paprika notes, while enhancing the cozy effect. 🥛 Oat milk + turmeric latte Golden milk meets cannabis comfort — creamy, anti-inflammatory, and ideal for bedtime. 🍀 Cannabis Strain Pairings: Flavor Meets Function 🎨 For Creativity & Social Energy: Try Jack Herer or Pineapple Express — uplifting strains with citrusy notes that play well with cheddar. 🛋️ For Relaxation & Sleep: Go with Granddaddy Purple or Bubba Kush — both deepen the sense of comfort and round out the heaviness of the dish. 🌿 For Functional Calm: Harlequin (high-CBD) or Cannatonic offers gentle calm with minimal intoxication — great for daytime mac consumption. 👨‍🍳 Pro Tip: Cheese-heavy foods mellow out the bitterness of earthy strains, while paprika and black pepper enhance terpene profiles like beta-caryophyllene and limonene. These can offer mild anti-inflammatory and mood-lifting benefits — all while making your food taste amazing. ❤️ Final Thoughts: The High-Comfort Dinner You Didn’t Know You Needed Cannabis-infused mac and cheese is more than an edible — it’s a full-body experience. Whether you’re easing into the evening after a hard day, finding gentle relief from chronic pain, or just craving a cozy bowl of something warm and therapeutic, this dish delivers. With flexible dosing, endless remix possibilities, and a base recipe that’s hard to mess up, it’s an edible everyone should have in their back pocket. 👨‍⚕️ Whether you’re microdosing with mindfulness or treating yourself to a higher dose of relaxation, remember: the magic is in the mix of fat, function, and flavor. If you make this — and we hope you do — tag your dish at #InfusedMacAndCheese or drop a comment with your favorite add-ins! Frequently Asked Questions about Cannabis-Infused Mac and Cheese: How do you make cannabis-infused mac and cheese at home? Start with decarboxylated cannabis, infuse it into butter, and substitute that butter into a classic roux-based mac and cheese recipe. This blog walks you through each step, making it beginner-friendly. Is mac and cheese a good food for edibles? Yes! The fats in cheese and butter help with THC absorption, making mac and cheese one of the most effective and delicious edible formats — especially for long-lasting effects. What’s the best strain for making savory cannabis edibles? Strains like Jack Herer, Harlequin, or Granddaddy Purple work well, depending on whether you want an energetic or relaxing result. Look for terpene profiles that match your mood goals. And, keep in mind – the top of any given plant may be different from the middle and bottom of the plant. Strain names are a suggestion of the right ball park – not a brand prescription type experience! Can I make cannabis mac and cheese without cannabutter? You can use infused oil, or infused milk, or add a cannabis tincture directly to the sauce (post-cooking). Just be aware that alcohol-based tinctures may affect texture and taste. All of these recipes are free on CEDclinic.com What is the ideal beginner dose for cannabis-infused mac and cheese? Start with ~5–10mg THC. That’s about ¼ to ½ serving of this recipe using standard infused butter. Always wait 90 minutes before deciding if you want more. Does heating mac and cheese destroy THC? THC begins to degrade at temps above 300°F. Cooking the butter into a sauce on low heat is safe. Baking for a short time at 375°F is fine too — the interior doesn’t reach THC-damaging temps. How long does the high from cannabis mac and cheese last? Expect effects to start 45–90 minutes after eating and last 4–8 hours. The fat content may lengthen onset slightly but deepen intensity. Can I freeze cannabis mac and cheese? Yes, it freezes beautifully. Just note that freezing doesn’t affect potency. Clearly label portions and dose to avoid surprises later! What’s the shelf life of cannabis-infused mac and cheese? In the fridge: 3–4 days. In the freezer: up to 2 months. Reheat gently to preserve cannabinoids. Can I make cannabis mac and cheese gluten-free? Absolutely. Just add lots of cardboard and stir. Just kidding! Use gluten-free pasta and swap flour for a GF thickener like cornstarch or arrowroot. Texture may vary slightly, but the flavor and dosing remain. [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 4 eggs 1 cup white sugar ½ cup brown sugar, packed 1 ¼ cups grapeseed oil ¼ cup canna-oil 2 tsp vanilla extract 1 ¾ cups pure pumpkin puree 3 cups all-purpose flour 1 tbsp ground cinnamon 1 tbsp pumpkin spice 2 tsp baking powder 2 tsp baking soda 1 tbsp orange zest, optional Directions Preheat the oven to 350°F/175°C. Line a jumbo muffin tin with liners. Place the eggs, white sugar, brown sugar, grapeseed oil & canna-oil into a bowl fitted for a stand mixer or use a whisk to thoroughly beat ingredients together. Blend in the pumpkin & vanilla extract. In a small bowl mix the dry ingredients together. Add to the wet ingredients & mix until just blended. Stir in the orange zest (optional). Divide the batter evenly between 12 muffin cups using a muffin scoop, about 3 ounces each. Sprinkle with pumpkin seeds. Bake for 22–25 minutes or until a toothpick inserted into the middle comes out clean. ​ Allow to cool, remove from the tins & sprinkle with cinnamon. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
April 30, 2025Cannabis-Infused Spicy Hot Chocolate — Sip, Soothe, and Feel the Glow There’s hot chocolate… and then there’s this: a creamy, cocoa-rich, cannabis-kissed mug of firelight and calm. This spicy hot chocolate recipe doesn’t just warm your hands—it grounds your mood, softens your edges, and coaxes a little smile from deep within. Whether you’re wrapping up a snow day or settling into a self-care night, this edible drink delivers comfort with a kick. What makes it unique? It’s got the usual luxuries—dark chocolate, warm milk, a swirl of vanilla—but also a whisper of cayenne, a hint of cinnamon, and a measured dose of cannabis-infused coconut oil. That’s what elevates this drink into a relaxing ritual for the senses, not just a sweet treat. Imagine this: steam curling from a deep mug, the first sip surprising you with just the right amount of heat, followed by silky, slow-building calm. Yeah, we’re going there. Why Cannabis-Infused Hot Chocolate Is a Game-Changer Let’s talk about why this particular edible drink hits differently—literally and emotionally. It’s cozy, medicinal, customizable, and shockingly easy to make. Here’s what this cup brings to the table: 🍫 Cocoa is a natural mood booster—rich in flavonoids that support heart health and calm your nervous system. 🔥 Cinnamon and cayenne add warmth, circulation support, and metabolic benefits, all while deepening the flavor. 🌿 Cannabis-infused coconut oil delivers THC or CBD in a fat-soluble form, promoting relaxation and relief. 💤 The drink is great before bed—especially when you want something soothing without the sugar crash. 🥛 It’s adaptable—you can make it vegan, low-sugar, or even non-euphoric with CBD or CBG. Ingredients & Equipment You won’t need anything fancy, but intention and quality ingredients go a long way. Choose a chocolate you love, a milk that foams well, and cannabis oil that’s been decarboxylated and infused properly. Ingredients 🥛 2 cups whole milk (or oat/almond for dairy-free) 🍫 ¼ cup dark chocolate chips (or chopped chocolate bar, 60–75% cacao) 🥥 1 tablespoon cannabis-infused coconut oil 🌿 ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon 🌶️ ⅛ teaspoon cayenne pepper (adjust to taste) 🍨 1 teaspoon vanilla extract 💧 Optional: maple syrup or agave for sweetness Equipment 🛠️ Small saucepan 🛠️ Whisk 🛠️ Mug (bonus points if it’s oversized or cozy-looking) How to Make Cannabis-Infused Spicy Hot Chocolate Step 1: Warm the Milk In a small saucepan over medium heat, pour in your milk of choice. Heat it until it’s steamy but not boiling—boiling can scald the milk and affect flavor. Give it a gentle stir now and then to keep things smooth. Step 2: Add the Chocolate & Spice Lower the heat and whisk in the dark chocolate chips. Stir constantly until melted and fully blended. Then add cinnamon, cayenne, and vanilla extract. The aroma should start to bloom at this point—this is where it starts to smell like winter magic. Step 3: Stir in the Cannabis-Infused Coconut Oil Turn the heat to low and stir in the cannabis oil until fully incorporated. You should see a glossy finish and slightly thicker texture. This is your sip of serenity. Step 4: Pour & Garnish Remove from heat and pour into your favorite mug. Top with whipped cream, marshmallows, a cinnamon stick—or nothing at all. Sometimes the best moments are unadorned. Dosing Guide: How Much Is in My Mug? Here’s a quick calculation based on 1 tablespoon of infused coconut oil made with 3.5g of 20% THC cannabis (700mg total): 💡 1 tbsp infused oil = ~43.75mg THC 🍫 2 servings per recipe = ~21.9mg THC per mug 🫖 ½ mug = ~10.9mg THC 🥄 ¼ mug = ~5.5mg THC Beginner-Friendly Tip: If you’re new to edibles, start with just ¼ mug (~5mg THC), wait at least 90 minutes, and see how your body responds. Onset is typically 30–90 minutes, and effects may last 4–6 hours.   ⚠️ Dosing Caveat: This dosing guide is an estimate. Actual potency can vary based on your cannabis’s THC percentage, how well it was decarboxylated, the infusion method used, and your body’s individual sensitivity to edibles. Start low, sip slow, and allow plenty of time before increasing your dose. Want a Non-Euphoric Version? Absolutely possible. Simply swap in one of the following instead of THC-infused oil: 🌿 CBD oil for anti-anxiety and anti-inflammatory benefits 🌿 CBG or CBC oil for mood lift without intoxication 🌿 Use a 10:1 CBD:THC blend to dramatically lower the euphoric effect You can even make CBDA or THCA infusions if you want the raw, non-psychoactive cannabinoids while keeping the warm beverage vibe intact. Creative Ways to Use Spicy Hot Chocolate 🍪 Pair it with a CBD cookie for a double-chill snack 📚 Sip it while reading, journaling, or watching snowfall 🧘 Drink it before a bath, meditation, or nighttime stretch 🧊 Let it cool slightly and pour over vanilla ice cream for a spicy affogato 🌌 Make it part of your bedtime ritual instead of a glass of wine 🎨 Use it to start your creative time—writing, drawing, ideation Cannabis and chocolate are both dopamine influencers, which may be why this drink boosts mood as much as it does comfort. Final Thoughts: Sip Slow, Soothe Deep Cannabis-infused spicy hot chocolate is more than a winter drink—it’s a moment. A small act of nourishment that warms your hands, calms your nerves, and adds a little spark to an otherwise ordinary evening. With simple ingredients, beginner-friendly dosing, and endless opportunities to customize, this recipe is a cozy favorite waiting to happen. Let it be your gentle nightcap, your creative warm-up, or your winter-weather hug in a mug. Have you tried this recipe—or customized it your way? Share your creations, post your photos, and tag #InfusedHotChocolate so we can raise a cup to calm, together. ☕✨ FAQ: Cannabis-Infused Hot Chocolate, Answered   How do I make cannabis-infused hot chocolate at home? Use a base of milk and dark chocolate, infuse it with cannabis coconut oil, and spice it with cinnamon and cayenne for warmth and effect. What’s the best way to dose THC in hot drinks? Use measured amounts of infused oil. Stir well and divide evenly between servings. Avoid guessing—precision matters with edibles. Can I use cannabutter instead of coconut oil? You can, but it won’t emulsify as cleanly. Coconut oil blends better into hot liquids. Will the THC degrade when heated? As long as you don’t boil the mixture, THC remains stable. Low, steady heat is your friend. Can I make this with CBD instead? Yes! Just use CBD-infused oil in place of THC oil. It won’t be intoxicating, but still soothing. How long do effects last from cannabis hot chocolate? Typically 4–6 hours depending on dose, metabolism, and tolerance. What’s the best milk to use? Whole milk gives the richest mouthfeel. Oat milk and almond milk are great for dairy-free versions. If you’re daring, we have posted a recipe here on CEDclinic.com for making medicated milk! How strong is homemade cannabis hot chocolate? That depends on your infusion strength. This recipe yields ~22mg THC per mug using standard oil. Can I refrigerate and reheat it later? Yes—store in the fridge for up to 3 days. Reheat gently without boiling. Is this a good edible for beginners? Yes, if dosed carefully. Start with ¼ mug or less, especially your first time. [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2/3 cup Cannabis oil (coconut or olive oil will work) 4 large potatoes peeled 3 tbsp salt Instructions Preheat your oven to 400 degrees Fahrenheit and line a large baking sheet with parchment paper. Cut your peeled potatoes into strips (cut them into fries!) and spread them evenly on the baking sheet. Drizzle the cannabis-infused oil over them and season with salt. Try to coat each fry relatively evenly with the oil so that there is a consistent potency. Cook the fries until they are golden brown. Around 15–20 minutes. Allow the fires to cool down, around 5 minutes. Divide the fries into equal proportions and serve. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from thecannaschool.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 6 cups fresh or frozen blueberries (you may substitute some pitted cherries too!) 1 Tbsp lemon juice 1/4 cup all-purpose flour 1/2 cup white sugar (you may add canna-sugar for increased potency) 1/4 tsp cinnamon 2 Tbsp canna-butter, cut into small pieces (you may substitute canna-coconut oil) 2x pie crust recipe or store bought Directions Preheat oven to 350°F/175°C. Line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Cream the regular butter, cannabutter, brown sugar & white sugar together until fluffy. Beat in eggs one at a time. Beat in the vanilla. In a small bowl, mix together the flour, cinnamon, baking soda & salt. Add to the creamed mixture. Mix well. Add the mini chocolate chips & mini marshmallows. Mix until evenly distributed. Evenly space the graham crackers on the prepared liner. Use a 2 oz scoop to portion the cookies & place in the center of the graham cracker. Bake for 12–15 minutes. Allow the cookies to cool. Push all of the baked cookies together & drizzle with coating chocolate. Allow the chocolate to set & enjoy! This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients ¼ cup cannabuter, room temperature ½ cup regular butter, room temperature 1 cup brown sugar ½ cup white sugar 2 eggs, room temperature 1 tsp vanilla extract 2 ½ cups all-purpose flour 1 tsp cinnamon ½ tsp baking soda ½ tsp sea salt 1 cup mini chocolate chips 1 cup mini marshmallows 18 graham crackers Coating chocolate, melted Directions Preheat oven to 350°F/175°C. Line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Cream the regular butter, cannabutter, brown sugar & white sugar together until fluffy. Beat in eggs one at a time. Beat in the vanilla. In a small bowl, mix together the flour, cinnamon, baking soda & salt. Add to the creamed mixture. Mix well. Add the mini chocolate chips & mini marshmallows. Mix until evenly distributed. Evenly space the graham crackers on the prepared liner. Use a 2 oz scoop to portion the cookies & place in the center of the graham cracker. Bake for 12–15 minutes. Allow the cookies to cool. Push all of the baked cookies together & drizzle with coating chocolate. Allow the chocolate to set & enjoy! This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 3 Tbsp mayonnaise 2 Tsp Dijon mustard 1/2 Tsp salt 1/2 Tsp pepper 2 Eggs, lightly beaten 1lb Lump crab meat 2 Tbps finely chopped parsley 3 Tbsp canna-butter Instructions 1. Whisk together mayonnaise, mustard, salt, pepper and eggs. Then gently stir in crab meat, panko and parsley. 2. Shape mixture in to 12 (3-inch) patties, pressing gently to flatten. Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate for 1hr. 3. Melt half the canna-butter in large, nonstick skillet over medium heat. Add 6 patties to the pan and cook for 2 minutes on each side, or until golden brown. Repeat with the remaining half of canna-butter and remaining 6 patties. The recipe is available for download HERE original recipe from eat your cannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This recipe can be used with your favorite vegetables and breakfast meats Ingredients Base: 1 ½ cups of mozzarella cheese, shredded 1/2 cup cheddar cheese, shredded 6 eggs 1 cup of milk (canna-milk may be used for a more potent dish) 1 pie-crust, unbaked Filling: 1/2 cup of canna-butter 1 onion, diced 1 cup broccoli, chopped 1 head of garlic ​ Instructions 1. Melt canna-butter in a pan over medium heat ​ 2. Add vegetables to butter and cook on medium heat for about 5–8 minutes (or until veggies are cooked) Do not let the butter or vegetables burn, to maintain potency of the butter 3. Scoop cooked vegetables into empty pie crust and cover with shredded cheeses 4. Beat eggs and milk together and pour into the pie crust 5. Bake for 35–40 minutes at 360°F Allow quiche to cool 10 minutes before serving This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from cannabis.wiki [...] Read more...
March 24, 2025Cannabis-Infused Citrus-Caramel Blondies   🍊 A Sweet, Zesty Escape—No Passport Required   Why This Recipe Deserves a Spot in Your Stash     Imagine golden, chewy blondies infused with citrusy brightness, melty caramel swirls, and a carefully measured dose of cannabis. They’re elegant, indulgent, and just subversive enough to be fun.   Unlike their brownie cousins, these aren’t drowned in chocolate. Instead, the orange zest and caramel shine—and so does the cannabis, bringing its own set of therapeutic perks. The result? Dessert with benefits.     Functional Perks of This Feel-Good Treat     ✔️ Zesty orange brings a vitamin C boost and bright flavor   ✔️ Cannabutter delivers relaxation, anti-inflammatory effects, and mood lift   ✔️ Caramel makes it dessert—no further defense needed     What You’ll Need:   🛠️ Materials     Mixing bowls   9×9-inch baking pan   Parchment paper   🥣 Ingredients     1 cup all-purpose flour   ½ teaspoon baking powder   ¼ teaspoon salt   ½ cup cannabutter, melted 🧈   ¾ cup brown sugar, packed 🍯   1 large egg 🥚   1 teaspoon vanilla extract   Zest of one orange 🍊   ½ cup caramel chips or chopped soft caramels 🍬     Step-by-Step Instructions     🔥 Step 1: Prep     Preheat oven to 350°F (175°C)   Line your 9×9-inch baking pan with parchment paper       🥄 Step 2: Mix Dry Ingredients     In a bowl, whisk together flour, baking powder, and salt     🍯 Step 3: Mix Wet Ingredients     In a separate bowl, combine melted cannabutter and brown sugar   Stir until smooth, then beat in the egg and vanilla extract   Fold in the orange zest     🍪 Step 4: Combine & Add Caramel     Gradually fold the dry ingredients into the wet mixture   Stir in caramel chips or chopped soft caramels     🔥 Step 5: Bake & Cool     Spread batter evenly in the pan   Bake for 20–25 minutes until the edges are golden and the center is soft but set   Cool completely before slicing for clean edges and even effects     Dosing Guide: Know Before You Munch     💡 Assumes 20% THC flower used to make cannabutter.   ½ cup cannabutter ≈ 350mg THC   1 pan = 16 blondies     🍪 Per-Blondie Estimates:     1 blondie ≈ 21.9mg THC   ½ blondie ≈ 10.9mg THC   ¼ blondie ≈ 5.4mg THC   ⏳ Edibles take 60–90 minutes to take effect and may last 4–8 hours.   ⚠️ Start with ¼ blondie. Wait. Don’t redose just because you “don’t feel it yet.”   💡 Why Cannabutter Potency Varies—And What That Means for You     Homemade cannabutter isn’t one-size-fits-all. Even with precise flower measurements, your final potency can shift based on multiple factors:     🧪 Key Influences:       THC/CBD content of the flower used (lab test or product label required)   Decarboxylation accuracy (temperature and time affect THC activation)   Infusion method (time, temperature, and fat type all matter)   Straining technique (squeezing plant matter vs. not can extract more THC or chlorophyll)   Butter quality and fat content (higher fat = better cannabinoid binding)     ✅ Best Practices:     Lab test your cannabutter if possible   If not, calculate conservatively using flower THC percentage   Label every batch with strain, date, and estimated potency   Use the same method every time to improve consistency     Storage Tips     Store in an airtight container at room temp for 3–4 days   Refrigerate to extend freshness up to 10 days   Freeze individually wrapped pieces to make them last longer         Serving Ideas     Post-dinner treat with tea or warm milk   Midweek wind-down reward   Holiday gift for your most enlightened friends   A flavorful, functional twist on bake sale classics (for private audiences only, obviously)     🍊 Flavor & Strain Pairings: Choose Your Vibe       The flavor of these blondies is already a win—but pairing them with the right cannabis strain can subtly shape your experience. Think of it as aromatherapy, but edible.   Zesty & uplifting? Try strains like Tangie, Lemon Skunk, or Jack Herer. These citrus-forward profiles complement the orange zest and may support creativity, lightness, or social energy.   Mellow & dreamy? Infuse your butter with something like Granddaddy Purple, Northern Lights, or Wedding Cake. You’ll lean into the rich caramel while inviting deeper relaxation.   Balanced with focus? Strains like Harlequin or ACDC offer CBD-rich calm without sedation, great for daytime nibbling or stress support.   No matter your pick, aim for decarbed, lab-tested flower so you can dose with precision and enjoy the ride.   😬 Troubleshooting: Blondie Blunders & Easy Fixes       Don’t worry—baking with cannabis isn’t complicated, but it is chemistry. If something feels off, here’s how to course-correct:   Blondies came out dry? Your cannabutter may have been overheated or you baked a minute too long. Next time, reduce your infusion heat and check for doneness earlier.   They’re too oily or greasy? Either your batter wasn’t fully emulsified or the cannabutter separated during mixing. Try stirring longer before adding dry ingredients.   No noticeable effects? Review your decarboxylation process—it’s likely underdone. You want dry, golden cannabis—not dark brown, not green and grassy.   Too strong? Yep, it happens. Slice into smaller portions next time, and consider reducing the cannabutter to half butter, half regular.   💡 Pro tip: Take notes on each batch—timing, strain, effects. Your future self will thank you.     📊 Quick Dosing Math: Make It Personal       Not every batch of cannabutter is the same—and not every blondie needs to hit the same. Here’s a quick, DIY math formula to keep things accurate:   (THC % × 1,000) × Grams of Cannabis = Total mg THC   Total mg THC ÷ Tablespoons of Butter = mg per Tbsp   Let’s say:   3.5g of 20% THC flower = 700mg THC   If that goes into ½ cup of butter (8 tbsp), you’ve got ~87.5mg THC per tbsp   If your recipe uses 4 tbsp of that, total recipe = 350mg   Divide by number of blondies (16), you get ~21.9mg per piece   🔍 Want it lower dose? Use less cannabutter and supplement with regular butter.     🧠 Cannabis in the Kitchen: Edibles as Modern Ritual       Cannabis in food isn’t just a trend—it’s a reawakening. Across the country, more people are skipping the smoke and choosing edibles as a more mindful, intentional way to engage with cannabis.   Edibles allow for full-body effects, long-lasting relief, and the joy of flavor. They’re part chemistry, part culinary art, and all about enhancing the experience—not just the outcome.   This recipe is part of that shift: it’s about pleasure, wellness, and creating food you actually want to eat (not just tolerate to get the benefits). That’s what functional food should be.     🌙 When to Eat These: A Mood-Based Serving Guide       This recipe isn’t just for when you’re hungry—it’s for when you need a little something extra.   🍂 After a long day of peopling: Pair with a blanket and a “Do Not Disturb” mindset   🎁 As a lowkey edible gift: For the friend who bakes, meditates, and microdoses   📚 For a creative session: A half piece + journal = unexpected brilliance   🌧 On a rainy afternoon: Served warm with tea, a record playing in the background   🎉 After dinner on holidays: Quietly magical with zero social drama required   As always: start low, go slow, and make space for the experience.     📥 Want the printable version of this recipe?   Cannabis_Infused_Citrus_Caramel_Blondies_Recipe_Card         [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients blender ¼ cup tahini ¼ cup lemon juice, freshly squeezed w/o seeds 15 ounce can of chickpeas, drained and rinsed 2 garlic cloves ¼ cup CannaOil ½ cup ground cumin 2 tablespoons water salt and pepper to taste Instructions Combine lemon juice and tahini in a blender. Blend for 30 seconds. Add chickpeas, garlic, Canna Oil, cumin and water. Blend for 1 minute until smooth. Add more water if needed to reach desired consistency. Pour hummus in a serving bowl, or store in the refrigerator for later. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from eatyourcannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 1 cup breadcrumbs 1/2 cup canna-milk 1 lb ground beef 1/2 lb ground pork 1/2 lb Italian sausage, casing removed 1 small onion, finely diced 3 cloves garlic, minced 1 cup grated parmesean cheese 1/4 cup chopped parsley 2 large eggs, beaten 2 Tbsp canna-oil 1 (32oz) jar marinara sauce Instructions 1. In a small bowl, stir bread crumbs with canna-milk until evenly combined. Let sit 15 minutes, or while you prep other ingredients. 2. In a large bowl, use your hands to combine beef, pork, sausage, onion, and garlic. Season with salt and pepper, then gently stir in breadcrumb mixture, eggs, Parmesan, and parsley until just combined. Form mixture into 1” balls. 3. In a large high-sided skillet over medium heat, heat oil. Working in batches, sear meatballs on all sides to develop a crust. Set meatballs aside, reduce heat to medium-low, and add sauce to skillet. Bring sauce to a simmer then immediately add meatballs back to skillet. Cover and simmer until cooked through, about 8 minutes more original recipe from eatyourcannabis.com [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 slices of bread Cheese Canna-Butter Optional fillings: tomato, green onion, chicken, tuna Directions 1. Use a knife to coat both pieces of bread with canna-butter Be sure to coat both sides of the bread 2. Bring skillet to medium heat and add a small scoop of canna-butter ​ 3. One the butter has melted, place one slice of bread on the skillet 4. Add as much cheese and fillings as you like, then place the second slice of bread on top 5. Flip the sandwich when the bottom is golden brown, add more butter if needed for the new side 6. When the sandwich looks adequately fried and the cheese is melted to your liking, take it off of the skillet, slice in half, and enjoy! Original recipe from Satori MJ [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023This soup can be enhanced with any of your favorite vegetables. Materials Soup Pot Frying Pan Hand-Blender or Regular blender (optional) Ingredients ​3 cups vegetable stock 1 cup chopped broccoli 1/2 red onion, chopped 2 stalks of celery, chopped 1 and 1/2 cup heavy cream (canna-cream may be substituted or blended with regular cream for increased potency) 2 TBSP olive oil Fresh cilantro (optional) Salt and Pepper to taste ​Canna-Oil (dose-dependent) Directions 1. Heat vegetable stock and broccoli in a large pot Boil for around 6 minutes 2. On another burner, saute garlic, onion and celery in olive oil until soft — about 4 minutes ​​ 3. Take the pan off the heat and add desired dose of canna-oil to vegetables Stir thoroughly and then pour mixture in to the big soup pot Be sure to scrape all material to get the maximum amount of canna-oil 4. Heat for another 6–8 minutes then reduce heat to low and add heavy cream, add salt and pepper to taste ​ 5. Let simmer for 5 minutes, serve hot  ​Garnish with cilantro if desired This recipe is available for download HERE The original recipe is from Royal Queen Seeds [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients Cupcakes: 2 cups flour 1 cup sugar 1 Tbsp baking powder 1/4 Tsp salt 1 cup milk 2 eggs 1/4 cup canna-oil (vegetable is best) 1/4 vegetable oil 2 Tsp vanilla extract 1/3 cup rainbow sprinkles Frosting: 1 cup sugar 1 cup egg whites 1lb butter, salted, room temperature 1 Tsp vanilla extract ​ Directions ​Cupcakes: Preheat oven to 350°F. Line a cupcake pan with cupcake liners. Mix all of the dry ingredients together in a medium bowl. Whisk all of the liquid ingredients together until blended. Add the liquid ingredients to the dry ingredients & mix until there are no large lumps. Do not overmix. Gently stir in the rainbow sprinkles until just blended. ​ Use a 2-ounce portion scoop & fill each cupcake liner with one scoop. Bake for 15–18 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean. Remove from the oven & allow to cool a bit before removing them from the pan. Frosting: Put 2 inches of water into a medium-size pot, & bring to a boil. Place the sugar & egg whites into a small stainless bowl that will sit on top of the pot of boiling water, or use a double boiler system. DO NOT allow the bowl with the egg white mixture to directly touch the boiling water or the egg whites will cook very quickly. Whisk constantly until temperature reaches 140°F/60°C or until the sugar has completely dissolved & the egg whites are hot to the touch. DO NOT leave unattended or you will have a sweet egg white scramble! Use a hand mixer or pour the egg white mixture into a bowl that is fitted for a stand mixer. Using the whisk attachment, begin to whip until the meringue is thick & glossy, about 10 minutes on medium-high. Place the mixer on low speed, add the cubes of butter, a couple at a time, until incorporated. Continue beating until it has reached a silky smooth texture. If the buttercream curdles simply keep mixing & it will become smooth. If the buttercream is too runny, refrigerate for about 15 minutes before continuing mixing. Add the vanilla & continue to beat on low speed until well combined. Once the cupcakes have completely cooled, place a large star tip into a piping bag & fill with the buttercream. Pipe a rosette onto each cupcake & add the sprinkles on top. Serve immediately, the same day or keep in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days. They can also be frozen for up to 3 months. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from myedibleschef.com [...] Read more...
April 22, 2025Cannabis-Infused Gummy Bears — Tiny, Tangy, Chill-Packed Chews Let’s face it—sometimes you just want a little nibble of relief. Cannabis-infused gummy bears offer all the benefits of edibles in a bite-sized, fruit-flavored package. They’re fast to make, easy to dose, and perfect for discreet enjoyment whether you’re managing pain, easing anxiety, or simply curating a calmer day. These gummies are soft, chewy, and customizable, with far less sugar than store-bought options. And unlike brownies or cookies, you don’t need to heat an oven or dirty a dozen pans. Just warm, whisk, pour, and chill. So grab your gummy bear mold (or search online for “silicone gummy bear mold” if you don’t have one yet), and let’s make the most cheerful edible in the cannabis world. Why Cannabis Gummy Bears Are a Favorite Among Home Cooks 🍬 Discreet and travel-friendly (no smell, no crumbs) 🧘‍♂️ Easy to microdose or stack depending on your needs 💧Naturally dairy-free and gluten-free 🫀 May support mood, sleep, and inflammation reduction ⏱ Ready in under 45 minutes (plus chill time) Gummies are one of the most approachable ways to experiment with cannabis edibles. If you’ve been wondering how to make cannabis gummies at home for beginners—this is your golden ticket. What You’ll Need to Make Cannabis Gummy Bears 🛠 Equipment — Silicone gummy bear mold + dropper (search your favorite store for “gummy bear mold silicone” for great options) — Small saucepan — Whisk — Spouted measuring cup or bowl 🍓 Ingredients — ½ cup fruit juice (choose bold flavors like strawberry, mango, or pomegranate) — 2 tablespoons honey or agave syrup — 1 tablespoon lemon juice (for brightness and shelf life) — 1 tablespoon unflavored gelatin or agar-agar (for vegans) — 2 teaspoons cannabis-infused coconut oil Pro Tip: For best texture, avoid pulp-heavy juices. Strain if needed. Step-by-Step: How to Make Cannabis Gummies Step 1: Warm the Liquid Base In a small saucepan over low heat, combine fruit juice, lemon juice, and sweetener. Stir until warm and gently steaming. Do not boil. Step 2: Whisk in Gelatin and Oil Sprinkle the gelatin evenly over the surface while whisking constantly. Then add the cannabis-infused coconut oil. Whisk until completely dissolved and emulsified. Step 3: Pour Into Molds and Chill Use the dropper to fill your silicone molds quickly before the mixture sets. Place in the fridge for 30–45 minutes or until firm and springy. Pro Tip: If you don’t have molds, use an ice cube tray and cut into pieces—just be sure to dose accordingly. ⚠️ Dosing Caveat:These estimates are a starting point, not a guarantee. The potency of your cannabis gummies depends on the strength of your infused oil, the consistency of your mixing, the number of gummies per batch, and your own tolerance. Always label your batch and test with one gummy first—wait 60 to 90 minutes before trying more. Gummy Dosing Guide Assuming 2 teaspoons of oil infused with 3.5g cannabis at 20% THC: 🧪 Total THC ≈ 140mg 🧸 Makes ~24 gummies 🧸 1 gummy ≈ 5.8mg THC 🧸 ½ gummy ≈ 2.9mg THC 👶 Beginner dose: 1 gummy or less (~3–6mg THC) 🔥 Stronger dose: 2–3 gummies (~10–15mg THC) Pro Tip: Gummies digest faster than baked edibles but still take 30–60 minutes to kick in. Be patient. How to Make Non-Altering (“Non-Intoxicating” Gummy Bears Want the calm without the high? Simply replace your THC-infused coconut oil with one of the following: 🧘‍♀️ CBD oil — for gentle stress relief 💡 CBG oil — supports clarity and focus 🫀 CBDA — anti-inflammatory without intoxication 🌿 Try a 10:1 or 20:1 CBD:THC ratio if you want just a whisper of euphoria Pro Tip: Non-psychoactive cannabinoids still have powerful effects—especially when used regularly over time. Creative Ways to Use Cannabis Gummy Bears 🎒 Stash a few in your day bag for microdosing calm on the go 🌙 Enjoy a couple before bed for relaxing sleep support 🎨 Use them as edible art—arrange by color, flavor, or fun shape 🎁 Package in a cute tin or jar for a personalized gift (with a clear THC label!) 🎶 Pair with your favorite record or movie for the ultimate chill sesh 🍹 Add to a mocktail or sparkling water for fizzy fun Final Thoughts Cannabis gummy bears offer a joyful, chewable, and customizable way to enjoy cannabinoids—whether you’re seeking sleep, serenity, or simply a sweet treat with benefits. With just a few ingredients, a little patience, and the right mold, you’ll have a stash of perfectly portioned edibles to brighten your day (or night). Got a favorite flavor combo? Tag us in your creations. Just don’t eat the whole jar at once—unless you really want to nap like a gummy bear in a hammock. Frequently Asked Questions About Homemade Cannabis Gummies Can I make cannabis gummies without gelatin? Yes—substitute with agar-agar. Use about 1.5 teaspoons to replace 1 tablespoon gelatin. It will set faster and firmer. What’s the best fruit juice to use for homemade gummies? Go for bold, naturally sweet juices like mango, pomegranate, or black cherry. Avoid citrus-heavy juices, which may not gel well. How do I stop my gummies from melting at room temp? Store them in the fridge in a sealed container. If traveling, keep in a small cooler pack to maintain texture and potency. Can I use tincture instead of infused oil? Only if it’s an alcohol-free, oil-based tincture. Alcohol can inhibit gelling and is unsafe to heat in this recipe. How long do cannabis gummy bears last? Stored in the fridge, they’ll stay fresh for about 2 weeks. If they look or smell off, toss them. How can I make my gummies stronger or weaker? Use more or less infused oil per batch—or make more gummies for a lower dose per piece. Is decarboxylation necessary? No. If your goal is to maximize euphoric effects, you will want to decarb your cannabis before infusing oil to activate THC. On the other hand, there is still great anti-inflammatory benefit to the natural, non-decarbed forms. Both offer different benefits! Can I use flavored gelatin like Jell-O? You can, but it contains added sugars and preservatives that may affect texture, dosing, and stability. Natural gelatin offers better control. Why are my gummies separating or oily on top? That’s from poor emulsification. Whisk vigorously after adding oil and pour quickly before the mixture cools. Are these legal to make? That depends on your local laws. In most legal adult-use or medical states, personal edibles are allowed—but always check your jurisdiction. [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 2 cups shredded green cabbage 1 Tbsp lime juice 1/2 Tsp salt 3 Tbsp cilantro 1/4 cup canna-oil 1 tomato, diced 1/2 cup salsa 1/2 onion, diced 1 jalapeno, diced 1 avocado, sliced Meat of choice (fish or a ground meat like beef or turkey) 4 corn tortillas Directions 1. Cook choice of meat with fajita seasoning in frying pan, set aside 2. In a large bowl, mix shredded cabbage, line juice, salt and cilantro 3. In a separate bowl, mix canna-oil with tomato, onion, jalapeno and salsa 4. Wrap the tortillas in paper towels and heat in the microwave for 30 seconds, or until warm 5. Fill each tortilla with meat, cabbage mixture, cannabis salsa mixture and diced avocado ​Serve with lime wedge The recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from Eat Your Cannabis [...] Read more...
August 3, 2023Ingredients 1 can whole peeled tomatoes 28 oz. 1 jar roasted red peppers 12 oz. 4 large eggs ½ cup plain Greek yogurt ¼ cup CannaOil plus more for drizzling 1 teaspoon coriander seeds 1 teaspoon cumin seeds 6 garlic cloves divided 2 medium shallots divided Kosher salt Freshly ground black pepper Mint leaves and crusty bread for serving Crush coriander and cumin seeds, pressing down firmly with even pressure. Transfer seeds to a small heatproof bowl. Slice 2 garlic cloves as thinly and evenly as you can; add to bowl with seeds. Finely chop the remaining 4 garlic cloves. Cut half of 1 shallot into thin rounds and then add to the same bowl with seeds and garlic. Chop remaining shallots. Open a jar of red peppers and pour off any liquid. Remove peppers and coarsely chop. Combine ¼ cup oil and seed/garlic/shallot mix in the skillet you used for crushing seeds. Heat over medium and cook, stirring constantly with a wooden spoon, until seeds are sizzling and fragrant and garlic and shallots are crisp and golden, about 3 minutes. Place a strainer over the same heatproof bowl and pour in the contents of the skillet, making sure to scrape in seeds and other solids. Do this quickly before garlic or shallots start to burn. Reserve oil. Spread out seed mixture across paper towels to cool. Season with salt and pepper. Return strained CannaOil to skillet and heat over medium. Add remaining chopped garlic and shallot and cook, stirring often, until shallot is translucent and starting to turn brown around the edges, about 5 minutes. Season with salt and lots of pepper. Add chopped peppers to the skillet and stir to incorporate. Using your hands, lift whole peeled tomatoes out of the can, leaving behind tomato liquid, and crush up with your hands as you add to the skillet. Discard leftover liquid. Season with more salt and pepper. Cook shakshuka, stirring often, until thickened and no longer runs together when a spoon is dragged through, 10–12 minutes. Reduce heat to low. Using the back of a wooden spoon, create four 2″-wide nests in tomato sauce. Working one at a time, carefully crack an egg into each nest. Cover skillet and cook, simmering very gently and reducing heat if necessary, until whites of eggs are set while yolks are still jammy, 7–10 minutes. Uncover skillet and remove from heat. Season tops of eggs with salt and pepper. Top shakshuka with dollops of yogurt, sprinkle with seed mixture, then drizzle with more olive oil. Finish by scattering mint leaves over top. ​ Serve pita or crusty bread alongside. This recipe is available for download HERE Original recipe from eat your cannabis.com [...] Read more...

You cannot copy content of this page